The Global Criminal Banking Cabal’s Long-Planned “Controlled Disintegration” of America

The Global Criminal Banking Cabal’s Long-Planned “Controlled Disintegration” of America

The Treasonous Secret Meeting on Jekyll Island, Georgia To Plan the Fraudulent and  Un-Constitutional Federal Reserve System:

The Date: November 22, 1910

Co-conspirators: Nelson Aldrich, U.S. Senator of Rhode Island; A. Piatt Andrew, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, and Special Assistant of the National Monetary Commission; Frank Vanderlip, president of the National City Bank of New York, Henry P. Davison, senior partner of J.P. Morgan Company, and generally regarded as Morgan’s personal emissary; and Charles D. Norton, president of the Morgan-dominated First National Bank of New York;  Benjamin Strong, also known as a lieutenant of J.P. Morgan; and  Paul Warburg (below, far right) of the concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families headquartered in the City of London, who led the clique scheme to attach a clique-controlled private bank to the American financial system and fraudulently name it The Federal Reserve.

Screen Shot 2016-02-19 at 3.52.11 PM

Screen Shot 2016-02-19 at 3.29.53 PM

The long-planned “controlled disintegration” of the United States of America began shortly after the British Army was defeated in the final battle of the American Revolutionary War at Yorktown, Virginia on September 28, 1781.

Since the Americans could not be broken up and defeated by force of arms, the clique of dynastic banking families in the City of London revised its strategy to the use of infiltrating all key American institutions including government, finance, media, education, entertainment, and foundations, to name a few.  The tools the clique used for this purpose were massive fraud, bribery beyond imagination, deep surveillance and blackmail, many versions of coercion, deadly violence, intense psychological warfare, and assassination of American government and other public figures.  While the goal of one-world government remained the same, the clique used its vast collective wealth and the wealth of the British Empire in place of attempting a land invasion to recapture America.  This long, patient strategy of subversion paid off on December 23, 1913 when the clique successfully attached a clique-controlled private bank to control the American financial system with the passage of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913.  When control of all its major financial activities passed to the clique, America lost its national sovereignty and essentially became re-colonized.  The entire operation to install the clique’s private bank to the American financial system required many years of preparation using the clique-controlled media to carry out deep deception to mask the concealed scheme.  Massive bribery of many members of the U.S. Congress was employed, as well as the long grooming of Woodrow Wilson, former president of Princeton University and Governor of New Jersey, to take office as president in time to sign the Federal Reserve Act in late 1913.

Woodrow Wilson was groomed by “Colonel” Edward House, an agent of the clique, and became Wilson’s chief advisor in nearly all matters, including the Paris Conference of 1919, in which post-World War I order was established in the Treaty of Versailles, and where the clique attempted to originate its concealed one-world government, namely the League of Nations.

To repeat, the clique was successful in grooming Woodrow Wilson to become President of the United States and do its bidding to (i) sign the Federal Reserve Act of 1913; (ii) play the leading role in post-WWI world arrangements; and (iii) play a leading role in the clique’s one-world government scheme.  From Wikipedia:

“However, the Paris Conference revealed serious policy disagreements between Wilson and House. Even worse were personality conflicts. Wilson had become much more intolerant and systematically broke with one after another of his closest advisors. He would also later dismiss House’s own son-in-law, Gordon Auchincloss, from the American peace commission when it became known the young man was making derogatory comments about the President. In February 1919, House took his place on the Council of Ten where he negotiated compromises unacceptable to Wilson. In mid-March 1919, Wilson returned to Paris and lost confidence in House, relegating him to the sidelines. In fact, after they returned to the U.S. later in 1919, the two men never saw or spoke to each other again.”

The United States did not join the League of Nations because the Senate refused to ratify the treaty based on the constitutional restrictions.

From The New American:

In response to this rejection, the bankers’ circle, still in Paris, held a series of meetings and proposed to establish a new organization in the United States, whose purpose would be to lead America into the League. This organization was incorporated in New York City two years later as the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).

From Wikipedia:

House played a major role in shaping wartime diplomacy. Wilson had House assemble “The Inquiry”—a team of academic experts to devise efficient postwar solutions to all the world’s problems. In September 1918, Wilson gave House the responsibility for preparing a constitution for a League of Nations. In October 1918, when Germany petitioned for peace based on the Fourteen Points, Wilson charged House with working out details of an armistice with the Allies.

Edward House played an important role in the establishment of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).  He wrote its Charter and brought the American academic experts he had gathered during the post-World War I negotiations at Versailles into the CFR as founding members.

From Modern History Project:

Unknown-5

“Colonel Edward Mandell House controlled U.S. foreign policy, and manipulated the U.S. into the First World War. Who was Colonel House? Why did he control U.S. foreign policy? Ambassador James Gerard was Ambassador to Germany at that time, and was concerned about the power that Colonel House wielded. Ambassador Gerard wrote in his book, My First Eight-three Years in America:

‘Certainly Colonel E. Mandell House occupied a unique position in the annals of American diplomacy. He, who had never been appointed to any position and who had never been passed upon by the Senate, was ‘fully instructed and commissioned’ to act in the most grave situation. I have never ceased to wonder how he had managed to attain such power and influence.’

“The CFR’s goal was formation of an incrementally stronger world government. Admiral Chester Ward, former Judge Advocate of the U.S. Navy, was a CFR member for 16 years before resigning in disgust. He stated: “The main purpose of the Council on Foreign Relations is promoting the disarmament of U.S. sovereignty and national independence, and submergence into an all-powerful one-world government.”

“After World War II, the League’s successor, the United Nations, was born. Contrary to what the public is commonly told, the UN was not founded by nations who had tired of war. The UN was conceived by a group of CFR members in the State Department calling themselves the Informal Agenda Group. They drafted the original proposal for the UN, and secured the approval of President Roosevelt, who then made establishing the UN his highest postwar priority. When the UN held its founding meeting in San Francisco in 1945, 47 of the American delegates were CFR members.”

“Though the UN was not initially set up as a world government, the intent was that it would develop into one over time. John Foster Dulles (CFR), an American delegate to the UN founding meeting who later became Secretary of State under Eisenhower, acknowledged as much in his book War or Peace: “The United Nations represents not a final stage in the development of world order, but only a primitive stage. Therefore its primary task is to create the conditions which will make possible a more highly developed organization.”

From Secrets Of The Federal Reserve, by Eustace Mullins:

“On the night of November 22, 1910, a group of newspaper reporters stood disconsolately in the railway station at Hoboken, New Jersey. They had just watched a delegation of the nation’s leading financiers leave the station on a secret mission. It would be years before they discovered what that mission was, and even then they would not understand that the history of the United States underwent a drastic change after that night in Hoboken.”

“The delegation had left in a sealed railway car, with blinds drawn, for an undisclosed destination. They were led by Senator Nelson Aldrich, head of the National Monetary Commission. President Theodore Roosevelt had signed into law the bill creating the National Monetary Commission in 1908, after the tragic Panic of 1907 had resulted in a public outcry that the nationís monetary system be stabilized. Aldrich had led the members of the Commission on a two-year tour of Europe, spending some three hundred thousand dollars of public money. He had not yet made a report on the results of this trip, nor had he offered any plan for banking reform.”

“Accompanying Senator Aldrich at the Hoboken station were his private secretary, Shelton; A. Piatt Andrew, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, and Special Assistant of the National Monetary Commission; Frank Vanderlip, president of the National City Bank of New York, Henry P. Davison, senior partner of J.P. Morgan Company, and generally regarded as Morganís personal emissary; and Charles D. Norton, president of the Morgan-dominated First National Bank of New York. Joining the group just before the train left the station were Benjamin Strong, also known as a lieutenant of J.P. Morgan; and Paul Warburg, a recent immigrant from Germany who had joined the banking house of Kuhn, Loeb.”

“Six years later, a financial writer named Bertie Charles Forbes (who later founded the Forbes Magazine; the present editor, Malcom Forbes, is his son), wrote:

‘Picture a party of the nationís greatest bankers stealing out of New York on a private railroad car under cover of darkness, stealthily hieing hundred of miles South, embarking on a mysterious launch, sneaking onto an island deserted by all but a few servants, living there a full week under such rigid secrecy that the names of not one of them was once mentioned lest the servants learn the identity and disclose to the world this strangest, most secret expedition in the history of American finance. I am not romancing; I am giving to the world, for the first time, the real story of how the famous Aldrich currency report, the foundation of our new currency system, was written . . . . The utmost secrecy was enjoined upon all. The public must not glean a hint of what was to be done. Senator Aldrich notified each one to go quietly into a private car of which the railroad had received orders to draw up on an unfrequented platform. Off the party set. New Yorkís ubiquitous reporters had been foiled . . . Nelson (Aldrich) had confided to Henry, Frank, Paul and Piatt that he was to keep them locked up at Jekyll Island, out of the rest of the world, until they had evolved and compiled a scientific currency system for the United States, the real birth of the present Federal Reserve System, the plan done on Jekyll Island in the conference with Paul, Frank and Henry . . . . Warburg is the link that binds the Aldrich system and the present system together. He more than any one man has made the system possible as a working reality.”‘

“The official biography of Senator Nelson Aldrich states:

“In the autumn of 1910, six men went out to shoot ducks, Aldrich, his secretary Shelton, Andrews, Davison, Vanderlip and Warburg. Reporters were waiting at the Brunswick (Georgia) station. Mr. Davison went out and talked to them. The reporters dispersed and the secret of the strange journey was not divulged. Mr. Aldrich asked him how he had managed it and he did not volunteer the information.”

“Davison had an excellent reputation as the person who could conciliate warring factions, a role he had performed for J.P. Morgan during the settling of the Money Panic of 1907. Another Morgan partner, T.W. Lamont, says:

‘Henry P. Davison served as arbitrator of the Jekyll Island expedition.'”

“From these references, it is possible to piece together the story. Aldrich’s private car, which had left Hoboken station with its shades drawn, had taken the financiers to Jekyll Island, Georgia. Some years earlier, a very exclusive group of millionaires, led by J.P. Morgan, had purchased the island as a winter retreat. They called themselves the Jekyll Island Hunt Club, and, at first, the island was used only for hunting expeditions, until the millionaires realized that its pleasant climate offered a warm retreat from the rigors of winters in New York, and began to build splendid mansions, which they called “cottages”, for their families’ winter vacations. The club building itself, being quite isolated, was sometimes in demand for stag parties and other pursuits unrelated to hunting. On such occasions, the club members who were not invited to these specific outings were asked not to appear there for a certain number of days. Before Nelson Aldrich’s party had left New York, the club’s members had been notified that the club would be occupied for the next two weeks.”

“The Jekyll Island Club was chosen as the place to draft the plan for control of the money and credit of the people of the United States, not only because of its isolation, but also because it was the private preserve of the people who were drafting the plan. The New York Times later noted, on May 3, 1931, in commenting on the death of George F. Baker, one of J.P. Morgan’s closest associates, that “Jekyll Island Club has lost one of its most distinguished members. One-sixth of the total wealth of the world was represented by the members of the Jekyll Island Club.” Membership was by inheritance only.”

“The Aldrich group had no interest in hunting. Jekyll Island was chosen for the site of the preparation of the central bank because it offered complete privacy, and because there was not a journalist within fifty miles. Such was the need for secrecy that the members of the party agreed, before arriving at Jekyll Island, that no last names would be used at any time during their two week stay. The group later referred to themselves as the First Name Club, as the last names of Warburg, Strong, Vanderlip and the others were prohibited during their stay. The customary attendants had been given two week vacations from the club, and new servants brought in from the mainland for this occasion who did not know the names of any of those present. Even if they had been interrogated after the Aldrich party went back to New York, they could not have given the names. This arrangement proved to be so satisfactory that the members, limited to those who had actually been present at Jekyll Island, later had a number of informal get-togethers in New York.”

“Why all this secrecy? Why this thousand mile trip in a closed railway car to a remote hunting club? Ostensibly, it was to carry out a program of public service, to prepare banking reform which would be a boon to the people of the United States, which had been ordered by the National Monetary Commission. The participants were no strangers to public benefactions. Usually, their names were inscribed on brass plaques, or on the exteriors of buildings which they had donated. This was not the procedure which they followed at Jekyll Island. No brass plaque was ever erected to mark the selfless actions of those who met at their private hunt club in 1910 to improve the lot of every citizen of the United States.”

“In fact, no benefaction took place at Jekyll Island. The Aldrich group journeyed there in private to write the banking and currency legislation which the National Monetary Commission had been ordered to prepare in public. At stake was the future control of the money and credit of the United States. If any genuine monetary reform had been prepared and presented to Congress, it would have ended the power of the elitist one world money creators. Jekyll Island ensured that a central bank would be established in the United States which would give these bankers everything they had always wanted.”

“As the most technically proficient of those present, Paul Warburg was charged with doing most of the drafting of the plan. His work would then be discussed and gone over by the rest of the group. Senator Nelson Aldrich was there to see that the completed plan would come out in a form which he could get passed by Congress, and the other bankers were there to include whatever details would be needed to be certain that they got everything they wanted, in a finished draft composed during a onetime stay. After they returned to New York, there could be no second get together to rework their plan. They could not hope to obtain such secrecy for their work on a second journey.”

“The Jekyll Island group remained at the club for nine days, working furiously to complete their task. Despite the common interests of those present, the work did not proceed without friction. Senator Aldrich, always a domineering person, considered himself the chosen leader of the group, and could not help ordering everyone else about. Aldrich also felt somewhat out of place as the only member who was not a professional banker. He had had substantial banking interests throughout his career, but only as a person who profited from his ownership of bank stock. He knew little about the technical aspects of financial operations. His opposite number, Paul Warburg, believed that every question raised by the group demanded, not merely an answer, but a lecture. He rarely lost an opportunity to give the members a long discourse designed to impress them with the extent of his knowledge of banking. This was resented by the others, and often drew barbed remarks from Aldrich. The natural diplomacy of Henry P. Davison proved to be the catalyst which kept them at their work. Warburgís thick alien accent grated on them, and constantly reminded them that they had to accept his presence if a central bank plan was to be devised which would guarantee them their future profits. Warburg made little effort to smooth over their prejudices, and contested them on every possible occasion on technical banking questions, which he considered his private preserve.”

‘In all conspiracies there must be great secrecy.’

The “monetary reform” plan prepared at Jekyll Island was to be presented to Congress as the completed work of the National Monetary Commission. It was imperative that the real authors of the bill remain hidden. So great was popular resentment against bankers since the Panic of 1907 that no Congressman would dare to vote for a bill bearing the Wall Street taint, no matter who had contributed to his campaign expenses. The Jekyll Island plan was a central bank plan, and in this country there was a long tradition of struggle against inflicting a central bank on the American people. It had begun with Thomas Jefferson’s fight against Alexander Hamilton’s scheme for the First Bank of the United States, backed by James Rothschild. It had continued with President Andrew Jackson’s successful war against Alexander Hamiltonís scheme for the Second Bank of the United States, in which Nicholas Biddle was acting as the agent for James Rothschild of Paris. The result of that struggle was the creation of the Independent Sub-Treasury System, which supposedly had served to keep the funds of the United States out of the hands of the financiers. A study of the panics of 1873, 1893, and 1907 indicates that these panics were the result of the international banker’s operations in London. The public was demanding in 1908 that Congress enact legislation to prevent the recurrence of artificially induced money panics. Such monetary reform now seemed inevitable. It was to head off and control such reform that the National Monetary Commission had been set up with Nelson Aldrich at its head, since he was majority leader of the Senate.”

“The main problem, as Paul Warburg informed his colleagues, was to avoid the name “Central Bank.” For that reason, he had decided upon the designation of “Federal Reserve System”. This would deceive the people into thinking it was not a central bank. However, the Jekyll Island plan would be a central bank plan, fulfilling the main functions of a central bank; it would be owned by private individuals who would profit from ownership of shares. As a bank of issue, it would control the nation’s money and credit.”

“In the chapter on Jekyll Island in his biography of Aldrich, Stephenson writes of the conference:

“How was the Reserve Bank to be controlled? It must be controlled by Congress. The government was to be represented in the board of directors, it was to have full knowledge of all the Bank’s affairs, but a majority of the directors were to be chosen, directly or indirectly, by the banks of the association.hus the proposed Federal Reserve Bank was to be “controlled by Congress” and answerable to the government, but the majority of the directors were to be chosen, “directly or indirectly” by the banks of the association. In the final refinement of Warburg’s plan, the Federal Reserve Board of Governors would be appointed by the President of the United States, but the real work of the Board would be controlled by a Federal Advisory Council, meeting with the Governors. The Council would be chosen by the directors of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks, and would remain unknown to the public.

“The next consideration was to conceal the fact that the proposed “Federal Reserve System” would be dominated by the masters of the New York money market. The Congressmen from the South and the West could not survive if they voted for a Wall Street plan. Farmers and small businessmen in those areas had suffered most from the money panics. There had been great popular resentment against the Eastern bankers, which during the nineteenth century became a political movement known as “populism”. The private papers of Nicholas Biddle, not released until more than a century after his death, show that quite early on the Eastern bankers were fully aware of the widespread public opposition to them.”

“Paul Warburg advanced at Jekyll Island the primary deception which would prevent the citizens from recognizing that his plan set up a central bank. This was the regional reserve system. He proposed a system of four (later twelve) branch reserve banks located in different sections of the country. Few people outside the banking world would realize that the existing concentration of the nationís money and credit structure in New York made the proposal of a regional reserve system a delusion.”

“Another proposal advanced by Paul Warburg at Jekyll Island was the manner of selection of administrators for the proposed regional reserve system. Senator Nelson Aldrich had insisted that the officials should be appointive, not elected, and that Congress should have no role in their selection. His Capitol Hill experience had taught him that congressional opinion would often be inimical to the Wall Street interests, as Congressmen from the West and South might wish to demonstrate to their constituents that they were protecting them against the Eastern bankers.”

“Warburg responded that the administrators of the proposed central banks should be subject to executive approval by the President. This patent removal of the system from Congressional control meant that the Federal Reserve proposal was unconstitutional from its inception, because the Federal Reserve System was to be a bank of issue. Article 1, Sec. 8, Par. 5 of the Constitution expressly charges Congress with “the power to coin money and regulate the value thereof.”. Warburgís plan would deprive Congress of its sovereignty, and the systems of checks and balances of power set up by Thomas Jefferson in the Constitution would now be destroyed. Administrators of the proposed system would control the nationís money and credit, and would themselves be approved by the executive department of the government. The judicial department (the Supreme Court, etc.) was already virtually controlled by the executive department through presidential appointment to the bench.”

“Paul Warburg later wrote a massive exposition of his plan, The Federal Reserve System, Its Origin and Growth of some 1750 pages, but the name “Jekyll Island” appears nowhere in this text. He does state (Vol. 1, p. 58):

“But then the conference closed, after a week of earnest deliberation, the rough draft of what later became the Aldrich Bill had been agreed upon, and a plan had been outlined which provided for a ëNational Reserve Association,í meaning a central reserve organization with an elastic note issue based on gold and commercial paper.

“On page 60, Warburg writes, “The results of the conference were entirely confidential. Even the fact there had been a meeting was not permitted to become public.” He adds in a footnote, “Though eighteen [sic] years have since gone by, I do not feel free to give a description of this most interesting conference concerning which Senator Aldrich pledged all participants to secrecy.”

“B.C. Forbes’s revelation of the secret expedition to Jekyll Island, had had surprisingly little impact. It did not appear in print until two years after the Federal Reserve Act had been passed by Congress, hence it was never read during the period when it could have had an effect, that is, during the Congressional debate on the bill. Forbesí story was also dismissed, by those “in the know,” as preposterous, and a mere invention. Stephenson mentions this on page 484 of his book about Aldrich.”

“This curious episode of Jekyll Island has been generally regarded as a myth. B.C. Forbes got some information from one of the reporters. It told in vague outline the Jekyll Island story, but made no impression and was generally regarded as a mere yarn.”

“The coverup of the Jekyll Island conference proceeded along two lines, both of which were successful. The first, as Stephenson mentions, was to dismiss the entire story as a romantic concoction which never actually took place. Although there were brief references to Jekyll Island in later books concerning the Federal Reserve System, these also attracted little public attention. As we have noted, Warburg’s massive and supposedly definite work on the Federal Reserve System does not mention Jekyll Island at all, although he does admit that a conference took place. In none of his voluminous speeches or writings do the words “Jekyll Island” appear, with a single notable exception. He agreed to Professor Stephensonís request that he prepare a brief statement for the Aldrich biography. This appears on page 485 as part of “The Warburg Memorandum”. In this excerpt, Warburg writes, “The matter of a uniform discount rate was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island.”

“Another member of the “First Name Club” was less reticent. Frank Vanderlip later published a few brief references to the conference. In the Saturday Evening Post, February 9, 1935, p. 25, Vanderlip wrote:

‘Despite my views about the value to society of greater publicity for the affairs of corporations, there was an occasion near the close of 1910, when I was as secretive, indeed, as furtive, as any conspirator. . . . Since it would have been fatal to Senator Aldrich’s plan to have it known that he was calling on anybody from Wall Street to help him in preparing his bill, precautions were taken that would have delighted the heart of James Stillman (a colorful and secretive banker who was President of the National City Bank during the Spanish-American War, and who was thought to have been involved in getting us into that war) . . . I do not feel it is any exaggeration to speak of our secret expedition to Jekyll Island as the occasion of the actual conception of what eventually became the Federal Reserve System.”‘

 

Where Was The American Free Press To Protect America From Massive Corruption and Treasonous Activity?

In the course of opposing banker-inspired legislation supporting large naval expenditures as part of a Preparedness Movement launched in 1915 (before America reluctantly entered World War I in April of 1917) Congressman Callaway entered into the Congressional Record the following critique of J.P. Morgan’s control of the press:

“Mr. Chairman, under unanimous consent, I insert in the Record at this point a statement showing the newspaper combination, which explains their activity in this war matter, just discussed by the gentleman from Pennsylvania.

‘In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and (gun) powder interests, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and a sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press of the United States.’

‘These 12 men worked the problem out by selecting 179 newspapers, and then began by an elimination process, to retain only those necessary for the purpose of controlling the general policy of the daily press throughout the country.  They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers.  The 25 papers were agreed upon; emissaries were sent to purchase the policy, national and international, of these papers; an agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.’

‘This contract is in existence at the present time, and it accounts for the news columns of the daily press of the country being filled with all sorts of preparedness arguments and misrepresentations as to the present condition of the United States Army and Navy and the possibility and probability of the United States being attacked by foreign foes.’

‘This policy also included the suppression of anything in opposition to the wishes of the interests served.  The effectiveness of this scheme has been conclusively demonstrated by the character of the stuff carried in the daily press throughout the country since March 1915.  They have resorted to anything necessary to commercialize public sentiment and sandbag the National Congress into making extravagant and wasteful appropriations for the Army and Navy under the false pretense that it was necessary.  Their stock argument is that it is ‘patriotism.’  They are playing on every prejudice and passion of the American people.’

Here, in March of 1915, the  concealed clique of foreign bankers, using its junior partner, J.P. Morgan, destroyed the American Free Press.  Remember that the J.P. Morgan organization was the agent of the Rothschild family interests which were located principally in London and Paris.  In other words, I don’t believe that J.P. Morgan carried out this un-American and unconstitutional act on his own; it was the work of the concealed clique from whom J.P. Morgan took orders.

From that point forward, the American media was not, in any manner, working for the American people.  Instead it was a psychological warfare and propaganda weapon owned and operated by the clique and its minions for the purpose of surrounding the American people with a high wall of false reality in the form of constant deception, disinformation, and distractions to confuse and disorient the public.  It is said that “a picture is worth a thousand words” and here is the best picture to show what the clique-controlled media really is:

 

Screen Shot 2015-08-27 at 10.10.02 PM

IT’S A DEADLY WEAPON STEADILY BARRAGING THE AMERICAN PEOPLE WITH FALSE, DECEPTIVE INFORMATION

 

AND FINALLY, AMERICANS ARE CATCHING ON THAT THE SO-CALLED “MAINSTREAM MEDIA” IS SPEWING A STEADY STREAM OF LIES, DECEPTIONS, AND DISTRACTIONS AND THEREFORE IS A SUBVERSIVE FORCE, WHICH WE KNOW IS OWNED BY A MONOPOLY OF SIX TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS.  HENCE, PUBLIC CONFIDENCE  HAS PLUMMETED AS THE GALLUP ORGANIZATION INDICATES BELOW.

Screen Shot 2016-02-11 at 9.39.23 PM

The bad news is that the American public hasn’t fully connected the dots that lead to three  important conclusions, namely:

1.  The six transnational corporations that own and control the mainstream media are, themselves, controlled by the concealed clique;

2.  All the owners, publishers, editors, and reporters of the mainstream media work for the clique and are committing treason against the American people for intentionally deceiving us and covering up the clique’s horrendous criminal schemes that include colossal global thievery, crimes against humanity, and war crimes;

3.  In order to bring the clique members and minions to justice, we must first demolish this psychological and propaganda weapon and bring to justice all who operate it.   All the mainstream media outlets must be closed and all personnel must be tried for treason, deported, and incarcerated for life imprisonment.

 

Screen Shot 2015-08-27 at 10.10.02 PM

 

What more proof do you need to understand this essential point?

images-1

 

 

 

David Rockefeller, speaking at the June, 1991 Bilderberger meeting in Baden, Germany, remarked:

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years.”

It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national autodetermination practiced in past centuries.”

The Long List of “Controlled Disintegration” Of America and Its Economy

The best way to grasp the enormous extent of the clique’s “controlled disintegration” of America, following the formation of the United States of America is to simply re-write our Declaration of Independence and re-list the grievances, as follows:

 

A PRELIMINARY FORMAT FOR THE SECOND DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE

JULY 4, 2018

When in the course of human events, it becomes necessary for a people to take certain actions that may cause concern among fellow world citizens, a decent respect for their opinions requires an explanation for the causes which impel these exertions.

We continue to hold certain truths to be self-evident, that all people are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.–That to secure these rights, governments are instituted among a people, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of a people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.  Prudence, indeed, will dictate that governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience has shown, that a people are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.

But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such government, and to provide new guards for their future security.  Such has been the patient sufferance of the American people; and such is now the necessity which constrains them to purge their republic form of government of concealed foreign and criminal control.  The discovery of a tiny concealed clique of foreign, dynastic British and European banking families using massive bribery and blackmail, deadly violence, and assassination to gain control of the American government and all of America’s vital institutions has resulted in a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having in direct object the establishment of an absolute tyranny over the American people. To prove this, let facts be submitted to a candid world.

GRIEVANCES

This concealed clique of foreign, dynastic British and European banking families in the City of London has been discovered to be carrying out a  long-planned “controlled disintegration”— disguised by massive fraud—of America, its people, and its economy in the following manner:

Bribing Wealthy American Eastern Establishment Families To Secretly Join the Clique as Junior Partners and Commit Crimes Against Humanity and Treasonous Acts Against the American People

Even during the American Revolution, this concealed clique drew under its control a number of disloyal American colonial families of great wealth and later Eastern Establishment families who set forth to secretly betray the United States of America in exchange for profitable commercial ties with Britain, to include participation in the British East India Company’s extraordinarily profitable, worldwide heroin trade as well as later participation in the clique’s expanding global monopoly of the narcotics trade.

Using Its Global Monopoly of the Narcotics Trade to Spread Debilitating Addiction and Bring About Personal Disempowerment To Rising Numbers of the American Public and Especially America’s Next Generations

In addition to achieving massive profit-taking through its narcotics monopoly, the concealed clique has carried out a concealed scheme to flood America with narcotics, just as it did to the Chinese population, which precipitated the Opium Wars of 1839-1842 and 1856-1860.  The clique-planned flood of narcotics into America began with  (i) the engineered influx of Chinese workers in the second half of the 1800s to build the American railroads and serve as a narcotics pipeline, then (ii) during the Prohibition era (1920-1933)  when narcotics demand spiked and supply followed along the black-market alcohol channels.  Thereafter, the clique worked steadily to weaken America’s next generations and America’s economic productivity with its now well-entrenched narcotics networks.

Flooding America’s Cotton-Growing States With African Slaves, Using Its Near Monopoly in International Slave Trade

To further destabilize the American economy and its moral standards, the concealed clique used its vast slavery trade to flood America’s southern states with African slaves and achieve extraordinary profits.

Fomenting the War of 1812 To Wreck Its Finances and Overthrow the American Government

The concealed clique orchestrated the War of 1812 in an attempt to overthrow the American government and Americans referred to the British effort as “America’s Second War of Independence.”  The fighting ensued on three fronts: (i) naval battles at sea, (ii) along the U.S./Canadian border against British and allied Indian forces, and in large land battles on the southeastern and Gulf coastlines of America.  The British Navy blockaded the Atlantic coast and British Army forces marched inland to engage in pitched battles, which included the British capture of Washington and the burning of certain federal buildings, include the White House.

Steadily Gaining Concealed Control of the American Government

By a long, concealed scheme that started immediately after America’s War of Independence, the concealed clique, using a system of deep bribery, blackmail, deadly violence, and assassination, gained control of the nominating and electoral processes at the federal, state and municipal levels of American government.  Furthermore, the clique gained concealed control of the American Bar Association, the legal system, control of appointments to the U.S. Supreme Court and permeating down into federal, state and local courts.

Fomenting the American Civil War—Attempting To Balkanizing the American Continent—Assassinating President Abraham Lincoln In Retaliation For The Union Victory and Rejecting Clique Banking Control

With its strong financial ties to America’s major southern-states plantation owners, the concealed clique carried out a subversive effort to precipitate a civil war to break America into two antagonistic political entities.  The clique arranged for the Union Army to be commanded by clique-controlled General George B. McClellan, who frustrated President Abraham Lincoln by repeatedly not closing with and engaging the Confederate forces.  When President Lincoln relieved McClellan, reorganized the Union Army leadership, and oversaw the surrender of the Confederacy, the clique arranged for President Lincoln’s assassination.  The clique had arranged for the British and French forces to enter the American Civil War, to gain control of the divided parts, but the Russian Tsar Alexander II insured the Union victory by sending a large Russian fleet to foil the clique’s plan.

Constant Efforts To Control of America’s Banking System

 Six months after the American Congress of the Confederation ratified the Treaty of Paris on January 14, 1784, which brought to a successful end the American War of Independence, the concealed clique commenced a long scheme to seize control of the banking system of the United States in the following sequence:

  • The Bank of New York was formed by the clique on June 9, 1784, with the complicity of the treasonous U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Alexander Hamilton.  The Bank of England, which was controlled by the clique, secretly became its major stockholder.
  • The First Bank of the United States was formed on February 25, 1791, again with the complicity of Alexander Hamilton, who folded the Bank of New York into the First Bank of the United States, thereby positioning the Bank of England in a concealed control position.
  • The Second Bank of the United States was formed on April 10, 1816, following the end of the First Bank’s charter in March 1811, with the same concealed Bank of England control.  The Second Bank was voted out of existence in April 1834 by the U.S. House of Representatives and actions by President Andrew Jackson to end the Second Bank’s destructive banking practices which worked directly against the interests of the American people.
  • The clique, in concert with the betraying American Eastern Establishment families, secretly fomented a long series of fraudulent financial panics, recessions and other economic crises in 1837, 1857, 1873, 1882-85, 1893 and 1907 for the purpose of: (i) maximizing its rigged stock and bond profit-taking, (ii) conditioning the American people to accept a fraudulent new “central” bank to “stabilize” America’s banking system, and (iii) achieving full control of the U.S. government.  This scheme was culminated on December 23, 1913 with the enactment of the Federal Reserve Act by the clique-controlled U.S. Congress and signed into law by clique-controlled President Woodrow Wilson.  At that date, the clique gained control of America’s financial resources and, thereby, destroyed its nation-state sovereignty and eliminated the ability of the American people to control their personal and national destinies.

Gaining Control of and Subverting American Education

In 1910, the concealed clique, used the American Carnegie family to commence a concealed scheme to gain control over American education.  Its aim was to bring to an end the American principles of individual rights and government by the consent of the governed.  In its place, the Carnegie family, through its deeply funded foundation that was disguised as a philanthropic institution, aimed to condition America’s next generations to surrender America’s national sovereignty and accept a one-world government.  This scheme entailed: (i) the formation of a new set of clique-controlled historians to rewrite and, (ii) misrepresenting American history and the gradual elimination of uncorrupted historians throughout American education by withholding grant money.  The Carnegie subversion of education placed a heavy emphasis on dumbing down America’s next generations by the systematic disruption of the learning process by the choice of curricula, textbooks and teaching methodologies.

The Carnegie foundation (aka the “Carnegie Endowment”) was joined by the Guggenheim Foundation to grant scholarships to its selected academic candidates who were seeking graduate degrees.  Furthermore, the Carnegie family formed an alliance with the Rockefeller family to divide these subversive activities, with American education to be under the control of the  Rockefeller Foundation, and with the subversion of international education to be controlled by the Carnegie Endowment.  Their huge foundations provided the massive funding for this monstrous scheme.  The result has been profound damage to American democracy, productivity, and solidarity.

Fomenting World War I and Drawing America Into War Using Deception, Bribery, Blackmail, and Coercion

As Germany grew in industrial power in the late 1800s, it became a rising economic power which the concealed clique planned to demolish and simultaneously make enormous war profits.  The clique fomented World War I, which it triggered on July 28th, 1914 and formed in a coalition of British, French, and other European nations to defeat Germany.  On April 2nd, 1917, clique-controlled President Woodrow Wilson, who had already signed the criminal Federal Reserve Act of 1913, successfully requested a Congressional declaration of war against Germany.  An authentic historical account would reveal that Woodrow Wilson was under the sway of American clique minion, “Colonel” Edward Mandell House, who managed Wilson’s political rise from president of Princeton University, to Governor of New Jersey, and to the presidency.

Gaining Control of, and Subverting, the American Free Press

In March 1915, the concealed clique, using the Eastern Establishment’s Morgan family, launched a scheme to bring the American free press under its control.  This scheme was accomplished by the Morgan family through bribery and blackmail, which resulted in the control of 25 of the largest American opinion-making newspapers.  An editor was furnished to each newspaper to supervise and edit information to create a high wall of false reality.

The clique culminated its full control of American free press by using the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), which it controlled since its inception in 1947, to execute “Operation Mockingbird.” This operation strengthening the clique’s capacity to create a false reality to mislead, confuse, and disorient the American people.

Then, the clique, through its CIA channels, selected clique minion, Rupert Murdoch to launched News Corporation to deceive, distract, and disorient the global public, and particularly the American people.  Murdoch’s Fox News Channel carries out the most egregious un-American and un-Constitutional propaganda among the clique-controlled media.

Subjecting the American People and Other Nation-State Populations To Highly Sophisticated Psychological Warfare

The clique carried out a concealed scheme to build psychological warfare organization consisting of the clique’s war propaganda Wellington House that evolved to become the Tavistock Institute in the City of London, which were funded with the intent of shaping a relentless propaganda center that would break down the stiff public resistance to the clique-planned World War I.  A part of the Tavistock Institute funding was provided by the betraying Eastern Establishment’s Rockefeller family.   In 1953 the clique’s  CIA component carried out its MK-ULTRA Project, using over 30 American  universities and institutions to help develop the project.  This scheme entailed developing a mind-control capability, guided by narcotics and hypnosis to trigger illegal and violent human actions including assassinations, tasking, torture, and interrogation.

On November 18, 1978, the Tavistock Institute-orchestrated experiments undertaken at a Guyana base on the northern coast of South America led to the murder of 909 subjects of these experiments, including over 200 children, and the assassination of U.S. Congressman Leo Ryan of California, who, on behalf of a number of his constituents, appeared at the Guyana base with an entourage and an NBC film crew.  The Tavistock Institute orchestrates the treasonous media/entertainment/education apparatus that has subjected America and other nation-states to the most advanced psychological warfare practices.

Engineering the Great Depression of the 1930s

The concealed clique carried out a series of financial manipulations that shifted financial resources from America to Great Britain that were designed to bail Great Britain out of its insolvency. The intended consequence was to severely weaken the expanding American economy and to shatter the social conditions of the American people.  This intended consequence was named the Great Depression of the 1930s.

Attempting to Overthrow the American Government During the Early Stage of Franklin D. Roosevelt’s Administration

While President Roosevelt was constructing New Deal legislation to reel in the runaway criminality of the American corporate and banking sectors, the concealed clique attempted the removal of President Roosevelt and the takeover of the American government.  The clique approached Marine General Smedley Butler to head a veterans group of 400,000 men akin to fascist Benito Mussolini’s “Brownshirts” in order to play a paramilitary role in the planned government coup.  Instead, General Butler reported the coup plans to the McCormack-Dickstein Congressional Committee.  This broke the back of the coup effort, but there were no arrests and the news was swept under the rug due to clique bribery, blackmail, and control of the media.

Fomenting World War II and Drawing America Into War Using Deception, Bribery, Blackmail, and Coercion

The concealed clique determined that the spectacular economic recovery of a re-armed Germany and the rise of Russian economic power had to be shattered by a new engineered war.  However, there was an intense global anti-war sentiment following World War I, just twenty-six years earlier.  The Tavistock apparatus successfully used its full arsenal of psychological warfare to overcome this global resistance to another war.  In the case of American anti-war sentiment, the Tavistock Institute orchestrated the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941. This concealed scheme involved the Rockefeller family providing enormous funding, using Richard Sorge, the master Soviet spy, as the conduit to a member of the Japanese imperial family to prompt Japan to launch the Pearl Harbor attack, which enabled the Roosevelt Administration to take the United States to war. The Tavistock Institute orchestrated waves of of anti-Japanese propaganda that overwhelmed American war resistance and pushed America into war with Japan, and subsequently, with more Tavistock machinations, into war with Germany.

Creating the Nation of Israel in 1948 To Become a Clique Base To Protect Its Middle East Oil Reserves and To Create an Israeli Trojan Horse Network To Infiltrate the Governments and Key Institutions of Nation-States Across the World, Particularly in America

The concealed clique has infested America with a termite-like hoard of Israeli operatives, spies, dual-citizen Israeli/American NeoCons, and American officials heavily bribed, blackmailed, and threatened by Israeli control fronts, i.e., the Anti-Defamation League (ADL), and the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC).  Accordingly, the U.S. Congress no longer serves the America people and public confidence in the U.S. Congress has fallen to seven (7) percent.

Fomenting the Korean War, the Vietnam War, the Gulf War, the Iraq War, the War in Afghanistan, and the Deadly Violence in Georgia, Egypt, Libya, Ukraine, and Syria

The concealed clique had a high incentive to perpetuate a constant flow of wars: (i) it had a fully-developed psychological warfare apparatus to start wars, (ii) the profit-taking from war loans and weapons sales were one of its best money making sources, and (iii) the wars were orchestrated to carry out the age-old “divide and conquer” geopolitical machinations right out of the clique’s playbook that insured its survivability.  Meanwhile, the clique routinely uses the U.S. military to enforce its concealed schemes and insures its global dominance.

Gaining Control of the American Entertainment Industry

Using its transnational corporations to gain monopoly control and orchestrating the infiltration of clique minions into the entertainment industry, the clique has undertaken a long, concealed scheme to destroy American moral standards with ever-increasing degenerate programming.  The clique-orchestrated consolidation of the entertainment industry culminated in control by just six clique-controlled transnational corporations.

Combining the CIA, the Israeli Mossad and the British Secret Intelligence Service to Become a Global Terrorist Organization To Implement the Clique’s Concealed Schemes

The clique successfully carried out a scheme to combine the resources of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Israeli Mossad, and the British Secret Intelligence Service to become a global terror organization to facilitate the clique’s schemes in accordance with its age-old playbook, which calls for massive bribery, blackmail, deadly violence, and assassination.  The latest creation of the clique’s three-headed Global Terrorist Organization is the  fraudulent Islamic State of Iraq and ash-Sham (ISIS aka ISIL), which is a mercenary army that plays the role of a new global “boogie man” to replace the stale boogie-man, Al-Qaeda.  The principal purpose of ISIS is to force regime change in Syria and to cause maximum confusion throughout the Middle East.

Manipulating the Global Financial System To Engineer an Acceleration of the “Controlled Disintegration” of America, the European Union, and Many Other Nation-States Through Extreme Debt Dependency

In a long, concealed scheme, the clique has, since the 1980s, greatly accelerated its “controlled disintegration” of those nation-state economies and to sabotage the economies of resistant nation-states such as China, Russia, and others of the BRICS, Bolivarian Alliance of the Americas, the Union of South American Nations, and the Shanghai Cooperative Organization, all for the purpose of maximizing its extraordinary profits by (i) massive looting of world populations with its transnational corporations, (ii) fomenting war for lending and arms profits, (iii) controlling the global narcotics trade and (iv) controlling its fraudulent global banking monopoly.

Specifically, in America, the clique precipitated the insolvency of the American banking system and then used its private bank, the Federal Reserve, to issue massive volumes of U.S. taxpayer money and credit in the initial amount of $16.3 trillion to resuscitate its global banking system and its transnational corporations.  And the clique continues to destroy the purchasing power of America’s dollar currency by having its Federal Reserve create and issue massive new quantities of un-backed dollars to its insolvent global banking system in a fraudulent practice referred to as “quantitative easing.”

Gutting of the American Economy and Causing the Destruction of the American Middle Class

Since the 1980s, the clique has undertaken a long, concealed scheme to de-industrialize America by having its transnational corporations absorb its manufacturing sector and move it to lower-cost labor markets.

And it has used its Tavistock psychological warfare apparatus to mislead the American public on the fictitious benefits of “globalization” and of a “post-industrial information economy,” while, in the meantime, building a rising concentration of transnational corporations under clique control that create huge new monopolies, fix artificially high prices, avoid taxation and tariffs, escape regulation, and drive millions of domestic businesses in America and across the globe into insolvency.

Reshaping America and Other Nation-States To Reverse Authentic Capitalism and Democracy

The concealed clique uses its heavily privileged transnational corporations to reverse authentic capitalism, create extreme income inequality, severely limit the rights and freedoms of individuals, and make a mockery of the American Dream.  The clique also has gained further control of America’s nomination and electoral processes and those of other nation-states.  The clique’s transnational corporations destroy nation-state economies, their political institutions and the welfare and morale of their populations.

Enlisting Clique Minions Based On Profiling That Detects Personal Psychological Damage and Vulnerability

The clique enlists minions to infiltrate all key American institutions based on a profiling that selects candidates who display significant personal psychological damage and vulnerability. This scheme places these profiled and groomed individuals in positions of increasing power and influence.

In America, this practice can be traced to the clique’s American junior partner, narcotics trade families of the Eastern Establishment who funded the preparatory schools and Ivy League universities, thereby embedding large numbers of disturbed, incompetent and treasonous minions on fast tracks to high positions of the American government, key American institutions, transnational corporations, and fraudulent “global governance” institutions such as the World Bank, the IMF, the World Trade Organization, the World Health Organization, the Bank of International Settlements, and the numerous other “world” organizations created without public consent or public legitimacy.

To maintain control of its minions, the clique, when called for, will lure them into compromising situations, document their transgressions, and, thereby, establish a basis for future blackmail threats, if necessary.

Assassinations and Attempted Assassinations of American Presidents and other American Leaders

The clique has been responsible for the assassinations of President Garfield, President McKinley, President Abraham Lincoln, President John F. Kennedy, Senator Paul D. Wellstone, Congressman Louis McFadden, Congressman Leo Ryan, presidential candidate and U.S. Senator Robert F. Kennedy, and civil rights leader, Reverend Martin Luther King, among others.  The clique has been responsible for the attempted assassinations of President Andrew Jackson, President Ronald Reagan, and Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords.

Carrying Out Depopulation and Mass Physical and Mental Impairment of Americans and Other Populations

The clique is engaged in a poorly concealed scheme of depopulation and weakening of the mental and physical condition of global populations, including the American people.

These crimes of genocide and mass impairment of the human species takes the form of: (i) massive global aerial spraying of toxic barium, strontium, and aluminum nano-particles by jet tankers; (ii) infiltration of the American and global medical research and treatment systems to limit scientific discovery of new medical treatments, including cancer therapy; concealed creation and dissemination of laboratory-developed infected vaccines; laboratory-developed germ warfare diseases such as AIDS and Ebola; toxic fluoride that has now been proven to harm brain development in children mixed into drinking water; toxic additives to food supplies and food containers, and the effect of genetically modified crops on health and the environment.

Carrying Out the Concealed Scheme of 9/11 To Create a New Bogeyman (Faked Worldwide Terrorism) and Simultaneously Conduct a Massive “Divide and Conquer” Deception to Stigmatize the Muslim World and Set Western Nation-States and Their Populations Against It

The clique had a combined benefit of (i) fomenting a new string of highly profitable wars in the Middle East; (ii) substantially weakening selected Muslim countries which were becoming a rising economic power and were moving away from the clique’s global banking system, which employed usury, a practice that Mohammed deplored; (iii) speeding up the “controlled disintegration” of America, the European Union, and other nation-states by instituting the “protection racket” of offering bogus security for those populations in exchange for surrender of personal rights and liberties that were designed to hasten their loss of national sovereignty and their arrival at the gates of the clique’s New World Order fantasy.

Carrying Out the Concealed Scheme To Destroy the Fukushima Nuclear Plant in Japan by Exploding Nuclear Devices Inside the Facility and Offshore To Create a Powerful Tsunami

On March 11, 2011, it is probable that the clique exploded a nuclear device offshore the Fukushima Nuclear Plant to create a powerful tsunami for the purpose of destroying the plant and causing an enormous release of radioactive material into the atmosphere and into the Pacific Ocean that is now spreading worldwide.  The clique, which is besieged by multiple forces dedicated to its eradication, created this unimaginably destructive terror weapon to force Japan and other nation-states to surrender their largest caches of financial assets, particularly gold and silver.  The clique’s psychological warfare operation has successfully prevented the world’s population from knowing the high worldwide danger posed by this radioactive release.

Using HAARP Technology to Create Weather Weapons

The clique is creating massive weather disturbances, powerful earthquakes, severe draught (i.e. in California), and deadly tsunamis by the use of HAARP technology.  In October of 2012, Hurricane Sandy began forming in the Atlantic Ocean and was artificially magnified in force and steered toward the New York/New Jersey metropolitan areas and struck land on October 28.  The weather weapon was used as a distraction to depress local voting during November 6, 2012 Presidential Elections.  This artificially strengthened weather event became the largest hurricane on record and was conveniently and fraudulently blamed on global warming.

Carrying On an Intense and Prolonged Psychological Warfare Operation To Convince Global Populations of the Existence of Global Warming To Prepare Them for the Introduction of Carbon Taxes Which Are Designed To Fund the One World Government

This is a raging, fraudulent public relations scheme with potential for a new massive source of clique profit-taking and the further economic blow to the 99.9 percent of the world’s populations.  Much like the cooked statistics of the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and other corrupted U.S. economic agencies that support the false narrative of the American economy in recovery, the science statistics supporting global warming are being revealed to be cooked.

Carrying On An Intense and Prolonged Psychological Warfare Operation That Includes a Long Series of the Fictitious “Lone-Gunman” Massacres To Try To Force Americans to Give Away Their Rights and Liberties

This is an old-fashioned protection racket like those of organized crime organizations throughout history. However, instead of extracting money from the public, the clique attempts to extract surrender of guns and  acquiescence to the militarization of American law enforcement.

The modern version of this protection racket is now carried out by the clique’s Israeli Trojan Horse minions embedded in the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, and Israeli-trained American police departments.

Carrying Out Un-American and Un-Constitutional Surveillance by the Clique-Controlled National Security Agency

Part of the revelations that have surfaced is that NSA has been used for many years by the clique: (i) to eavesdrop on all worldwide communication as a means of monopoly control of information, and (ii) to build a deep blackmail file directed at elected and appointed officials in government and private positions across the world to magnify its control (and to profile future clique minions candidates).

Orchestrating the Formation of a North American Union To Submerge America, Canada, and Mexico In a European Union-Like Association As Further Means of Controlled-Disintegration of Those Nation-States

Since the year 2000, the clique has been using its psychological warfare operations to bring about the conditions under which the peoples of America, Canada, and Mexico would accept the loss of their national sovereignties in exchange for membership in a North American Union (NAU), the precursor to fitting the NAU into the clique’s New World Order fantasy.

Orchestrating the Crushing Debt-Dependency of America, the European Union, and Other Nation-States To Force the Pace of Disintegration By Way of Fraudulently-Termed “Austerity” Schemes

Austerity is the term for pushing a society nearly to the bottom of its social and economic disintegration, to include (i) scaling back wages and salaries, (ii) social services, pensions, health benefits, and (iii) privatizing national assets such as airports, seaports, highways, and other public infrastructure.  Austerity is simply another tool to bring about the collapse of national sovereignty.

Controlling and Blocking Scientific Discovery and Innovation To Prevent Social and Economic Improvement, Including Medical Advances

The concealed clique controls global medical science and innovation and is blocking cures and treatments of diseases such as cancer: (i) to protect its monopoly of pharmaceutical treatments and substances.  The clique also controls and blocks other scientific discovery and innovation to prevent social and economic improvement.

Withholding All Information About Extraterrestrial Matters To Create a Monopoly on Advanced Anti-Gravitational Technology, Space Travel, the Science of Cosmology, and Relations With the Various ET Species Commonly Described By Members of The Discovery Project

There is now sufficient evidence that the clique is maintaining a blanket of secrecy that pertains to all extraterrestrial matters.  There is a multitude of uncorrupted scientists who have banded together to form The Discovery Project under the leadership of Dr. Steven M. Greer.  Its website states:

“The Disclosure Project is a research project working to fully disclose the facts about UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and classified advanced energy and propulsion systems.”

“We have over 500 government, military, and intelligence community witnesses testifying to their direct, personal, first hand experience with UFOs, ETs, ET technology, and the cover-up that keeps this information secret.”

Furthermore, there is work being done by Richard Dolan that goes one stop further.  He spoke of something he called a “breakaway civilization” or a secret group with technological knowledge light years beyond the everyday world.  He is quoted as saying:

“The basic idea of the ‘breakaway civilization’ is simply that you have a secret group, a classified group of people, with access to radically advanced technology, radically advanced science, and they just don’t share it with the rest of the world.”   (https://breakawaycivilization.com/blog)

“One scientific breakthrough leads to another, and that leads to another and so on. So the next thing you know, you’ve got a separate group of humanity that is vastly far beyond the rest of the world.”

To grasp the significance of this last and deeply concealed clique machination, it is appropriate to provide research links, as follows:

Dr. Steven M. Greer’s website is:  http://www.disclosureproject.org/

Richard Dolan’s website is:  www.afterdisclosure.com

 

(End of Preliminary Format of 2nd Declaration of Independence, July 2021)

 

The Concealed Clique Poses an Existential Threat to the Entire Global Population

To arrive at a better understanding of the clique, it must be viewed as a deadly global pestilence that must be eradicated immediately.  It is akin to a killer pandemic virus.

Accordingly, we, the citizens of the United States of America, in General Congress do, in the name, and by authority of the good people of the American nation, solemnly publish and declare, that the United States of America will bring about a formal declaration of war against these British, European and American families and their minions and will bring the full might of the United States military forces down upon them, to apprehend them, to extradite those located abroad to the United States, to subject them to military trials as foreign enemies, and to see to it that, if found guilty, their sentencing is appropriate to the destruction and loss of life for which they are responsible, to include war crimes, mass murder, genocide, destruction of planetary resources, degradation of the earth’s climate, and exposing the world’s populations to potentially devastating consequences by their irresponsible monopoly on extraterrestrial contact, communication, agreements, treaties, and the potential creation of undisclosed civilizations elsewhere in space, and, of course, the worst threat, namely, a hostile extraterrestrial species with intentions of arriving in our midst with all information blocked by the clique.

These are not “conspiracy theories” and those who continue to float the Tavistock mind-control phrases designed to shut down critical thinking will have to be permanently isolated in order for us to establish orderly deliberations leading to the highest and best decision-making.

We believe the eradication of this deadly global pestilence will allow our species to resume its natural evolutionary advance, which we believe will be marked by the release of new creativity and energy needed to achieve a higher social intelligence, consciousness, and communal spirituality that will safeguard a productive and sustainable life for future generations on our treasured and sacred planet.  We seek the collaboration of all global citizens in this common endeavor.

The United States of America will continue to assert its full powers to do all acts and things it may of right do.  And for the support of this Second Declaration of Independence of July 4th 2016, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.

The Existence and Actions of the Concealed Clique Are Too Shocking For Most Americans To Absorb

That is why we must approach this dilemma with a degree of “Irish gallows humor.”  Gallows humor has the capability to nurse us back to a calm state of mind because it breaks the solid wall of denial and profound dread when we encounter the harshest truth.

It is connected to the saying:  “I don’t know whether to laugh or cry.”  And many an Irishman being led up the steep stairs to the Sheriff’s public gallows— with all his family and friends looking up at him in the deepest of angst— are braced by his last words which are laced with bitter humor that breaks the mood for the better.

In the film depicting the Boer War, Breaker Morant, while standing before a British firing squad about to fire, Harry Harbord Morant, a British lieutenant found guilty of a revenge murder, call out to his peers in the firing squad, who were grieving what they are about to do:

“Shoot Straight You Bastards, Don’t Make a Mess Of It!”

That is why Colonel Jessep’s bitter humor has such power after reading America’s 2nd Declaration of Independence.  The reader has just read of the long period of depraved and genocidal crimes that the concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families has inflicted on the American people in stunned, almost nauseous disbelief and Colonel Jessep’s outburst has the potential to snap them out of their ambivalence.

The famous outburst of Jack Nicholson, playing the role of Colonel Jessep in the film, A Few Good Men:

Colonel Jessep (loudly):  YOU WANT ANSWERS?

Lt. Kaffee (with emotion):  I think I’m entitled.

Colonel Jessep (shouting):  YOU WANT ANSWERS!

Lt. Kaffee (loudly with passion):  I WANT THE TRUTH!

Colonel Jessep (bellowing):  YOU CAN’T HANDLE THE TRUTH!

Well, here’s the truth we see.  Let’s see if you can handle it.

A Partial List of Chapters of a New E-Book Coming Up

Under the pen name “Robert O’Bannon,” Steve Boyle completed the book A Grandfather’s Encouragement To Our Next Generation in 2013, and a sequel, Restoring The Peace in 2016.  The upcoming E-Book will offer an updated perspective of the geopolitical situation following the 2020 Election in order to alert our American and global youth how they are currrently being prominently targeted for even more “controlled disintegration” by this concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families in the City of London and how to exterminate this global pestilence.

The chapters will reflect cause and effect:  first, laying out the details of the current “controlled disintegration,” then the round up of the clique, and finally, the chapters of how to put America back together again.  It is unnerving to try to write because it first itemizes the most dangerous concealed schemes perpetrated by this tiny group of criminal psychopaths.  Then, second, it lays out a preliminary plan for purging America of all the many bought and paid-for clique minions, both foreign and domestic, who have infiltrated all of America’s key institutions.  And then, third, it outlines the strategy and tactics of rebuilding America and its economy from the ground up.  To repeat, this sequel is meant to spark the much needed national discussion and thought process needed to help  all Americans shift over to the offensive to halt the obvious criminal takeover of America and gear up for a full return to American principles as defined in our Declaration of Independence and U.S. Constitution.  It should not escape the attention of the American people that in doing so, we will be defeating the very same concealed clique of foreign bankers in the City of London who we soundly defeated, beginning in 1776.  Our forefathers did it in their time and we will do it again, but this time we will round them all up, deport them, apply capital punishment to those convicted of crimes of humanity and put the remainder in solitary confinement for life and no parole, and keep close watch on any other future criminal psychopaths who disturb the peace.

What It Will Take To Rebuild America and Its Economy From the Ground Up

Investigate and Determine the Criminality of the Concealed Clique’s Minions, Particularly Members of the Clique’s Israeli Trojan Horse Network Made Up Of Dual Citizenship Israeli/Americans.

Bring About the Thomas Paine Moment: Awakening the American Can-Do Spirit to Form Citizen Rebuilding Teams in the 3,144 U.S. Counties

Simultaneously, Forge Working Relationships With County and Local Law Enforcement and With the U.S. Military

Forge a New System of Uncorrupted Constitutional Courts of Law in Each U.S. County

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Media Organizations To Restore Truthful Information Sources

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Entertainment Organizations To Serve the Common Good

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Educational Organizations To Restore Truthful Information Sources and Provide Authentic Education

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Financial and Taxation System

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Legal System To Follow The Rule of Law

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Domestic and Transnational Corporations

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Foundations and NGO Organizations

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Nomination and Electoral System

Investigate, Purge, Overhaul and Begin Rebuilding America’s Criminalized Political Lobbying System

Investigate, Indict, Try, and Convict All Members of Criminal Concentrations and Monopolies including Narcotics, Pharmaceuticals, Agriculture, War Materials, Finance, Petroleum, Chemicals, Child Trafficking, Pedophilia Rings, Modern Slavery, Organ Transplant Trafficking, Pornography, and Private/Mercenary Armed Groups in the New Constitutional Courts of Law With the Support of County and Local Law Enforcement Agencies and the U.S. Military

Ban All Secret Societies and Investigate, Indict, Try, and Convict All Members of All Secret Societies and the like, Who Subverted and Currently Subvert the U.S. Constitution, Including, But Not Limited To, the Freemasons, the Illuminati, Skull and Bones, and All Organized Crime Syndicates in the New Constitutional Courts of Law With the Support of the County and Local Law Enforcement Agencies and the U.S. Military

Round Up, Try, and Deport All Those Who Display the Psychopathic Deadly and Depraved Behavior of the Former Criminal Cabal and Quarantine Them On Sites In the Arctic Ocean In Solitary Confinement For Life With No Parole

Participate in the Construction of a Global Justice System With Teeth

 

The Council on Foreign Relations (“CFR”) Has Been and Is Responsible For the Planning and Execution of the Clique’s “Controlled Disintegration” of America and Its Economy

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) based in New York City, plays a dominant role in the planning and execution of the concealed clique’s “controlled disintegration” of America and its economy. The CFR—based in New York City—has received major funding from the concealed clique’s junior partner—the Rockefeller family—for the purpose of subverting American principles, diminishing U.S. sovereignty, weakening the American economy and spreading disinformation to promote one-world government.  Since its inception, the Council on Foreign Relations membership has included an elite list of American politicians, U.S. government officials, senior faculty of U.S. universities, heads of U.S. foundations, and top executives of the clique-controlled transnational corporations, all of whom are directly are under the influence of the clique of foreign banking families for their careers.

In other words, after examining the crimes against humanity committed through the execution of America’s “controlled disintegration” by the concealed clique of foreign banking families in the City of London—America’s greatest enemy—the members of the Council on Foreign Relations are all clique-controlled criminal psychopaths and, furthermore, the American members of the CFR are subject to the crime of treason to their country because their activities constitute “levying War against them (the United States), or in adhering to their Enemies, giving them Aid and Comfort,” as defined by the U.S. Constitution.

Top of the List of “Persons of Interests” for Upcoming Investigations:

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 5.59.57 PM  Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 6.00.33 PM

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 6.01.03 PM

Your Access To the Council on Foreign Relations Full Membership List:  http://www.cfr.org/about/membership/roster.html

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 6.02.13 PM

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 6.02.33 PM

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 6.01.29 PM

The Concealed Clique’s Global Plan For The “Controlled Disintegration” and of Depopulation of All Nation-States: Overseen By the Council on Foreign Relations

Connecting the Dots While the Concealed Clique Tries To Surround Us With a High Wall of False Reality

1972:  One of the first tells of the clique depopulation scheme surfaced in 1972 with the publication of The Limits to Growth, a book written by Donella Meadows, Dennis Meadows, Jorgen Randers, William Behrens III, and commissioned by the Club of Rome.  You will recall that the Club of Rome is one of the several organizations that serves as part of the clique’s visible network along with the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, the Chatham House (formerly the Royal Institute for International Affairs), and the Trilateral Commission, among others.

The study attempts to focus attention on reaching an equilibrium state which is code for the earlier Venetian oligarchy’s effort to suppress science, initiative, invention and progress in order to control their fabulously profitable status quo.  Our research indicates that The Limits to Growth is one of a planned series of fraudulent studies that lead to its plan to reduce of the world’s population from the current almost 7 billion to under 2 billion in a feudal world order consisting of a tiny elite and a mass of serfs.  Here is some of the language that can be found in this Club of Rome tome:

“What would life be like in such an equilibrium state? Would innovation be stifled?  Would society be locked into the patterns of inequality and injustice we see in the world today?…..No one can predict what sort of institutions mankind might develop under these new conditions.  There is, of course, no guarantee that the new society would be much better or even much different from that which exists today.  It seems possible, however, that a society released from struggling with the many problems caused by growth may have more energy and ingenuity available for solving other problems.  In fact, we believe that the evolution of a society that favors innovation and technological development, a society based on equality and justice, is far more likely to evolve in a state of global equilibrium than it is in the state of growth we are experiencing today.”

“An equilibrium state would not be free of pressures, since no society can be free of pressure.  Equilibrium would require trading certain human freedoms, such as producing unlimited numbers of children or consuming uncontrolled amounts of resources, for other freedoms, such as relief from pollution and crowding and the threat of collapse of the world system.  It is possible that new freedoms might also arise—universal and unlimited education, leisure for creativity and inventiveness, and, most important of all, the freedom from hunger and poverty enjoyed by such a small fraction of the world’s people today.”

“We can say very little at this point about the practical, day-by-day, steps that might be taken to reach a desirable, sustainable state of global equilibrium.  Neither the world model nor our own thoughts have been developed in sufficient detail to understand all the implications of the transition from growth to equilibrium.  Before any part of the world’s society embarks deliberately on such a transition, there must be much more discussion, more extensive analysis, and many new ideas contributed by many different people.”

“The equilibrium society will have to weigh the trade-offs engendered by a finite earth not only with consideration of present human values but also with consideration of future generations.  Long-term goals must be specified and short term goals made consistent with them.”

“We end on a note of urgency……We cannot say with certainty how much longer mankind can postpone initiating deliberate control of its growth before it will have lost the chance for control.”

What is particularly fraudulent about this Club of Rome-inspired commentary is that the clique of dynastic banking families is the most ferocious opponent of technological improvement, innovation, ingenuity, scientific advances, and authentic education, which are the catalysts of real solutions to population growth. To beat the drum for depopulation and disregard scientific applications to solve population growth reveals that the Club of Rome pronouncements are not to be taken seriously.  Distributing fake and misleading inquiry is already a known trademark of the clique and its subordinate organizations.

1974: Another “tell” emerged from the National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests (NSSN 200), a study paper referred to as The Kissinger Report, produced by the U.S. National Security Council under the direction of Henry Kissinger, National Security Advisor to President Gerald Ford.

Who is Henry Kissinger?  Well, he was born in 1923 in Bavaria, Germany.  His family moved to New York City in 1938 to escape Nazi persecution.  He was drafted in 1943 into the U.S. Army, was eventually assigned to military intelligence, and, as a German speaker and with his administrative skills, he was appointed to remove all Nazi personnel and sympathizers from the Bergstrasse district of the German state of Hesse, in which Frankfurt am Main is the largest city.  Frankfurt is the home of the patriarch of the Rothschild family, Mayer Amschel Rothschild (1744-1812), and from where the senior Rothschild built his initial fortune in handling the financial affairs of William IX, Landgrave of Hesse-Kassels (1743-1821), who amassed one of the largest fortunes in Europe, in part by loaning his Hessian Army as mercenaries to other monarchies.  The British used the Hessians in the American War of Independence.  A portion of the Rothschild family continue to live and work in Frankfurt.  Part of the investigation of Henry Kissinger as a “person of interest” as a top minion of the clique must be to determine whether he met and was groomed by the Rothschild family in Frankfurt.  All that is apparent is that Kissinger had a meteoric rise after he returned to America after the war.  He attended Harvard where he received a Ph.D.  He served as a consultant to the Director of the Psychological Strategy Board, which our research indicates was linked to the Tavistock Institute.

Kissinger went to work for the Rockefeller Brothers Fund, joined the Council On Foreign Relations as a Study Director, and became a consultant to the U.S. National Security Council and other U.S. government agencies.  He became an advisor to Nelson Rockefeller, who sought the Republican nomination for President in 1960, 1964, and 1968.  Upon taking office in 1969, President Nixon appointed Henry Kissinger the National Security Advisor and, simultaneously, the U.S. Secretary of State, which is highly unusual.  He continued in these two positions upon the appointment of Gerald Ford as President in mid-1974, coincident with President Nixon’s resignation from office.  Kissinger was a founding member of the Trilateral Commission, funded by the Rockefellers in 1973.  With this background, it should not be surprise to know that the 1974 Kissinger Report was different from the rest of the clique’s study papers, before and after it.  The bulk of the Report was filled with discussion and statistics of population growth, economic development, resources, and the like.  But there are two differences to note as expressed in the Report.

Kissinger draws the readers attention to the thirteen less-developed countries (LDCs) where population growth is of special concern in terms of the United States national security:  India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Indonesia, Thailand, the Philippines, Turkey, Nigeria, Egypt, Ethiopia, Mexico, Columbia, and Brazil.  Here, population growth seems a threat for a different reason than alleged world collapse.  The Report begins to reveal the clique’s strategic concerns:

“The U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries.  That fact gives the U.S. enhanced interest in the political, economic, and social stability of the supplying countries.  Wherever a lessening of population pressures through reduced birth rates can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resource supplies and to the economic interests of the United States…..The location of known reserves of higher grade ores of most minerals favors increasing dependence of all industrialized regions on imports from less developed countries.  The real problems of mineral supplies lie, not in basic physical sufficiency, but in the political-economic issues of access, terms for exploration and exploitation, and division of the benefits among producers, consumers, and host country governments.”

“Whether through government action, labor conflicts, sabotage, or civil disturbance, the smooth flow of needed materials will be jeopardized.  Although population pressure is obviously not the only factor involved, these type of frustrations are much less likely under conditions of slow or zero population growth…..The young people, who are in much higher proportions in many LDCs, are likely to be more volatile, unstable, prone to extremes, alienation and violence than an older population.  These young people can more readily be persuaded to attack the legal institutions of the government or real property of the establishment, imperialists, multinational corporations, or other—often foreign—influences blamed for their troubles.”

After laying out a typical plan of action in deceptive generalities, Kissinger adds a special section next, titled “An Alternative View,”  as follows:

“There is an alternative view which holds that a growing number of experts believe that the population situation is already more serious and less amenable to solution through food shortage and other demographic catastrophes than are generally anticipated, even stronger measures are required and some fundamental, very difficult moral issues need to be addressed.  These include, for example, our own consumption patterns, mandatory programs, tight control of our food resources.  In view of the seriousness of these issues, explicit consideration of them should begin in the Executive Branch, the Congress and the U.N. soon.”

“The above basic strategy assumes that the current forms of assistance programs in both population and economic and social development areas will be able to solve the problem.  There is however, another view, which is shared by a growing number of experts (it is a typical Tavistock deception to use that phrase with no detail of who these experts are—this is just fraudulent blather).  It believes that the outlook is much harsher and far less tractable than commonly perceived.  This holds that the severity of the population problem is this century which is already claiming the lives of more than 10 million people yearly, is such as to make likely continued widespread food shortage and other demographic catastrophes, and, in the words of C.P. Snow, ‘we shall be watching people starve on television.”’

“The conclusion of this view is that mandatory programs may be needed and that we should be considering these possibilities now.  This school of thought believes that the following types of questions need to be addressed:

  • Should the U.S. make an all-out commitment to major limitations of world population with all the financial and international as well as domestic political costs that would entail?
  • Should the U.S. set even higher agricultural production goals which would enable it to provide additional major food resources to other countries?  Should they be nationally or internationally controlled?
  • On what basis should such food reserves then be provided?  Would food be considered an instrument of national power?  Will we be forced to make choices as to whom we can reasonably assist, and if so, should population efforts be a criterion for such assistance?
  • Is the U.S. prepared to accept food rationing to help people who can’t/won’t control their population growth?
  • Are mandatory population control measures appropriate for the U.S. and/or for others?

Thus, you, the reader, see now that with the Food Weapon, the clique can achieve a two-fer.  First, they can force depopulation by threatening countries with population starvation.  Second, the Food Weapon can be the stick to herd each nation-state into its one-world government.  And who already has a monopoly on food sources and food production?  Why, the clique does, of course.

1980:  A third tell was the Global 2000 Report to the President: Entering the Twenty-First Century, a Carter Administration study paper.  On May 23, 1977, President Jimmy Carter directed the U.S. Department of State and the Council of Environmental Quality (CEQ) to complete a study of the probable changes in the world’s population, natural resources, and environment through the end of the century to serve as the foundation of our longer-term planning.  The State Department official who was the co-signatory of the Study was Thomas Pickering and the other signatory was the Chairman of the CEQ, James Gustave Speth.  Dr. Gerald O. Barney, a member of the CEQ was  appointed to became the Director of the Study.  Our research confirms that the Study was actually commissioned by the Club of Rome and was written by Cyrus Vance, former U.S. Secretary of State.  Dr. Barney was a member of the U.S. Association for the Club of Rome.  James Gustave Speth was a member of the Club of Rome.  The purpose of the study was to freshen up its earlier 1972 study, but the deck was stacked in favor of the Club of Rome’s clique ideology.

1981:  A fourth tell was the Global Future: Time to Act, a study paper from the Club of Rome to repeat and push along their Global 2000 Report, above, but with more urgency.  But, in 1992, there came an interruption that slowed the clique’s depopulation momentum.

1992:  A fifth tell was the International Conference on Population and Development in Cairo, Egypt.  It was the Conference itself that rocked the clique’s scheme for global depopulation.  For the first time in UN history, the non-governmental organizations (NGOs) were permitted unlimited access to the UN forum and on the subject of population there was an uproar.

Previously, the dialogue on populations was dominated by scientific data and increasingly repetitive and stale warnings of impending world-ending prophecies.  In the Cairo Conference, the NGOs, many of which were led and populated with women, sought to redefine population to include: reproductive and adolescent health, women’s rights and empowerment, violence against women, female genital mutilation, the rights of indigenous peoples, and family planning.  One analyst, after the Cairo Conference wrote:

“Their purpose is not only to influence policy outcomes but also to create new issues or reframe old ones in order to change the terms of the debate.  In the international arena, advocacy networks tend to form around issues that resonate, or that can be reframed to resonate, with the fundamental ideas of human dignity that are common to most cultures.”

This, of course, frustrated the clique’s objective to continue building the momentum of the talk, talk part of their playbook while it continued its concealed plan.  The last thing the clique wanted was for the dialogue about population to swing away from depopulation and toward human dignity and women’s reproductive rights.  Accordingly, there was a considerable lull in more talk, talk study papers.

2004:  The sixth tell was Limits to Growth: The 30-Year Update, a book commissioned by the Club of Rome and written by Donnella Meadows, Dennis Meadows, Jorgen Randers.  It again attempted to refresh its 1972 study and increase the sense of urgency.  But, something must have been cooking, because there became a trifecta of papers which all came out together, between April 26, 2012 and May 14, 2012.

April 26th, 2012:  The seventh tell was People and the Planet, a study paper from the Royal Society of London for Improving Natural Knowledge (Royal Society), which is the oldest society for science in the United Kingdom, established in 1660.  The British monarchy is the patron of the Society.

May 7th, 2012:  The eighth tell was 2052, A Global Forecast for the Next Forty Years, a study paper from the Club of Rome, the earlier source of The Limits to Growth.

May 14th, 2012:  The ninth tell was Living Planet Report 2012, a study paper commissioned by the World Wildlife Fund For Nature (WWF), an organization conceived in 1961, and founded by Prince Bernhard of Lippe-Biesterfeld, a prominent member of the Bilderberg Group.  From 1981 to 1996, Prince Philip of Great Britain and Duke of Edinburgh served as President of WWF.  It was no accident that these three study papers were released in the same time frame.  Our research indicates that the purpose was:

1. To get the clique’s population explosion/over-consumption mantra on the agenda and in the Outcome Statement of the June 2012 Rio+20—United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development.

2. To build back the momentum for depopulation the clique had lost when the women of the large non-governmental organizations (NGOs) shifted the 1992 Cairo Conference to reproductive and adolescent health, women’s rights and empowerment, violence against women, female genital mutilation, the rights of indigenous peoples, and family planning.

3. To add new urgency to a drive to reduce world over-consumption, which is a continuation of the clique’s failing demands, through its propaganda/psyops apparatus (Tavistock Institute), for more austerity efforts on the part of European Union member-nations.  In other words, the clique was attempting to apply its austerity demands beyond the EU to a global scope in order to magnify the impact of its “controlled disintegration” agenda.  Ignoring its deceptive language, the impact on the world’s populations would be: (i) scaling back wages and salaries, (ii) social services, pensions, health benefits, and (iii) privatizing national assets such as airports, seaports, highways, and other public infrastructure.

Agenda 21

 

UN Agenda 2030

 

Screen Shot 2015-09-28 at 3.39.44 PM

The 2030 Agenda: This Month The UN Launches A Blueprint For A New World Order With The Help Of The Pope

September 3rd, 2015

By Michael Snyder via The End of The American Dream blog,

Did you know that the UN is planning to launch a “new universal agenda” for humanity in September 2015?  That phrase does not come from me – it is actually right in the very first paragraph of the official document that every UN member nation will formally approve at a conference later this month.  The entire planet is going to be committing to work toward 17 sustainable development goals and 169 specific sustainable development targets, and yet there has been almost a total media blackout about this here in the United States.

The UN document promises that this plan will “transform our world for the better by 2030“, and yet very few Americans have even heard of the 2030 Agenda at this point.  Instead, most of us seem to be totally obsessed with the latest celebrity gossip or the latest nasty insults that our puppet politicians have been throwing around at one another.  It absolutely amazes me that more people cannot understand that Agenda 2030 is a really, really big deal.  When will people finally start waking up?

As I discussed in a previous article, the 2030 Agenda is taking the principles and goals laid out in Agenda 21 to an entirely new level.  Agenda 21 was primarily focused on the environment, but the 2030 Agenda addresses virtually all areas of human activity.  It truly is a blueprint for global governance.

And later this month, nearly every nation on the entire planet is going to be signing up for this new agenda.  The general population of the planet is going to be told that this agenda is “voluntary” and that it is all about “ending poverty” and “fighting climate change”, but that is not the full story.  Unfortunately, there is so much positive spin around this plan that most people will not be able to see through it.  Just check out an excerpt from a piece that was published on the official UN website yesterday…

The United Nations General Assembly today approved a resolution sending the draft ‘2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development’ to Member States for adoption later this month, bringing the international community “to the cusp of decisions that can help realize the… dream of a world of peace and dignity for all,” according to Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon.

“Today is the start of a new era. We have travelled a long way together to reach this turning point,” declared Mr. Ban, recounting the path the international community has taken over the 15 years since the adoption of the landmark Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) towards crafting a set of new, post-2015 sustainability goals that will aim to ensure the long-term well-being of our planet and its people.

With world leaders expected to adopt the text at a 25-27 September summit in New York, the UN chief said Agenda 2030 aims high, seeking to put people at the centre of development; foster human well-being, prosperity, peace and justice on a healthy planet and pursue respect for the human rights of all people and gender equality.

Who doesn’t “dream of a world of peace and dignity for all”?

They make it all sound so wonderful and non-threatening.

They make it sound like we are about to enter a global utopia in which poverty and inequality will finally be eradicated.  This is from the preamble of the official 2030 Agenda document…

This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognise that eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimensions, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan.

We are resolved to free the human race from the tyranny of poverty and want and to heal and secure our planet. We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path.

As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind. The 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 targets which we are announcing today demonstrate the scale and ambition of this new universal Agenda.

If it is a “universal agenda”, then where does that leave those that do not want to be part of it?

How will they assure that “no one will be left behind” if there are some nations or groups that are not willing to go along with their plan?

The heart of the 2030 Agenda is a set of 17 Sustainable Development Goals…

Goal 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere

Goal 2 End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture

Goal 3 Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages

Goal 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all

Goal 5 Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls

Goal 6 Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all

Goal 7 Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all

Goal 8 Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all

Goal 9 Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation

Goal 10 Reduce inequality within and among countries

Goal 11 Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable

Goal 12 Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

Goal 13 Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts*

Goal 14 Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development

Goal 15 Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss

Goal 16 Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels

Goal 17 Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development

Once again, many of those sound quite good.

But what do many of those buzzwords actually mean to the elite?

For instance, what does “sustainable development” actually mean, and how does the UN plan to ensure that it will be achieved globally?

This is something that was discussed in a recent WND article…

But what is “sustainable development?”

Patrick Wood, an economist and author of “Technocracy Rising: The Trojan Horse of Global Transformation,” says it’s clear the U.N. and its supporters see sustainable development as more than just the way to a cleaner environment. They see it as the vehicle for creating a long-sought new international economic order, or “New World Order.”

Wood’s new book traces the modern technocracy movement to Zbigniew Brzezinski, David Rockefeller and the Trilateral Commission in the early 1970s.

And Wood is quite correct.  The environment is a perfect vehicle for the elite to use to bring in their version of utopia, because just about every possible form of human activity affects the environment in some way.  Ultimately, they hope to centrally plan and strictly regulate virtually everything that we do, and we will be told that it is necessary to “save the planet”.

And they will never come out and openly call it a “New World Order” because “sustainable development” sounds so much nicer and is so much more acceptable to the general population.

Needless to say, there wouldn’t be much room for individual liberty, freedom or good, old-fashioned capitalism in the world that the elite are trying to set up.  In fact, the U.N.’s number one sustainable development official has essentially publicly admitted this…

“This is probably the most difficult task we have ever given ourselves, which is to intentionally transform the economic development model, for the first time in human history,” Figueres, who heads up the U.N.’s Framework Convention on Climate Change, told reporters in February.

“This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time, to change the economic development model that has been reigning for the at least 150 years, since the industrial revolution,” Figueres said.

They plan to “intentionally transform the economic development model”?

And so what will this new system look like?

How will they achieve this “utopia” that they are promising us?

Sadly, they are just selling the same lies that have been sold to people for thousands of years.  Paul McGuire, the co-author of a new book entitled “The Babylon Code: Solving the Bible’s Greatest End-Times Mystery“, commented on this recently…

Deep inside every man and woman is the longing for a far better world, a world without war, disease, death, and pain. Our present world is a cruel world in which every life ends in death. From the beginning of time Mankind has sought to use science and technology to create a perfect world, what some would call Utopia or Paradise. As the Human Race began to organize itself, a Scientific or Technocratic Elite rose to power by promising the masses that they could build this perfect world. Ancient Babylon represented the first historical attempt to build paradise on earth.

In ancient times, Babylon was the very first attempt to create a type of “global government”, and ever since then the global elite have been trying to recreate what Babylon started.

The promise is always the same – the elite swear that they have finally figured out how to create a perfect society without poverty or war.  But in the end all of these attempts at utopia always end up degenerating into extreme forms of tyranny.

On September 25th, the Pope is traveling to New York to give the opening address at the conference where the 2030 Agenda will be launched.  He will be urging all of humanity to support what the UN is trying to do.  There are countless millions that implicitly trust the Pope, and they will buy what he is selling hook, line and sinker.

Don’t be fooled – the 2030 Agenda is a blueprint for a New World Order.  Just read the document for yourself, and imagine what our world would actually look like if they have their way.

They want to fundamentally transform our planet, and the freedom that you are enjoying today is simply not acceptable.  To the elite, giving people freedom and liberty is dangerous because they believe it hurts the environment and causes societal chaos.  According to their way of thinking, the only way to have the kind of harmonious utopia that they are shooting for is to tightly regulate and control what everyone is thinking, saying and doing.  Their solutions always involve more central planning and more control in their own hands.

So what do you think?

Should we hand the global elite that kind of power and control?

If not, then we all need to start speaking out about this insidious agenda while we still can.

 

Screen Shot 2015-09-12 at 8.55.21 PM

The United Nations 2030 Agenda decoded: It’s a blueprint for the global enslavement of humanity under the boot of corporate masters

Friday, September 04, 2015

by Mike Adams

(NaturalNews) This week, Michael Snyder published an important article entitled “The 2030 Agenda: This Month The UN Launches A Blueprint For A New World Order With The Help Of The Pope”

That article references this UN “2030 Agenda” document that pushes a blueprint for so-called “sustainable development” around the world.

This document describes nothing less than a global government takeover of every nation across the planet. The “goals” of this document are nothing more than code words for a corporate-government fascist agenda that will imprison humanity in a devastating cycle of poverty while enriching the world’s most powerful globalist corporations like Monsanto and DuPont.

In the interests of helping wake up humanity, I’ve decided to translate the 17 points of this 2030 agenda so that readers everywhere can understand what this document is really calling for. To perform this translation, you have to understand how globalists disguise their monopolistic agendas in “feel good” language.

Here’s the point-by-point translation. Notice carefully that nowhere does this document state that “achieving human freedom” is one of its goals. Nor does it explain HOW these goals are to be achieved. As you’ll see here, every single point in this UN agenda is to be achieved through centralized government control and totalitarian mandates that resemble communism.

Translation of the UN’s “2030 Agenda blueprint for globalist government” (controlled by corporate interests)

Goal 1) End poverty in all its forms everywhere

Translation: Put everyone on government welfare, food stamps, housing subsidies and handouts that make them obedient slaves to global government. Never allow people upward mobility to help themselves. Instead, teach mass victimization and obedience to a government that provides monthly “allowance” money for basic essentials like food and medicine. Label it “ending poverty.”

Goal 2) End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture

Translation: Invade the entire planet with GMOs and Monsanto’s patented seeds while increasing the use of deadly herbicides under the false claim of “increased output” of food crops. Engineer genetically modified plants to boost specific vitamin chemicals while having no idea of the long-term consequences of genetic pollution or cross-species genetic experiments carried out openly in a fragile ecosystem.

Goal 3) Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages

Translation: Mandate 100+ vaccines for all children and adults at gunpoint, threatening parents with arrest and imprisonment if they refuse to cooperate. Push heavy medication use on children and teens while rolling out “screening” programs. Call mass medication “prevention” programs and claim they improve the health of citizens.

Goal 4) Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all

Translation: Push a false history and a dumbed-down education under “Common Core” education standards that produce obedient workers rather than independent thinkers. Never let people learn real history, or else they might realize they don’t want to repeat it.

Goal 5) Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls

Translation: Criminalize Christianity, marginalize heterosexuality, demonize males and promote the LGBT agenda everywhere. The real goal is never “equality” but rather the marginalization and shaming of anyone who expresses any male characteristics whatsoever. The ultimate goal is to feminize society, creating widespread acceptance of “gentle obedience” along with the self-weakening ideas of communal property and “sharing” everything. Because only male energy has the strength to rise up against oppression and fight for human rights, the suppression of male energy is key to keeping the population in a state of eternal acquiescence.

Goal 6) Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all

Translation: Allow powerful corporations to seize control of the world’s water supplies and charge monopoly prices to “build new water delivery infrastructure” that “ensures availability.”

Goal 7) Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all

Translation: Penalize coal, gas and oil while pushing doomed-to-fail “green” energy subsidies to brain-dead startups headed by friends of the White House who all go bankrupt in five years or less. The green startups make for impressive speeches and media coverage, but because these companies are led by corrupt idiots rather than capable entrepreneurs, they always go broke. (And the media hopes you don’t remember all the fanfare surrounding their original launch.)

Goal 8) Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all

Translation: Regulate small business out of existence with government-mandated minimum wages that bankrupt entire sectors of the economy. Force employers to meet hiring quotas of LGBT workers while mandating wage tiers under a centrally planned work economy dictated by the government. Destroy free market economics and deny permits and licenses to those companies that don’t obey government dictates.

Goal 9) Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation

Translation: Put nations into extreme debt with the World Bank, spending debt money to hire corrupt American corporations to build large-scale infrastructure projects that trap developing nations in an endless spiral of debt. See the book Confessions of an Economic Hit Man by John Perkins to understand the details of how this scheme has been repeated countless times over the last several decades.

Goal 10) Reduce inequality within and among countries

Translation: Punish the rich, the entrepreneurs and the innovators, confiscating nearly all gains by those who choose to work and excel. Redistribute the confiscated wealth to the masses of non-working human parasites that feed off a productive economy while contributing nothing to it… all while screaming about “equality!”

Goal 11) Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable

Translation: Ban all gun ownership by private citizens, concentrating guns into the hands of obedient government enforcers who rule over an unarmed, enslaved class of impoverished workers. Criminalize living in most rural areas by instituting Hunger Games-style “protected areas” which the government will claim are owned by “the People” even though no people are allowed to live there. Force all humans into densely packed, tightly controlled cities where they are under 24/7 surveillance and subject to easy manipulation by government.

Goal 12) Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

Translation: Begin levying punitive taxes on the consumption of fossil fuels and electricity, forcing people to live under conditions of worsening standards of living that increasingly resemble Third World conditions. Use social influence campaigns in TV, movies and social media to shame people who use gasoline, water or electricity, establishing a social construct of ninnies and tattlers who rat out their neighbors in exchange for food credit rewards.

Goal 13) Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts

Translation: Set energy consumption quotas on each human being and start punishing or even criminalizing “lifestyle decisions” that exceed energy usage limits set by governments. Institute total surveillance of individuals in order to track and calculate their energy consumption. Penalize private vehicle ownership and force the masses onto public transit, where TSA grunts and facial recognition cameras can monitor and record the movement of every person in society, like a scene ripped right out of Minority Report.

Goal 14) Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development

Translation: Ban most ocean fishing, plunging the food supply into an extreme shortage and causing runaway food price inflation that puts even more people into economic desperation. Criminalize the operation of private fishing vessels and place all ocean fishing operations under the control of government central planning. Only allow favored corporations to conduct ocean fishing operations (and make this decision based entirely on which corporations give the most campaign contributions to corrupt lawmakers).

Goal 15) Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss

Translation: Roll out Agenda 21 and force humans off the land and into controlled cities. Criminalize private land ownership, including ranches and agricultural tracts. Tightly control all agriculture through a corporate-corrupted government bureaucracy whose policies are determined almost entirely by Monsanto while being rubber-stamped by the USDA. Ban woodstoves, rainwater collection and home gardening in order to criminalize self-reliance and force total dependence on government.

Goal 16) Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels

Translation: Grant legal immunity to illegal aliens and “protected” minority groups, which will be free to engage in any illegal activity — including openly calling for the mass murder of police officers — because they are the new protected class in society. “Inclusive institutions” means granting favorable tax structures and government grants to corporations that hire LGBT workers or whatever groups are currently in favor with the central planners in government. Use the IRS and other federal agencies to selectively punish unfavorable groups with punitive audits and regulatory harassment, all while ignoring the criminal activities of favored corporations that are friends of the political elite.

Goal 17) Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development

Translation: Enact global trade mandates that override national laws while granting unrestricted imperialism powers to companies like Monsanto, Dow Chemical, RJ Reynolds, Coca-Cola and Merck. Pass global trade pacts that bypass a nation’s lawmakers and override intellectual property laws to make sure the world’s most powerful corporations maintain total monopolies over drugs, seeds, chemicals and technology. Nullify national laws and demand total global obedience to trade agreements authored by powerful corporations and rubber-stamped by the UN.

Total enslavement of the planet by 2030

As the UN document says, “We commit ourselves to working tirelessly for the full implementation of this Agenda by 2030.”

If you read the full document and can read beyond the fluffery and public relations phrases, you’ll quickly realize that this UN agenda is going to be forced upon all the citizens of the world through the invocation of government coercion. Nowhere does this document state that the rights of the individual will be protected. Nor does it even acknowledge the existence of human rights granted to individuals by the Creator. Even the so-called “Universal Declaration of Human Rights” utterly denies individuals the right to self defense, the right to medical choice and the right to parental control over their own children.

The UN is planning nothing less than a global government tyranny that enslaves all of humanity while calling the scheme “sustainable development” and “equality.”

1984 has finally arrived. And of course it’s all being rolled out under the fraudulent label of “progress.”

(end of Natural News article)

 

Commentary:  I cannot resist mentioning the preoccupation of the clique with serfdom and with their inordinate fascination with finding every way possible to drive the 99.9% to either extinction (depopulation) or to the lowest possible level of human existence in terms of compensation, medical attention, housing, savings for emergency situations, and other bare essentials.  There is a tell that takes one to the edge of psychopathy and depravity when the mindset and behavior of the clique comes up for discussion and inquiry.

 

The Council on Foreign Relations and Its Infamous Project 1980s

You now know how important it is to look for and analyze any tells that rise to the surface and give indirect evidence of the existence and workings of that great shark operating undetected in the depths, namely, the concealed clique, its junior partners, and its minions, including its Israeli Trojan Horse network.

Perhaps the clique’s greatest publicity scheme was its Council on Foreign Relation’s Project 1980s, which is described by the Executive Intelligence Review as follows:

“For four-odd years, beginning in mid-1975, an unusual ferment of activities has been dominating New York’s Harold Pratt House, the Council on Foreign Relation’s elegant offices at 58 East 68th Street.

A group of over 300 public personalities met frequently, held seminars, presented reports, analyzed computer printouts, exchanged correspondence, led special study groups, stayed up late in mahogany-lined libraries, and spun out plots between cigars and brandy. As a result of this activity, countless policy memos, strategic projections, implementation papers, etc. were written and passed hands.

In January of 1977, upon the inauguration of President Carter, a rupture occurred in this distinguished groups activities—all its leaders transferred to Washington, D.C. to become cabinet members of the Carter Administration.  These leaders were Cyrus R. Vance, chairman of the CFR’s ˜Working Group on Nuclear Weapons and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction; Leslie Gelb, chairman of the ˜Working Group on Armed Conflict; W. Michael Blumenthal, head of the Central Coordinating Group for Project 1980s; Zbigniew Brzezinski, member of the Projects governing body, the Committee on Studies.  Richard Cooper, Marshall Shulman, and others were included among those who headed for Washington where implementation of their Project  1980s would be carried out.

After the departure of the Projects leaders to Washington, the groups work shifted gear and went into the write-up and public relations phase: the policy formulations and strategic concepts which had already been agreed upon were now distributed among various academics who were instructed to put them in writing in some presentable, sugar-coated form.

By late last year (1978), this phase was concluded and the manuscripts were taken to the publishers.  As Project 1980s is winding down, McGraw Hill is currently putting into circulation 30-odd volumes of policy essays. The CFR is now publishing because it must win over to its side people willing to put its program to work (given the knowledge that) politics in America, over above anything else, is primarily a war of ideas.”

What is most telling about this extraordinary display of activity by the concealed clique through its CFR apparatus was that it demonstrated how the world actually works.  This outburst of concentrated planning did not come from Presidential candidate Jimmy Carter, or the Democratic Party to which he belonged.  Instead, it came from the concealed clique-controlled Council on Foreign Relations, headed by its Chairman, David Rockefeller, from 1970 to 1985.  And equally extraordinary was the obvious installation of the leaders of Project 1980s to the top positions of the Carter Administration shortly upon the completion of Project 1980s.  What prompted this outpouring of effort that broke the surface and took the form of thirty-three volumes of publicly-available planning documents, as well as those key placements of CFR appointees in the U.S. government?  The Executive Intelligence Review went on to report:

“The most succinct presentation of the CFR’s concerns is presented by the late Fred Hirsch, editor of the London Economist in (the study he wrote for Project 1980s titled) Alternatives to Monetary Disorder, which we will quote extensively (as follows):

‘A common thread that runs through diagnosis of current trends in the international economy is the theme of increasing politicization.  Economic matters that were once dealt with at a technical  level or left entirely to the outcome of market forces are increasingly the subject of international diplomacy.  The leading economic powers of the noncommunist world have institutionalized the economic summit conference.  An almost continuous series of conferences has brought together representatives of the developed, the less developed countries, the oil-exporting countries to discuss the problems of energy supply, raw materials, economic development, and international finance.  These matters have hitherto been dealt with independently and in low key.  It is now the overt aim of the developing world to link these issues.  Beyond this, by elevating decisions to the highest political level, developing nations hope to substitute politicization for what they see as tacit acceptance of the status quo as it manifests itself through the operations of market forces and technical management.  The developing world, as challenger of today’s balance and structure of political and economic power, sees increasing the explicit politicization of the international economy as an opportunity to forge a new international economic order more favorable to its interests…..By contrast, in the view that dominates both government attitudes and the main thrust of analytical discussion in the developed world (substitute “the clique”), the focus is on the dangers of increased political friction and economic disruption that would result from the substitution of political decisions for market or technical influences.  Western governments see politicization as a threat to both economic prosperity and political harmony.  In their opinion, the containment and reversal of the trend toward increasing politicization are among the most urgent international problems of the next decade.’

The EIR report asks:  How does the CFR’s 1980s Project plan to counter this threat?  In CFR’s Fred Hirsch’s “Alternatives to Monetary Disorder,” the answer is:

“A degree of controlled disintegration in the world economy is a legitimate objective for the 1980s and may be the most realistic one for a moderate international economic order.  A central normative problem for the international economic order in the years ahead is how to ensure that the disintegration indeed occurs in a controlled way and does not rather spiral into damaging restrictionism.” (another intentionally-deceptive misuse of language concocted at the Tavistock Institute).  The problem therefore is not to minimize politicization in the process sense of political intervention in market outcomes; it is rather to create a framework capable of containing the increased level of such politicization that emerges naturally from the changed balance of forces in both domestic economies and the international system.  The function of the loosened international economic order would be to provide such a framework by setting bounds to arbitrary national action and thereby containing the tendencies toward piecemeal unilateral action and bilateral bargaining that may ultimately be detrimental to the interests of all parties concerned.”

Well, that’s another example of the way the world actually works:  tortured misuse of language by the CFR to obscure its plan to reverse world pressures for a change in the highly unequal social and economic status quo that allows the concealed clique to loot populations around the world.  Its plan:  to reduce these world pressures by engineering a controlled disintegration of that portion of the world’s economies that it controls, as well as try to wreak havoc on the economies it doesn’t control, e.g., the USSR, China, North Korea, and other resisting countries.  Note that subsequently, David Rockefeller played a visible role in bringing about the disintegration of the USSR’s economy (see page 353 of the Perspective). Now you have the context that allows you to make sense of the concealed clique’s currently successful efforts to cause the controlled disintegration of the American and European Union economies.  Isn’t this plan breathtaking in both its global scope and in the long, long execution of the plan, which was set in motion over 35 years ago?  But go back and look one more time at the chart showing the astronomical rise in the American national debt since the beginning of the 1980s, starting with the Carter Administration, but really taking off with the Reagan Administration.  America has already lost a substantial portion of its original manufacturing base to the controlled disintegration plans described in the CFR program, Project 1980s.

The Executive Intelligence Review provided this succinct description of the CFR Project 1980s objectives:

(1) Impose a worldwide regime of economic “controlled disintegration;”

(2) Impose throughout the Third World, the “Cambodian model of ruralization and destruction of the cities;”

(3) Restore an old-style colonial world through the doctrine of “limited sovereignty;”

(4) Form an alliance between China and the West in order to implement this perspective in the Third World;

(5) force the USSR to choose between (a) a treaty agreement to limit the growth of science and technology or (b) general thermonuclear war;

(6) Develop a series of alternative paths for arriving at these specific objectives;

(7) Conduct United States foreign policy for the purpose of compelling all other nations to choose among these alternative paths….But the CFR crowd has a problem—though it has the power to install its people in positions of public authority and power, although it can dominate the composition of every administration since the assassination of President McKinley, it does not possess ideas that would be sufficiently powerful to win over and motivate people.  The CFR is stupid….The point is this: if one observes that every single position of power in the United States government is held by a stupid person, one must ineluctably conclude that only a powerful conspiracy could arrange to have all these idiots in power at the same time…because idiots do not have the intellectual resources to propel themselves to positions of power.

Two interesting analyses of the CFR’s Project 1980s follow—-please use zoom In.

Screen Shot 2015-09-28 at 1.17.56 PM

Screen Shot 2015-09-28 at 1.18.32 PM

Screen Shot 2015-09-28 at 1.19.13 PM

Screen Shot 2015-09-28 at 1.19.45 PM

Screen Shot 2015-09-28 at 1.20.05 PM
Commentary On the Article by Executive Intelligence Review

You have probably noticed in reading the article above that you need a Ph.D. in linguistics to get through it.  That is because when a concealed scheme is accessible to the public, you can expect heavy misuse of language to disguise the scheme to keep it’s actual meaning concealed.  The concealed scheme in this article has several moving parts:

1.  There is the concealed clique of foreign dynastic banking families that pulls all the strings from the top and must maintain it public invisibility at all costs because of its deadly practices in pursuit of maximizing its profit-taking across the world.

2.  The concealed clique has heavy bribed and/or blackmailed minions who interface with the global public, disguised as elected and appointed members of various governments and other key organizations.

3.  All the names listed in the article are minions of the concealed clique.  Notice that many of them are high officials in the American government, including a Secretary of the U.S. Treasury and top officials of the U.S. State Department.

4.  The concealed clique created the Council On Foreign Relations organization and disguised it as an independent think tank of like-minded people, to gather its minions, inform them, give them instructions, check on their progress, and push them forward to carry on with the clique’s agenda.  The clique controls these minions by advancing them to high positions with superior compensation in their “cover” positions, as well as additional incentives such as massive bribery, blackmail, and threats of deadly violence, if and when necessary.  However, here is Wikipedia’s fictitious interpretation:

“The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), founded in 1921, is a United States nonprofit, 4900 member organization, publisher, and think tank specializing in U.S. foreign policy and international affairs. Its membership has included senior politicians, more than a dozen Secretaries of State, CIA directors, bankers, lawyers, professors, and senior media figures.”

“The CFR regularly convenes meetings at which government officials, global business leaders and prominent members of the intelligence/foreign-policy community discuss major international issues. It publishes the bi-monthly journal Foreign Affairs, and runs a think tank called the “David Rockefeller Studies Program”, which influences foreign policy by making recommendations to the presidential administration and diplomatic community, testifying before Congress, interacting with the media, and authoring books, reports, articles, and op-eds on foreign policy issues.”

“The CFR is headquartered in New York City, with an additional office in Washington, D.C..”

5.  The concealed scheme being discussed in the article above is how to make sure the “developing countries” of the Third World are confined in their inferior social and economic status quo positions, so that the clique can continue to: (i) send its transnational corporations to plunder their natural resources, (ii) impose its rigged and exploiting global banking system on them, (iii) subject their populations to its hugely profitable narcotics trade monopoly, and (iv) target those countries for highly profitable wars, using sophisticated divide and conquer strategies.

6.  In that context, the clique uses its Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) minions to pursue strategies in the governments where they are deceptively embedded to hold those “developing” Third World countries in check and weaken them by arranging for their “controlled disintegration,” on both the economic and social/political levels.

7.  This “controlled disintegration” strategy is also directed at those First World and Second World governments that resist the concealed schemes of the clique, namely, the four huge profit-taking domains listed in #5, above.

8.  Accordingly, even before the CFR focus on “controlled disintegration” as a strategy to support the aims of the clique, America was top on the list for being held in check and weakened through “controlled disintegration.”  Just a few of these concealed schemes included: (i) fomenting the U.S. Civil War with the intent to break America into two weak and antagonistic nations; (ii) orchestrating the long Cold War that triggered an enormously profitable 45-year arms race; (iii) fomenting the Korean War, the Vietnam War, and the Iraq and Afghanistan Wars, to weaken the American economy and its social solidarity, (iii) inventing the fraudulent notion of “globalization” and “the Information Society”as the cover for demolishing America’s manufacturing sector; (iv) inventing the fraudulent “War on Terror” with the false flag 9/11 World Trade Center attack to plunge America into another “boogie man” mania that required huge new defensive expenditures; and, most destructive of all;  (v) the unimaginable run-up of America’s national debt to today’s $18+ trillion over the span of five American presidents handpicked by the concealed clique.

9.  It should not be forgotten that the Soviet Union was also high on the CFR list for “controlled disintegration.” In orchestrating the Cold War, the clique’s minions intentionally brought about immense strains on both the America and the Soviet economies by influencing the mutual arms race and their vast space race expenditures.  This “controlled disintegration” scheme focused on the Soviet Union led to its economic and social collapse on December 26th, 1991, with the vital assistance of its top Soviet minion, Mikhail Gorbachev, who was appointed General Secretary of the Soviet Politburo in March of 1985 and pursued new, highly disruptive policies that destroyed the solidarity of the Soviet State.  Consequently, the clique made enormous profits as other Soviet minions, including Gorbachev’s replacement, President Boris Yeltsin, acquiesced to the massive looting of the Russian economy under the clique’s fraudulent “privatization” cover story.

10.  Also on the CFR “controlled disintegration” list, per the article, were France under Charles de Gaulle and Germany’s Conrad Adenauer, who both resisted the concealed machinations that confined the social/political and economic advance of their respective nations.  In this regard, it is instructive to review France’s President Charles de Gaulle’s frequent tussles with CFR minions in the American and British governments because they were doing a “full-court press” to make sure France did not achieve full national sovereignty and a clear path on which to advance.  This list of his battles is an inventory of how the clique maintains its concealed control across the globe, and, accordingly, the establishment media feverishly painted de Gaulle as an arrogant, self-seeking, uncooperative, autocratic, and radical figure, out of touch with the current times.  Here is a portrait of de Gaulle’s view of France’s place in the international community for you to judge.

  • Charles de Gaulle demanded full and complete national independence.
  • He rejected any suggestion that France should have a military dependence on America for its national security.
  • He insisted that France develop its own nuclear weapons.
  • He insisted that America remove all its nuclear weapons from France.
  • He insisted that all foreign military personnel stationed in France leave.
  • He pulled France out of NATO and SEATO, the two American-dominated military alliances covering Europe and South East Asia.
  • He rejected any suggestion that France depend on America for its national prosperity.
  • He ordered all French gold reserves held in America to be returned to France.
  • He opposed the post-World War II global banking system that gave the U.S. dollar an extraordinary advantage of dominance in world financial affairs.
  • He ordered a weapons embargo against Israel over its Six-Day War in 1967 for violating international norms of conduct in its treatment of Arab nations.
  • He criticized American involvement in the Vietnam War.
  • He rejected America’s economic system that rested on capitalism restrained only by regulatory agencies of the government.
  • Economically, he pursued a “dirigist” policy, which included substantial state-directed control and state-planning of France’s capitalist economy.
  • And, most important, de Gaulle opposed any French involvement with a European Union-style political/economic alliance that hampered the national sovereignty of any member nation.  The idea of a such an alliance headed by an unelected bureaucracy based in Brussels, Belgium having superpower pretensions and NATO as its military force would never be acceptable to Charles de Gaulle.  Instead, he favored an alliance of European nation-states that improved their economies through economic collaboration.
  • The European Union, now with 28 member-nations, was engineered by the clique as a concealed scheme because of its fear that more emerging nations might take the course of France under de Gaulle, who rejected every effort to subject France to the “controlled disintegration” agenda that de Gaulle blamed primarily on the American government (which was under the control of the clique).
  • Today, no one would dispute that the European Union has suffered a extreme version of  “controlled disintegration,” (exacerbated by the clique-engineered mass inmigration of Muslim refugees) and it happened because the clique specifically designed the EU to greatly diminish each member nation’s sovereignty and power through debt-dependency, locking them into a clique-controlled central currency (the Euro), and using all the concealed schemes that de Gaulle fought off during his efforts to protect France’s national independence.

Now, if we compare de Gaulle’s stewardship of France’s best interests versus Obama’s stewardship of America’s best interest, where do you come out?  I believe it reflects the terrible ratio of independent leaders vs. the clique-controlled fake leaders.

 

The Planned “Controlled Disintegration” of America:  An Analysis By Angie Carlson

NewsWithViews.com

PROJECT 80s: THE CFR’S PROGRAM FOR “CONTROLLED DISINTEGRATION”

By Angie Carlson

August 8, 2001

It is a dream-come-true for the world’s chief theoreticians, the technocrats, Keynesian economists, for change agents worldwide, and all quisling politicians.

Indeed, it was the Second World War master propagandist, Dr. Goebbels himself, who declared that for a lie to be believed, it must be grandiose and repeated often. Goebbels said a big lie will gradually become indistinguishable from the truth and all the more believable. Having proved the verity of Goebbels wisdom, the same must be said about the criminal fraud on a grandiose global scale, imposed upon a largely unsuspecting world, in the present age.

Policy makers, using the avenue of their controlled mass propaganda machine, set out on a massive campaign to deceive people into swallowing the lies of the “new era.” The policies, laws, treaties signed to usher in this new era with its new economy, were of course touted as beneficial change, as changes prudent for a now more sophisticated people and that livelihoods and nations could only benefit.

The liars perfected the Goebbelian falsehood into an Olympian profession that parallels the messianic zeal of the most ardent cult promoting its religion of redemption. Using the irresistibly seductive communication technology of the second half of the 20th century, the media cult conveyed to the world that unregulated free-trade, privatization (read the expropriation by multinational corporations) of national assets; deregulated banking and national utilities, as well highly speculative and unregulated investing practices, were all correct policies. Out of their ivy halls and think tanks came the intelligentsia and the US government spokespeople, to preach the sermon of the new economy and free trade and to prepare the nation for the dawning of the age of Aquarius. Following Goebbels sage advice verbatim, the propaganda machine uttered ceaselessly the sugar coated mantra of what was fatefully to prove the process of “controlled disintegration.” They told Western nations, that the original source of their nations’ enrichment, the manufacturing base of their “real physical” economies, had finally outlived its usefulness. They screamed in the headlines that the manufacturing economy must now be replaced by service industries run by information technology. The media and their academic allies, professed to a baffled and tired world, that these smart new world policies must surely lead to the greater prosperity of ordinary people and leisure time would increase ten-fold. They said that de-industrialization of the Western world and the redistribution of wealth to the Third World, is of course the logical, fair and efficient thing to do, and the whole wide world would be a happier and richer place.

At the same time, the propagandists worked their magic tricks no less on the struggling masses of the Third World. The poorer nations were serenaded by international charlatans with doublespeak concerning the merits of exorbitantly high interest loans, oppressive measures to meet those loans, and slave labor. They were advised that they would prosper greatly from employment conditions of near slave labor-like conditions, in the West’s transported factories. This, even if without the fair wages and health measures demanded by Western employees. The spin meisters convinced corrupt leaders that such feudal conditions were preferable to no labor at all, referring to the massive unemployment problems prevalent in their wretched nations–with ever destabilizing events producing demographic stresses, conflict and displacement. NeoGoebbelians everywhere bellowed continuously to all the world’s increasingly beset and confused people the lies–again and again–until the lies took on a surreal aura of verity, finally becoming absorbed in most psyches worldwide. The peoples’ need to believe a hopeful thing, even if against their better judgment (won out) and as a result, rendered them befuddled and ever more exhausted, unable to distinguish truth from error.

Globalism and all its baggage: free trade, unregulated infrastructures, privatization, uncontrolled stock markets that are no more than legal racketeering establishments, de-industrializing, made for the largest, most cynical and destructive sting operation ever yet imposed upon humanity.

“We need an understanding if we are to minimize the chances that ‘we’ will experience a systematic disruption beyond our degree of comprehension or our ability to respond effectively…”, said Alan Greenspan, talking about the Global Financial Infrastructure, on May 7, 1998.

Greenspan was fearfully saying that we, (read the elite), need to understand that the heretofore controlled disintegration of the U.S. economy, has reached a point of uncontrolled disintegration, and no longer the desired “controlled disintegration” they had so carefully engineered.

How is it possible for world economies to systematically, one after the other and then all simultaneously, disintegrate before some six billion pairs of eyes? How can this be? It is possible, because those six billion some odd pair of eyes have not witnessed the design of their destruction.

Barely known, is that Federal Reserve Chairman Greenspan’s predecessor, Paul Volcker, in 1979, actually instituted a policy of “controlled disintegration.” The New Federalist and Executive Intelligence Review, (EIR) are the only publications of note, which, over the years, have exposed and discussed this bombshell, at length.

In a recent issue of EIR, writer Richard Freeman, says “that this policy was to serve as a cornerstone of a major policy shift in the United States.  The purpose was to level the physical economy of the wider world economy, with particularly destructive effects in the U.S.”

Freeman explains that the British started the implementation of this policy in the late 1960s, with acceleration during the 70s-80s. Your writer saw with alarm the effects of those policies a decade ago on a visit. Thoughtful observers returning to Britain in those years, experienced the drastic and negative effects, what seemed a determined change for the worst. Why else would a nation enjoying great wealth fall into this measure of unwarranted deprivation and decadence? The breakdown continues to this day. First, uncontrolled free trade destroyed Britain’s strong base of manufacture, then went her mines and ship yards, then the U.K. experienced the society debilitating “deregulated” energy policies with its high prices and inefficiencies, long before California unceremoniously woke up to the shocking, sky high energy bills and the grand fraud now more deeply imbedded in their own deregulated energy department.

The news wires mock Britain’s capacity to tolerate several catastrophic public railway accidents with high casualty numbers. They expose to the world the sad tales of a once efficient rail service that presently has been systematically transformed into a disgracefully unattended, unsafe, and expensive mode of travel. Perhaps you’ve heard about the dreadful condition of Britain’s dilapidated national health services, rampant with horrific abuses of malpractice, several cases of iatrogenic serial murder and sinister experiments, and the now familiar complaints decrying the very poor healthcare with long waiting periods. Woeful news articles detail the lack of adequate services throughout society, no longer a rare phenomenon. All the aforementioned conditions correspond in parallel with the degeneration generally of British society, not only economically, but socially and culturally. The degree of attrition is catching up here in the United States, also throughout society: less effective or safe air transportation, expensive and/or inadequate or poor health services, poor or lack of housing for working poor, ineffective schooling, huge crime numbers, etc. These conditions are prevalent throughout the de-industrializing West. And all the while, the economic conditions of the majority of Westerners declines, while the tiny economic group at the top, becomes much richer.

Freeman in EIR reveals that Volcker’s activities were guided by the “controlled disintegration” policies of one of the oligarchy’s central institutions in the U.S., the New York Council on Foreign Relations, known more commonly as the CFR.

Starting in 1973, the CFR embarked upon a massive, nation changing project it named “Project 1980s.” This project had at its core, the policy of “controlled disintegration.” The top figures of “Project 1980s” of the Trilateral Commission, were chosen to become the top leadership of, and ran the government of, former Trilateral Commission member, Jimmy Carter, in 1977.

Paul Volcker was appointed Federal Reserve Chairman of the Board in August 1978, by then President Jimmy Carter. It was on November 9, 1978, that Volcker delivered the Fred Hirsch Memorial Lecture at Warwick University, in England. Volcker cited Hirsch and affirmed the policy by saying: “A controlled disintegration in the world economy is a legitimate object for the 1980s.” Freeman adds, “it was not by chance that starting the week of Oct. 6-12, 1979, Volcker began raising interest rates, by raising the federal funds rate and increasing certain categories of reserve requirements for commercial banks. He kept pushing rates upward, until, by December 1980, the prime lending rate of U.S. commercial banks reached 21.5%.”

A small understanding of elementary Keynesian economics leads one to grasp what Freeman explains: that the effects of this policy were swift and devastating, especially because the oligarchy had used two oil hoaxes during the 1970s, to send oil prices shooting upward. In the United States, industrial and agricultural production collapsed by huge amounts. Between 1979 and 1982, the production of the following critical U.S. manufacturing industries fell by the following amounts on a per-capita basis: metal-cutting machine tools, down 45.5%; bulldozers, down 53.2%; automobiles, down 44.3%; and steel, down 49.4%. In some cases, such as the machine-tool industry, parts of machine-tool capacity and of a skilled workforce were permanently lost. Those collapsing industries formed the very heart of the United States’ physical economy. A similar pattern, on a greater or lesser scale, emerged in other industrial nations. These losses were due directly to the policies meant to bring the United States in closer parity with poorer nations. In the strictest sense of the Fabian politics of gradualism: “Controlled disintegration” would in time accomplish the goal.

Freeman explains that Volcker’s measure also exacerbated the Third World debt crisis, and pushed it to the critical point. Third world nations had to finance their debt at an interest rate level of above 20%, which compounded the debt. Between 1979 and 1983, Third World debt levels, depending on the country, shot up by 40 to 70%. Your writer and the nation are informed in drone-like repetitions, that the poorer nations owe billions. The truth is, these poverty stricken nations have in fact more than doubled their obligations, in other cases, tripled their payments to the IMF and World Bank. The horrible truth is that they have been cruelly ripped off at the expense of their own national development in the social, economic and health spheres of their now miserably collapsing nations. All media lies notwithstanding, almost all of these borrowing nations today suffer more than they ever did. They were far better off before the cynical advent of the most dubious policies behind the canard of “world development.” The problems are serious and diverse, ranging from famine, tribal conflict, serious warfare and widely prevailing plagues. Tens of millions of these suffering people are on the move to find work and security in the developed nations, where a demographic imbalance and social instability now threaten harmony.

Blueprint For Extinction

Indeed, it is a blueprint for extinction. Freeman in the pages of EIR explains that “Project 1980s” was composed of ten working groups. These tens groups toiled during the 1970s and eventually produced 33 volumes. The CFR’s blueprint for economics was outlined in the book, “Alternatives to Monetary Disorder,” one of whose authors was Fred Hirsch. Hirsch was the former editor of the London “Economist” magazine, the Fabian Socialists’ Rothschild-backed propaganda organ, and it is he whom Volcker quoted in his infamous 1978 lecture, announcing his policy.

Freeman asks: What did Hirsch mean in his book by “controlled disintegration”? The expression meant that the world economy would be pushed into disintegration—but not in an uncontrollable fashion. Rather, the plutocrats hoped it could control the process. They posit that it would be necessary for outside forces to deliver economic shocks to carry out this disintegration of the world economy: oil shocks, credit cut-offs (to mainly already struggling poorer nations) interest rate shocks, IMF austerity measures, etc., forcing the world economy to go to zero, and eventually negative growth. Today, a cursory view at selected business news sites on the Internet, on any given day, convey the alarming state of increasing world economic disintegration.

At this point, we note especially that the U.S., in the first quarter 2001, experienced negative manufacturing growth and this state has persisted for the last 9-11 months, only to continue on its downward spiral. Given the obscure policies of “Project 80s,” it is equally important to bear in mind that manufacturing makes for a dismal 20% of our economic output and consumption of cheap imports two-thirds of support of the largest economy the world has ever seen. It is thus no surprise that our exports imbalances make for alarming deficits and cheap imports drive a consuming economy, much to its debt laden detriment. The U.S. is almost strictly an economy based on service industries. That service economy, in spite of the rosy predictions, is now declining. For the largest economy on the planet, it seems dumfounding to those who do not realize that the US is experiencing a determined course of “controlled disintegration.”

Freeman says that in its 33 books, the CFR’s “Project 1980s” covered a wide range of subjects, including plans for erecting a Bertrand Russell-H.G. Wells form of world government; finding methods to implement the mechanism of “stopping weapons of mass destruction,” and methods for radical population reduction. The CFR called the overall project the largest undertaking in its history.

It was no idle exercise in futurology, asserts Freeman perceptively. “Their 33 volumes constituted blueprints, which the oligarchy used its power to institute during the second half of the 1970s and the 1980s. They imposed one of the most profound shifts in economic and nation-state policy during the 20th century.”

Once the elitist Trilateral Commission’s Jimmy Carter was installed as President, the British/American Commonwealth’s oligarchical faction transferred the CFR’s “Project 1980s” into his administration. Two of the Project’s nine directors were W. Michael Blumenthal and Zbigniew Brzezinski; they were appointed Treasury Secretary and National Security Adviser, respectively. Cyrus Vance, who headed a “Project 1980s” working group, was appointed Secretary of State. Paul Volcker, spokesman for “Project 1980s” “controlled disintegration,” became Federal Reserve Board Chairman.

At this juncture, your writer points to the fact that several key policies of “Project 80s,” were major issues that dealt with the now hugely propagandized ecology “problems” and the aforementioned, population reduction– the latter of heightened importance to the self appointed, Malthusian guardians of the world. In this regard, Carter signed the 1000-+ page “Global 2000” ode to sustainable growth, ecology management and population reduction. The volume in its original form, underwent an editorial catharsis shortly after release. Some of its most provocative pages betrayed the stark Malthusian visions: the writers document that 2 billion is the hoped for or preferable number for world population in toto. Also in this period, many books by sanctioned elitist ecologists and new-age futurologists, were widely distributed, especially in the academic halls of vulnerable minds who would become future guardians of the national patrimony. They dealt with scare mongering the American population with issues of unsustainable growth, the future filled with alleged shortages of natural resources, shortages of food, potable water, the grievous state of alleged over-population and world-destroying pollution threats.

All of their claims remained nothing but highly speculative theories, all of them based on circumspect texts of sophistic studies that never to this day passed the strict examination codes of genuine scientists, who, upon their own physical examination of the dreadful claims, found no evidence to substantiate them. In the early seventies, a Kissinger/Vance document, NSM or National Security Memorandum 200 was issued and classified. Years later, 80 pages were declassified. The treatise was a shocking piece of pompous bravado, a work of ultimate arrogance by the United States National Security Council. It demanded the curbing of populations in 13 Third World countries. It stated on page one, that Third World natural resources were imperative to the “national security” of the United States. The document betrayed the insidious aim for its population control programs: Multitudes of unemployed unruly youths in the Third World who would in the future pose a dangerous and difficult problem as far as the U.S.’s plans to harvest natural resources in those troubled regions. From its twisted policies, came the myriads of population and society-changing programs of the UN in the Third World.

Volcker’s actions were followed up by the 1981 Kemp-Roth Tax act, which opened up real estate and stock market to irrational speculations, destroyed U.S fiscal policy; and by the 1982, the Garn-St Germain Act, which deregulated the U.S. banking system. In 2000, the Glass-Steagall Act enacted during the Great Depression to prohibit the merging of different institutions to prevent conflict of interest in investment practices, was abolished. Ordinary investors no longer have any true protections in a world fraught with cutthroat investment practices. The whole apparatus has shifted policy decisively away from financing physical production into pure speculation.

The policies of “controlled disintegration” are now ominously reaching the point of logical conclusion.

There are a million and one stories in the naked global village. The above is just one. More to follow.

© Angie Carlson – All Rights Reserved

Commentary About Angie Carlson’s Article

Now that you have read two separate critiques of the concealed clique’s Council on Foreign Relations plans for “controlled disintegration,” what can you make of it?

In the article by Angie Carlson, the focus is on engineering a “two-fer.”  First, convince Americans that allowing its manufacturing sector to be moved to China and other low-labor-cost locations abroad is just an inevitable consequence of  the modern move to “globalization,” and it doesn’t really matter because America is passing into an even more modern phase named “The Information Society.”

All this is, of course, is the betraying establishment media churning up more false reality for public consumption.  It’s the cover story for more “controlled disintegration” for the American economy.  Then, the other part of the “two-fer” is the equally fraudulent cover story for the Third World nations that what the transnational corporations are going to bring are new jobs and many improvements to bring these lower-rung nations up to speed in the newly globalized economy.  This, also, is a deception to bring about additional “controlled disintegration” of the Third World nations, that will sink even deeper into debt-dependency and the plunder of their national resources by those same transnational corporations (which are owned by the concealed clique).  But, Ms. Carlson is adding a very ominous new form of “controlled disintegration” for the reader to consider: The prospect that an unimaginable depopulation scheme involving the elimination of 5  billion people is embedded in the CFR plan.  Now that’s a truly breathtaking shocker!  And it calls for a better term than the luke-warm “controlled disintegration.”  Why not try to get closer with the term “genocide?”  Let’s repeat this:  Ms. Carlson is introducing an new element in the plan, namely the “depopulation” from the present 7 billion people to a “comfortable” 2 billion people, or an elimination of 5 billion people by what means we do not know.  But oddly enough, perhaps we do already know, because this “5 billion person” dot may connect to other unconnected dots that we all know about:

(i) Aerosol containing heavy metal toxins,  including barium, aluminum, and strontium, that are sprayed at high altitudes by jet tankers (popularly referred to as “chemtrails”).

(ii) Fluoride long ago introduced in our nation’s drinking water and now found in nearly all toothpaste in high concentrations, and the subject of a recent Harvard medical study which “found strong indications that fluoride may adversely affect cognitive development in children.”   Please pull up: http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/news/features/fluoride-childrens-health-grandjean-choi/

(iii) Man-made deadly viruses, like the recent Ebola virus and the earlier HIV/AIDS virus that have been produced in U.S. military laboratories in Africa for germ warfare purposes.

(iv)  Interfering with medical science to block the cure for cancer and other deadly diseases (see pages 338-339 of the Perspective)

So now the CFR plan takes on a whole new look:  The image of a concealed clique that can no longer qualify for having even the most elementary human characteristics.  Instead of a concealed clique, what we’re really talking about is a phenomenon that can only be describe accurately as:

A DEADLY GLOBAL PESTILENCE

And who works for, and speaks for, this deadly global pestilence of criminal psychopaths?

It’s the CFR—the Council on Foreign Relations

 

The Insights of Professor Carroll Quigley Drag the Concealed Clique To the Surface

Preface:  It is helpful to internalize the insights of historian Carroll Quigley, who wrote the seminal work,  Tragedy & Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (1966).   Quigley, who taught at Princeton, Harvard, and at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University, is among the very top researchers who have delved the deepest into this black hole.  This narrative continues with an opportunity to digest these his commentary, much of which is the vital context to support the fact that the Council on Foreign Relations is an integral component of the concealed clique of foreign dynastic banking families that operates above the surface; all other clique operations are carried out deep below, in the strictest secrecy, and undetected by the global public.  Accordingly, it is this Council—with its direct operational connections to the clique—that is the key target of citizen investigations, leading to trials under the auspices of new, uncorrupted Constitutional Courts of Law in each of America’s 3,114 counties.

Professor Carroll Quigley:

“There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network (individuals who are fond and admiring of the British) which operates, to some extent, in the way the (American) radical Right (believed) the (Cold War) Communists act.

“During the Cold War, America’s staunch conservatives believed that the Soviet Union, operating from many countries, with imbedded agents throughout the governmental and other institutions of those countries, always operating in secret, and all loyal to and working on behalf of the Soviet Union.  Quigley is saying that, in fact, that is exactly the way the British were organized: connected to many Americans and members of other countries who were more loyal to Britain than to their home countries.  Ironically, the turbulent Congressional investigation into “Un-American Activities” launched by Senator Joseph McCarthy in the 1950s seemed to be focused on finding American Communists whose loyalties to the Soviet Union were stronger than their loyalties to America.  In fact, McCarthy was making Britain nervous because his “Un-American Activities” probing was unearthing the identities of very prominent Americans who were routinely working against the interests of America and serving British interests in their concealed schemes to gain complete control of the American government and of America’s key institutions.”

“In fact, this (Anglophile) network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so.  I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960s, to examine its papers and secret records.  I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments.  I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies (notably to its belief that England was an Atlantic rather than a European Power and must be allied, or even federated, with the United States and must remain isolated from Europe), but in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.”

“The Round Table Groups have already been mentioned in this book several times…..At the risk of some repetition, the story will be summarized here, because the American branch of this organization (sometimes called the ‘Eastern Establishment’ ) has played a very significant role in the history of the United States in the last generation.”

“The Round Table Groups were semi-secret discussion and lobbying groups organized by (British figures) Lionel Curtis, Philip H. Kerr (Lord Lothian), and (Sir) William S. Marris in 1908-1911.  This was done on behalf of Lord Milner, the dominant Trustee of the Rhodes Trust in the two decades 1905-1925.  The original purpose of these groups was to seek to federate (an arrangement combining existing nation-states, but allowing each nation-state certain common levels of autonomy, opposite the arrangement of one-world government) the English-speaking world along lines laid out by Cecil Rhodes (1853-1902) and William T. Stead (1849-1912), and the money for the organizational work came originally from the Rhodes Trust.  By 1915 Round Table groups existed in seven countries, including England, South Africa, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, India, and a rather loosely organized group in the United States: George Louis Beer (an American historian), Walter Lippmann (highly influential American syndicated columnist), Frank Aydelotte (president of Swathmore College and head of Institute for Advanced Studies at Princeton University), Whitney Shepardson (aide to ‘Colonel’ Edward House, and head of Secret Intelligence Branch of the OSS), Thomas W. Lamont (J.P. Morgan senior partner), Jerome D. Greene (trustee of multiple Rockefeller operations, including its General Education Board), Erwin D. Canham (of the Christian Science Monitor), and others.  The attitudes of the various groups were coordinated by frequent visits and discussions and by a well-informed and totally anonymous quarterly magazine, The Round Table, whose first issue, largely written by Philip Kerr (Lord Lothian), appeared in November 1910.  The leaders of this group were:  Milner, until his death in 1925, followed by Curtis (1872-1955), Robert H. (Lord) Brand (brother-in-law to Lady Astor) until his death in 1963, and now Adam D. Marris, son of Sir William (S. Marris) and Brand’s successor as managing director of Lazard Brothers bank.”

“Money for the widely ramified activities of this organization came originally from the associates and followers of Cecil Rhodes, chiefly from the Rhodes Trust itself, and from wealthy associates such as the Beit brothers, from Sir Abe Bailey, and (after 1915) from the Astor family.  Since 1925 there have been substantial contributions from wealthy individuals and from foundations and firms associated with the international banking fraternity, especially the Carnegie United Kingdom Trust, and other organizations associated with J.P. Morgan (who was controlled by and represented the massive Rothschild family investment interests in America), the Rockefeller and Whitney families, and the associates of Lazard Brothers and of Morgan, Grenfell, and Company.”

“The chief backbone of this organization grew up along the already existing financial cooperation running from the Morgan Bank in New York to a group of international financiers in London led by Lazard Brothers…..Milner became director of a number of public banks, chiefly, the London Joint Stock Bank, corporate precursor of the Midland Bank.  He became one of the greatest political and financial powers in England, with his disciples strategically placed throughout England in significant places, such as the editorship of The Times, the editorship of The Observer, the managing directorship of Lazard Brothers, various administrative posts, and even Cabinet positions.  Ramifications were established in politics, high finance, Oxford and London universities, periodicals, the civil service, and tax-exempt foundations.”

“At the end of the war of 1914 (WWI), it became clear that the organization of this system had to be greatly extended.  Once again the task was entrusted to Lionel Curtis who established, in England and each dominion, a front organization to the existing local Round Table Group.  This front organization, called the Royal Institute of International Affairs, had as its nucleus in each area the existing submerged Round Table Group.  In New York it was known as the Council on Foreign Relations, and was a front for J.P. Morgan and Company in association with the very small American Round Table Group.  The American organizers were dominated by the large number of Morgan ‘experts,’ including Lamont and Beer, who had gone to the Paris Peace Conference and there became close friends with the similar group of English ‘experts’ which had been recruited by the Milner group.  In fact, the original plans for the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations were drawn up at Paris. The Council of the RIIA (which, by Curtis’s energy came to be housed in Chatham House, across St. James Square from the Astors, and was soon known by the name of the headquarters) and the board of the Council on Foreign Affairs have carried ever since the marks of their origins.”

“The New York branch (the Council on Foreign Relations) was dominated by the associates of the Morgan Bank (which was controlled by and represented the massive Rothschild family interests in America.  For example, in 1928 the Council on Foreign Relations had John W. Davis as president (lawyer, Congressman, U.S. Solicitor General, Ambassador to the United Kingdom, (and implicated in the 1933 concealed scheme to overthrow the U.S. government under President Franklin D. Roosevelt), Paul Cravath (head of one of largest Wall Street law firms) as vice-president, and a council of thirteen others, which included Owen D. Young (President of General Electric), Russell C. Leffingwell (of J.P. Morgan), Norman Davis (President Wilson’s Undersecretary of State and Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Treasury), Allen Dulles (lawyer and, later, head of the CIA), George W. Wickersham (lawyer and, later, Attorney General of the United States), Frank L. Polk (Wall Street lawyer and legal counsel to the U.S. Department of State), Whitney Shepardson, Isaiah Bowman (president of John Hopkins University), Stephen P. Duggan (founded Institute of International Education together with Elihu Root and Nicholas Murray Butler), and Otto Kahn (senior partner of Kuhn, Loeb & Co., working with Jacob Schiff, and Paul and Felix Warburg).  Throughout its history the council (the Council on Foreign Relations) has been associated with the American Round Tablers, such as Beer, Lippmann, Shepardson, and Jerome Greene.”

“The academic figures (as members of the Council on Foreign Relations) have been those linked to Morgan, such as James T. Shotwell (History Department faculty member Columbia University), Charles Seymour (president of Yale University) , Joseph P. Chamberlain (faculty member of Columbia Law School), Phillip Jessup (faculty member Columbia Law School), Isaiah Bowman (President of John Hopkins University) and, more recently, Philip Mosely (Director of Studies, Council on Foreign Relations), Grayson L. Kirk (President of Columbia University), and Henry M. Wriston (President of Brown University).  The Wall Street contacts with these individuals were created originally from Morgan’s influence in handling large academic endowments.  In the case of the largest of these endowments, that at Harvard, the influence was usually exercised indirectly through “State Street,” Boston, which, for much of the twentieth century, came through the Boston banker Thomas Nelson Perkins.  Closely allied with this Morgan influence were a small group of Wall Street law firms, whose chief figures were Elihu Root, John W. Davis, Paul D. Cravath, Russell Leffingwell, the Dulles brothers and, more recently, Arthur Dean (Wall Street lawyer, working with John Foster Dulles), Philip D.Reed (President of General Electric), and John McCloy (head of Rockefeller’s Chase Manhattan Bank).

Commentary:  So, this is a “connecting the dots” moment.  The first chairman of the trustees of Carnegie Endowment, Elihu Root, a high U.S. government official who formally swore several times to defend the U.S Constitution did no such thing.  Instead, I believe he oversaw one of the most damaging of concealed schemes, namely the covert effort to alter American History, and American education as a whole, in order to move the minds of our next American generations, as well as the American public mind, away from America’s founding principles.  I believe he also oversaw the machinations of the Carnegie Endowment to control the U.S. Department of State to alter American foreign policy to promote a one-world government, which would favor the financial interests of  the concealed clique.  And, Elihu Root’s connection to the J.P. Morgan financial group is fully documented: he was one of Morgan’s chief legal counsels.  Further research revealed that Root was tightly connected as a legal representative for another Wall Street firm with very close British ties, Kuhn Loeb & Co.

Professor Quigley continues:

“On this basis, which was originally financial and goes back to George Peabody, there grew up in the twentieth century a power structure between London and New York which penetrated deeply into university life, the press, and the practice of foreign policy.  In England, the center was the Round Table Group, while in the United States it was J.P. Morgan and Company or its local branches in Boston, Philadelphia, and Cleveland.  Some rather incidental examples of the operations of this structure are very revealing, just because they are incidental.  For example, it set up in Princeton a reasonable copy of the Round Table Group’s chief Oxford headquarters, All Souls College.  This copy, called the Institute for Advanced Study, and best known, perhaps, as the refuge of Einstein, Oppenheimer, John von Neumann, and George Kennan, was organized by Abraham Flexner of the Carnegie Foundation and Rockefeller’s General Education Board after he had experienced the delights of All Souls while serving as Rhodes Memorial Lecturer at Oxford.  The plans (for the Institute for Advanced Study) were largely drawn up by Tom Jones, one of the Round Table’s most active intriguers and foundation administrators.”

“The American branch of this ‘Eastern Establishment’ exerted much of its influence through five newspapers The New York Times, New York Herald Tribune, Christian Science Monitor, the Washington Post, and the lamented Boston Evening Transcript (lamented because its editorial and news-gathering functions were considered professional and typically authoritative, but went out of business in on April 30, 1941).  In fact, the editor of the Christian Science Monitor was the chief American correspondent (anonymously) of The Round Table (the quarterly publication), and Lord Lothian, the original editor of The Round Table and later secretary of the Rhodes Trust (1925-1939) and Ambassador to Washington, was a frequent writer in the Monitor.  It might be mentioned that the existence of this Wall Street, Anglo-American axis is quite obvious once it is pointed out.  It is reflected in the fact that such Wall Street luminaries as John W. Davis, Lewis Douglas, Jock Whitney, and Douglas Dillon were appointed to be American ambassadors in London.  This double international network in which the Round Table groups formed the semi-secret or secret nuclei of the Institutes of International Affairs was extended into a third network in 1925, organized by the same people for the same motives.  Once again the mastermind was Lionel Curtis, and the earlier Round Table Groups and Institutes of International Affairs were used as nuclei for the new network.  However, this new organization for Pacific affairs was extended to ten countries, while the Round Table Group existed only in seven.  The new additions, ultimately China, Japan, France, the Netherlands, and Soviet Russia, had Pacific councils set up from scratch.  In England, Chatham House served as the English center for both nets, while in the United States the two were parallel creations (not subordinate) of the Wall Street allies of the Morgan Bank.  The financing came from the same international banking groups and their subsidiary commercial and industrial firms.  In England, Chatham House was financed for both networks by the contributions of Sir Abe Bailey, the Astor family, and additional funds largely acquired by the persuasive powers of Lionel Curtis.”

The Clique-Controlled Council on Foreign Relations Received Major Funding From the Rockefeller Family:

“Although the CFR was originally funded and dominated by J.P. Morgan interests since its inception in 1921, control shifted to the Rockefeller family.  As you read on, it will become clear that the Rockefeller family is a junior partner of the clique.  While the British hold the dominant power, the Rockefeller family appears in the lead with regard to clique-controlled schemes that are focused on America.  This arrangement evolved as follows:  By the late 1860s, America was well into its economic expansion, following the Civil War.  The burgeoning American industries of steel and railroad construction were contributing factors.  Germany, Russian, and France were on the same upward trajectory.  Economic data by 1900 indicated the leaders in industrial production were the U.S. with 24% of the world total, followed by Britain (19%), Germany (13%), Russia (9%), and France (7%).  The British outlook by 1870 was palpable dread that their economy was being overtaken.  And in this state of anxiety, a form of survival instinct took over and two powerful messages caught the attention of the concealed clique.  The first was an inaugural address at Oxford University in 1870 by British scholar, John Ruskin.  No one could have predicted that Ruskin’s address would so tremendously help concentrate the energy of the British elite.  Nor would anyone be able to predict the path this message took—it is a lesson to learn how change is sparked in the real world.  Ruskin was simply speaking to the student body of Oxford University and expressing his own profound concern for Britain’s future.  His address to them was this:

‘There is a destiny now possible to us.  The highest ever set before a nation to be accepted or refused.  We are still un-degenerate in race; a race mingled of the best northern blood.  We are not yet dissolute in temper, but still have the firmness to govern, and the grace to obey.  We have been taught a religion of pure mercy, which we must either now betray, or learn to defend by fulfilling.  And we are rich in an inheritance of honour, bequeathed to us through a thousand years of noble history, which it should be our daily thirst to increase with splendid avarice, so that Englishmen, if it be a sin to covet honor, should be the most offending souls alive.’

‘Within the last few years we have had the laws of natural science opened to us with a rapidity which has been blinding by its brightness; and means of transit and communication given to us, which have made but one kingdom of the habitable globe.  One kingdom; but who is to be its king?  Is there to be no king in it, think you, and every man to do that which is right in his own eyes?  Or only kings of terror, and the obscene empires of Mannon and Belial?’

‘Or will you, youths of England, make your country again a royal throne of kings; a sceptred isle, for all the world a source of light, a centre for peace; mistress of Learning and of the Arts;—faithful guardian of great memories in the midst of irreverent and ephemeral visions;—faithful servant of time-tried principles, under temptation from fond experiments and licentious desires; and amidst the cruel and clamorous jealousies of the nations, worshipped in her strange valour of goodwill towards men?’

‘Yes, but of which king?  There are the two oriflammes; which shall we plant on the farthest islands, —the one that floats in heavenly fire, or that hangs heavy with foul tissue of terrestrial gold?  There is indeed a course of beneficent glory open to us, such as never was yet offered to any poor group of mortal souls.  But it must be—it is with us, now, “Reign or Die.”  And if it shall be said of this country, ‘fece per viltate, il gran rifiuto,’ that refusal of the crown will be, of all yet recorded in history, the shamefullest and untimely.’

And this is what she must either do, or perish; she must found colonies as fast and as far as she is able, formed of her most energetic and worthiest men;—seizing every piece of fruitful waste ground she can set her foot on, and there teaching her colonists that their chief virtue is to be fidelity to their country, and that their first aim is to advance the power of England by land and sea; and that, though they live on a distant plot of ground, they are no more to consider themselves therefore disenfranchised from their native land, than the sailors of her fleets do, because they float on distant waves.  So that literally, these colonies must be fastened fleets; and every man of them must be under authority of captains and officers, whose better command is to be over fields and streets instead of ships of the line; and England, in these her motionless navies (or, in the true and mightiest sense, motionless churches, ruled by pilots on the Galiean lake of all the world), is to ‘expect every man to do his duty,’ recognizing that duty is indeed possible no less in peace than war; and that if we can get men, for little pay, to cast themselves against cannon-mouths for love of England, we may find men also who will plough and sow for her, who will behave kindly and righteously for her, who will bring up their children to love her, and who will gladden themselves in the brightness of her glory, more than in all the light of tropic skies.’

‘But that they may be able to do this, she must make her won majesty stainless; she must give them thoughts of their home of which they can be proud.  The England who is to be mistress of half the earth, cannot remain herself a heap of cinders, trampled by contending and miserable crowds; she must yet again become the England she was once, and in all beautiful ways, —more: so happy, so secluded, and so pure, that in her sky—polluted by no unholy clouds—she may be able to spell rightly of every star that heaven doth show; and in her fields, ordered and wide and fair, of every herb that sips the dew; and under the green avenues of her enchanted garden, a sacred Circe, true Daughter of the Sun, she must guide the human arts, and gather the divine knowledge, of distant nations, transformed from savageness to manhood, and redeemed from despairing into peace.  You think that an impossible ideal.  Be it is; refuse to accept it if you will; but see that you form your own in its stead.  All that I ask of you is to have a fixed purpose of some kind for your country and yourselves; no matter how restricted, so that it be fixed and unselfish.’

Professor Quigley wrote of Ruskin’s impact:

“Ruskin spoke to the Oxford undergraduates as members of the privileged, ruling class.  He told them that they were to possessors of a magnificent tradition of education, beauty, rule of law, freedom, decency, and self-discipline but that tradition could not be saved, and did not deserved to be saved, unless it could be extended to the lower classes in England itself and to the non-English masses throughout the world.  If this precious tradition were not extended to these two great majorities, the minority of upper-class Englishmen would ultimately be submerged by these majorities and the tradition lost.  To prevent this, the tradition must be extended to the masses and to the empire.”

“Ruskin’s message had a sensational impact.  His inaugural lecture was copied out in longhand by one undergraduate, Cecil Rhodes, who kept it with him for thirty years.  Rhodes (1853-1902) feverishly exploited the diamond and goldfields of South Africa, rose to be prime minister of the Cape Colony (1890-1896), contributed money to political parties, controlled parliamentary seats both in England and in South Africa, and sought to win a strip of British territory across Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Egypt and to join these two extremes together with a Cape-to-Cairo Railway……With financial support from Lord Rothschild and Alfred Beit, he was able to monopolize the diamond mines of South Africa as De Beers Consolidated Mines and to build up a great gold mining enterprise as Consolidated Gold Fields.”

“Among Ruskin’s most devoted disciples at Oxford were a group of intimate friends…. (who) were so moved by Ruskin that they devoted the rest of their lives to carrying out his ideas…..A similar group of Cambridge men…..were also aroused by Ruskin’s message and devoted their lives to extension of the British Empire and uplift of England’s urban masses as two parts of one project……They were remarkably successful in these aims because England’s most sensational journalist, William T. Stead (1849-1912)….brought them into association with Rhodes.  This association was formally established on February 5, 1891, when Rhodes and Stead organized a secret society of which Rhodes had been dreaming for sixteen years…..In this secret society, Rhodes was to be leader; Stead, Brett (Lord Esher), and Alfred (later Lord) Milner were to form an executive committee; Arthur (Lord) Balfour, (Sir) Harry Johnston, Lord Rothschild, Albert (Lord) Grey, and others were listed as potential members of a ‘Circle of Initiates;’ (sometimes called ‘The Society of the Elect’) while there was to be an outer circle know as the ‘Association of Helpers’ (later organized by Milner as the Round Table organization)……This group was able to get access to Rhodes’s money after his death in 1902 and also to the funds of loyal Rhodes supporters like Alfred Beit (1853-1906) and Sir Abe Bailey.(1864-1940).  Milner recruited a group of young men, chiefly from Oxford….to assist him in organizing his administration.  Through his influence these men were able to win influential posts in government and international finance and became the dominant influence in British imperial and foreign affairs up to 1939…..In 1909-1913 they organized semisecret groups, known as Round Table Groups, in the chief British dependencies and the United States.  These still function in eight countries (including America).  They kept in touch with each other by personal correspondence and frequent visits, and through an influential quarterly magazine, The Round Table, founded in 1910…..In 1919 they founded the Royal Institute of International Affairs (now named ‘Chatham House’)….Similar Institutes of International Affairs were established in the chief British dominions and in the United States (where it is known as the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and formed in 1921).”

This is the actual origin of the Council on Foreign Relations (routinely unreported by the clique-controlled media) as part of the Round Table network formally established in 1891 to facilitate British world rule and bring America back into the colonial fold.

To connect the dots from the British families and their target of colonial control, America, one has only to read the salient part of Cecil Rhodes’s will and Rhodes’s intent, written in 1877:

“To and for the establishment, promotion, and development of a secret society, the true aim and object whereof shall be for the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of the system of emigration from the United Kingdom, and of colonization by British subjects of all lands where the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire continent of Africa, the Holy Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the Islands of Cyprus and (Crete), the whole of South America, the islands of the Pacific not here to for possessed by great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the inauguration of a system of colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire and, finally, the foundation of so great a power as to render wars impossible, and promote the best interests of humanity.”

And from David Rockefeller’s autobiography, Memoirs (2003), he wrote:

“For more that a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions.  Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as internationalists and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure; one world, if you will.  If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

This might be the best example you will find of the fact that the Eastern Establishment families live in an alternative universe.  They made their money in America because America threw off the feudal shackles of the British monarchy and organized a government that supported individual rights and freedoms.  But now that the Rockefellers have secured their fortunes they want to further maximize their profit-making by removing those individual rights and freedoms, eliminating America’s nation-state status and forcing it into a one-world government under their control.

Professor Quigley’s most insightful commentary about how the world actually works came from this passage:

“In addition to these pragmatic goals, the powers of financial capitalism (economies characterized by international banking activities) had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political systems of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.  This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived in frequent private meetings and conferences.  The apex of the system was to be the Bank of International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks, which were themselves private corporations.  Each central bank, in the hands of men like Montagu Norman of the Bank of England, Benjamin Strong, of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, Charles Rist of the Bank of France, and Hjalmar Schacht of the Reichsbank, sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic awards in the business world.”

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 8.17.13 PM  (Left to right)  Hjalmar Schacht, Benjamin Strong, Montagu Norman, and Charles Rist

Their Central Bank Counterparts Now—All of Whom Are “Persons of Interest” in Upcoming Investigations of  Their Role as Minions of the Concealed Clique

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 8.17.35 PM

(Above, left to right)  Janet Yellen, current Chairwoman of Federal Reserve; Benjamin Bernanke, former Chairman; Mario Draghi, President, European Central Bank; Mark Carney, Governor, Bank of England.

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 8.17.57 PM

(Above, left to right)  Jens Weidmann, President of the German Bundsesbank; Christian Noyer, Governor of the Bank of France.

Professor Quigley continues:

“In each country the power of the central bank rested largely on its control of credit and money supply. In the world as a whole the power of the central bankers rested very largely on their control of loans and of gold flows. In the final days of the system, these central bankers were able to mobilize resources to assist each other through the B.I.S.  The B.I.S., as a private institution, was owned by the seven chief central banks and was operated by the heads of these who together formed its governing board. Each of these kept a substantial deposit at the B.I.S., and periodically would settle payments among themselves (and thus between the major countries of the world) by bookkeeping in order to avoid shipments of gold.  They made agreements on all the major financial problems of the world, as well as on many of the economic and political problems, especially in reference to loans, payments, and the economic future of the chief areas of the globe.”  (So much for democracy, individual rights, national sovereignty, and government by the consent of the governed)

“The B.I.S. is generally regarded as the apex of the structure of financial capitalism whose remote origins go back to the creation of the Bank of England in 1694 and the Bank of France and 1803. As a matter of fact its establishment in 1929 was rather an indication that the centralized world financial system of 1914 was in decline. It was set up rather to remedy the decline of London as the world’s financial center by providing a mechanism by which the world with three chief financial centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as one. The B.I.S. was a vain effort to cope with the problems arising from the growth of a number of centers. It was intended to be the world cartel of ever-growing national financial powers by assembling the nominal heads of these national financial centers.”

“The commander-in-chief of the world system of banking control was Montagu Norman, Governor of the Bank of England who was built-up by the private bankers to a position where he was regarded as an oracle in all matters of government and business.  In government, the power of the Bank of England was a considerable restriction on political action as early as 1819 but an effort to break this power by a modification of the bank’s charter in 1844 failed.”

“In 1852, Gladstone, then Chancellor of the Exchequer and later Prime Minister, declared,

‘the hinge of the whole situation was this: the government itself was not to have a substantial of power in matters of finance, but was to leave the money power supreme and unquestioned.’”

Gladstone was referring to the concealed clique behind the British monarchy, which owned the Bank of England.

Professor Quigley wrote:

“This power of the Bank of England and of its governor was admitted by most qualified observers. In January, 1924, Reginald McKenna, who had been Chancellor of the Exchequer in 1915–1916, as chairman of the board of the Midland bank told its shareholders:

‘I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create money… And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of governments and hold in the hollow of their hands the destiny of the people.’

This is the core reason why the American public despise the bankers:  they suspect that these individuals are not really Americans loyal to their country, but rather under the direction of foreign sources that routinely work against the vital interests of the American people.

Professor Quigley continues:

“In that same year, Sir Drummond Fraser, vice-president of the Institute of bankers, stated,

‘the governor of the Bank of England must be the aristocrat who dictates the terms upon which alone the government can obtain borrowed money.’”

“On September 26, 1921 the Financial Times wrote,

‘half a dozen men at the top of the big five banks could upset the whole fabric of government finance by refraining from renewing treasury bills.’”

“Vincent Vickers, who had been a director of the bank for nine years, said,

‘since 1919 the monetary policy of the government has been the policy of the Bank of England and the policy of the Bank of England has been the policy of Mr. Montagu Norman.’”

“On November 11, 1927, the Wall Street Journal called Mr. Norman “the currency dictator of Europe.” This fact was admitted by Mr. Norman himself before the court of the bank in March 1930, and, later, before the McMillan committee.”

“Montagu Norman’s position may be gathered from the fact that his predecessors in the governorship, almost 100 of them, had served two-year terms, increased rarely, in time of crisis, to three or even four years.”

“But Norman held the position for 24 years (1920–1944), during which he became the chief architect of the liquidation of Britain’s global preeminence. Norman was a strange man whose mental outlook was one of successfully suppressing hysteria or even paranoia. He had no use for governments and feared democracy.  Both of these seemed to him to be threats to private banking, and thus to all that was proper and precious in human life.  Strong-willed, tireless, and ruthless, he viewed his life as a kind of cloak-and-dagger struggle with the forces of unsound money which were in league with anarchy and communism. When he rebuilt the Bank of England, he constructed it as a fortress prepared to defend itself against any popular revolt, with the sacred gold reserves hidden in deep vaults below the level of underground waters which could be released to cover them by pressing a button on the governor’s desk.”

“For much of his life Norman rushed around the world by fast steam-ship, covering tens of thousands of miles each year, often traveling incognito, concealed by a black slouch hat and a long black cloak, under the assumed name of “Prof. Skinner.” His embarkations and deportations onto and off the fastest ocean liners of the day, sometimes through the freight hatch, were about as unobserved as the somewhat similar passages of Greta Garbo in the same years, and were carried out in a similarly “sincere” effort at self-effacement.”

“Norman had a devoted colleague in Benjamin Strong (right), the first governor of the Federal Reserve bank of New York.  Strong owed his career to the favor of the Morgan Bank, especially of Henry P. Davison, who made him secretary of the Bankers Trust Company of New York (in succession to Thomas W. Lamont) in 1904, using him as a Morgan’s agent in the banking pre-arrangements following the crash of 1907, and made him vice-president of the Bankers Trust in 1909. He became governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the joint nominee of J.P. Morgan and of Kuhn, Loeb and Company in 1914. Two years later, Strong met Norman for the first time, and they at once made an agreement to work in cooperation for the financial practices they both revered.”

“These financial practices were explicitly stated many times in the voluminous correspondence between these two men and in many conversations they had, both in their work and at their leisure (they often spent their vacations together for weeks, usually in the South of France).”

“In the 1920s, they were determined to use the financial power of Britain and of the United States to force all the major countries of the world to go on the gold standard and operated through central banks free from all political control, with all questions of international finance to be settled by agreements by such central banks without interference from governments.”

This passage, below, from Quigley, is the ‘tell” about the top of the pyramid.  It caused his original book to “disappear” for years, until a bootleg copy was resurrected in 1966.

“It must not be felt that these heads of the world’s chief central banks were themselves substantial powers in world finance. They were not. Rather they were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly capable of throwing them down.  The substantial financial powers of the world were in the hands of these investment bankers (also called “international” or “merchant” bankers) who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated private banks.” 

“These (few shadowy bankers) formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks. This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control over the flows of credit an investment funds in their own countries and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate, and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate governments by their control over current government loans and the play of the international exchanges.

“Almost all of this power was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful financial coups, to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis, and to share their winning opportunities with their associates. In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much of the 19th century, but, at the end of that century, they were being replaced by J. P. Morgan whose central office was in New York, although it was always operated as if it were in London (where it had, indeed, originated as George Peabody and Company in 1838).”

This is like peeling back layer after layer of an union.  Quigley has added one more  piece to the jigsaw puzzle concerning the identity of the concealed clique that has worked in the shadows of power behind the British monarchy and was the owner of both the Bank of England and the private bank fraudulently named, the Federal Reserve.  But we’re not there yet.  By the way, my research suggests that Quigley’s mention of the diminishing influence of the Rothschilds and the rise of Morgan’s power may bear looking into.  Morgan’s chief role was to be the Rothschilds’ agent in America and that the Rothschild’s vastly increased their wealth and power behind the scenes.  There is a “tell” from Liaquat Ahaned’s book that sheds light on this matter. Liaquat Ahaned, the author of Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World, (2009) wrote:

“Though J.P. Morgan & Co. was by means the country’s biggest bank, Pierpont Morgan himself had acquired an extraordinary aura and authority that gave him the right, indeed the obligation, to take command during financial crises.  It helped that he was believed to be not simply rich, but extremely rich—like the Rockefellers or the Vanderbilts or Andrew Carnegie—and that with his fierce glowering stare and terrible temper, he intimidated most people, including his partners.  It would turn out that the first of these attributes was exaggerated, for he was not nearly as wealthy as most people thought—when he died in 1913, leaving an estate then valued at $80 million, John D. Rockefeller, who himself was worth $1 billion, is said to have shaken his head and said, ‘And to think that he wasn’t even a rich man.’”

America’s “Controlled Disintegration:”  Moving From Historical Background to the Present

“Hidden in plain sight” is the apt expression when we look to find examples of the “controlled disintegration” that America has been suffering at the hands of the concealed clique.  Probably the best example is the astronomical increase in our national debt.

How do you, the reader, think America reached a current debt level of over $18 trillionIf we had had a free press, this wouldn’t ever have happened.  In America, the debt-dependency scheme began in earnest with President Reagan calling for massive tax cuts for the rich (fraudulently characterized as “tickle-down economics”), coupled with a massive increase in defense spending to counteract another fraudulent cover story sold to the public about the Soviet Union’s growing military threat level.  The combined impact of a huge drop in tax revenues and off-the-charts new military expenditures was straight out of the concealed power’s playbook for weakening the American economy and its financial strength.  Under the instructions of the concealed clique, one U.S. president after another brought America up to its debt level of $19+ trillion.

Ask yourself how could these presidents beginning with Ronald Reagan possibly mismanage the American economy to such a horrendous extent that each chart is essentially a runaway train since 1981?  The mind boggles when looking at these charts.  It makes no sense.

Screen Shot 2015-10-09 at 2.54.40 PM

We go along from after World War II to 1975 and we see one pattern.  Then in 1981, with the election of the Reagan Administration, there is a totally different pattern. Why?  Take a careful look.  First, it looks simply puzzling.  But with any application of common sense, there is a shift like an optical illusion and you realize that the information presented is showing a colossal “controlled disintegration” scheme underway, hidden in plain sight.

Screen Shot 2015-10-09 at 2.54.18 PMScreen Shot 2016-08-14 at 3.21.07 PM

You realize that there is something profoundly wrong that is far too big to be called government mismanagement. You realize that there is MASSIVE FRAUD GOING ON.  And you cannot possibly make sense out of this information until it finally hits you that a concealed power and its minions are engineering the “controlled disintegration” of the American economy.  My research indicates that eight U.S. presidents in a row were positioned by the clique to follow orders: first to launch and support the immensely expensive Vietnam War (Johnson), then install the clique minions in the Carter Administration to start the CFR-planned “controlled disintegration” process (Carter) and then run up the national debt to unpayable levels starting with Reagan.  Eight presidents in a row, all committing treason—Johnson, Nixon, Carter, Reagan, Bush I, Clinton, Bush 2, and Obama—all working for the concealed clique of foreign dynastic banking families.  President Kennedy would have nothing to do with the clique and its minions.  He had refused to engage in a war in Vietnam; he blocked Israel, with its population of 2.3 million, from having nuclear weapons; he demanded to see classified documents on ET matters, and was refused by clique minion Allen Dulles, the head of the CIA.  Kennedy fired Dulles over that and the Cuban Bay of Pigs disaster; and Kennedy authorized shifting money printing to the U.S. Treasury Dept. and away from the Fed.  The clique ordered a public execution of Kennedy to enforce organizational discipline.

Do you see this planned and controlled economic and social disintegration being fomented and over a considerable stretch of time?  This is what the start-up of controlled disintegration looks like.  It is simply the result of bribery in amounts that defy your imagination, flowing to U.S. Administrations, the U.S. Congress, and U.S. Secretaries of the Treasury, and Federal Reserve Chairman all taking instructions from the concealed clique to run up the national debt until it is so large it cannot ever be repaid, creating the debt-dependency that is the concealed clique’s tool of heavy coercion.

The very same thing is happening with the European Union nation-states—-they have also been driven by the concealed clique to complete debt-dependency.  And now the clique has swung into the next disintegration phase, using the fraudulent term, Austerity.  

“Austerity” suggests an irresponsible borrower who needs to be reeled in.  And the medicine prescribed by the clique’s global banking system is to squeeze the social and economic life out of their nation-state populations by requiring: (i) severe cuts in wages and benefits of public and private employees, (ii) massive reductions in the social safety nets, (iii) ending union collective bargaining rights, and so on, while simultaneously (iv) causing the transnational corporations it also controls to artificially raise prices.  You see this clearly in the rising prices of food, energy, and pharmaceuticals, among other sectors where the clique has monopoly control.  And how does the clique’s playbook work to force the continued social and economic disintegration?  One of its minions, Deutsche Bank former CEO, Josef Ackermann, explained in a presentation to the Atlantic Council that:

“…only when the panic reaches a fever pitch, will political leaders agree to the entire package desired by the banks. Precisely this threat was built up by the media and politicians in the days before the EU summit. Monti spoke of a threatened apocalypse, George Soros of an imminent crash.”

This “controlled disintegration” combines debt dependency, “austerity programs,” engineered price increases of basic goods, and the complicity of the media and heavily bribed politicians.  It is a world-scale, fraudulent practice by the concealed clique’s global banking system to destroy nation-state sovereignty and ease America and the European Union into its planned one-world government.

With a Great Deal of Hindsight, We Can See The Long-Planned “Controlled Disintegration” of America

If you ever gave it any thought, did you really believe that the British monarchy, which controlled the largest empire on earth, of which the American colonies were a part, was going to just give up and allow these colonies to break away and escape from the long feudal era of rule by monarchies?

Did you really believe that this most powerful empire would just give up and allow the “United States of America” to set a new precedent of government deriving its power from the consent of the governed?  And a new precedent that hereinafter the purpose of governments is to secure the rights of the individual?  What if other colonies of the British Empire found these ideas attractive?  What if the rest of the world that the British Empire had targeted to take over found these ideas attractive?

Think about it!  Here you have the British monarchy in the late 1700s that had an Empire spread all across the world and that had wealth beyond your imagination.

And against that colossal wealth and power, you had the tiny, rebellious, breakaway United States of America (population 2.8 million) with no accumulated wealth whatever.  It was a miracle that General George Washington was able to scrape enough money together from the thirteen colonies to fend off the British Army.  As it was, he may not have won the final battle at Yorktown, Virginia without an emergency foreign loan arranged by one Haym Solomon, who represented a mysterious power that definitely should pique your curiosity.

Now in any real world you can imagine, do you really believe that the British monarchy would just give up and allow the vast resources and enormous future trading profits of the thirteen American colonies slip through its fingers?

Think about it!  The British monarchy was positioned on an island of 89,000 square miles, offshore the European continent, and America turned out to be an astounding 43 times larger than Great Britain, 3.8 million square miles, to be specific.

And over time, when the British monarchy realized how large America actually was, do you really think it was not going to move heaven and earth to get America back under its control?

Well, the fact is, thats just exactly what it did.  It found another way that didn’t require subduing the former American colonists by force of arms.  You’re shaking your head, but why would you dismiss this fact immediately—even before you gave it any thought?  Because you never heard of this before?  Pull up your socks and keep reading.  According to historian Carroll Quiqley, the alternative of sending the British Army to invade America, was proposed by British Lord Russell in the Coefficient Club/Round Table deliberations, namely, not by war, but “by clever intelligence techniques psychological warfare and manipulation” and to be undertaken in strict secrecy in accordance with a secret society structure.

The reason you are in the dark is because the concealed clique of British and European banking families, working in the shadows behind the British monarchy, very, very gradually and carefully constructed a high wall of false reality that surrounded America.  And that wall is maintained by today’s treasonous figures in American government, American media, American education, and the American entertainment industry.  Every source that provides you, the reader, with information is just part of a long-established and complex propaganda and psychological warfare apparatus owned by this concealed clique, and is designed to keep you grazing along with your peers and not looking up.  Even the alternative media is infiltrated and every blogger knows not to cross certain lines if they want to stay in business.  This high wall of false reality was all erected and is maintained through massive bribery, widespread blackmail, barbaric threats, deadly violence and, when necessary, assassination of public figures.  And this false reality is reinforced by an endless series of fake events that cause fear, uncertainty, and doubt—-think of it as always living in a thick fog of never-ending fraud, lies, and deceptions.  In 1913, President Woodrow Wilson shed some light on the invisibility of this “concealed power.”  He wrote:

“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided in me privately.  Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something.  They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.  They know that America is not a place of which it can be said as it used to be, that a man may choose his own calling and pursue it just as far as is abilities enable him to pursue it; because today, if he enters certain fields, there are organizations which will use means against him that will prevent his building a business which they do not want to have built up; organizations that will see to it that the ground is cut from under him and the markets shut against him.”

You see, what happened in 1776 is very important to grasp: our forebears launched a natural evolutionary advance of the human species.  This was the worst nightmare of the British monarchy and of the concealed clique behind the monarchy.  This clique, its junior partners, and all its minions across the world have prolonged the long feudal era.  From the perspective of the British monarchy and the concealed power behind it, the American colonists were a minuscule, rebellious bunch of fire-ants, who, initially, had no wealth to speak of, but here they were trying to lead the human race out of the feudal era and a status quo that was the source of colossal profits and privileges for the tiny number of Old World families who held positions of power in that feudal system.

Is this line of reasoning still hard for you to accept?

Here’s another way to look at it. What do you think this speculation concerning the 2012 Mayan prophesies was all about?  Wasn’t it the belief we all share that the human species advances gradually in a natural, evolutionary manner to a higher social intelligence, higher social consciousness, and to a higher level of spirituality?  Aren’t we imbedded with these yearnings that point us to long-term survivability, which includes protecting our planetary home?  And don’t these yearnings point us to a quality of life that includes the preservation of our individual rights and government derived by the consent of the governed to protect these rights?  The bottom line is that there is tremendous pent up energy caused by this collective yearning for a natural, evolutionary advance, but which we sense is blocked for some unknown set of conditions.  Accordingly, would you temporarily give consideration to the possibility that the mysterious impediment is actually a concealed and well-organized power intentionally blocking any advance and furiously working to pull all nation-state societies back into the feudal era?

Not Exactly All of Humankind Is Controlled By the Concealed Clique

There are a growing number of the world’s populations who have slipped the noose of this concealed  clique of banking families, although the clique constantly subjects them to its concealed schemes.  They are forming their own separate social and economic alliances, including, but not limited to:

The Shanghai Cooperation Organization (formed in 1996): full members–China, Russia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan.  Less than full members are classified as (i) the Observer States of Afghanistan, India, Iran, Mongolia, and Pakistan; (ii) the Dialogue Partners of Belarus, Sri Lanka. and Turkey.  All are connected to the Shanghai Cooperative Organization, which is an economically healthy arrangement for these world populations, with personal income more fairly distributed than in those countries controlled by the clique.

BRICS (formed in 2009):  Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa.

The Bolivarian Alliance for the Americas (formed in 2004): Antigua/Barbuda, Bolivia, Cuba, Dominica, Eduador, Grenada, Nicaragua, Saint Kitts/Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent/Grenadines, and Venezuela.

Union of South American Nations (formed in 2008):  Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Ecuador, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uraguay, Venezuela.

America Has Not Been So Lucky

Our subjugation by this clique was accomplished by the full use of a time-tested playbook developed in the time of the Roman Empire (32 BC to 476 AD) and evolved through later monarchies, through the time of Venetian maritime power, all the way up to the British Empire.  Machiavelli’s The Prince is just the tip of the iceberg; this playbook is big league stuff and makes Machiavelli seem like a choirboy.  It runs the gamut from highly complex planning that is nothing less than intrigues, within intrigues within intrigues; to many-layered intelligence-gathering; to the highest level of sophisticated fraudulent activity; to intense psychological warfare against entire populations; to truly deep and massive bribery; to many versions of coercion centered around blackmail and barbaric threats; to even more versions of deadly violence; and on to the systematic murder of dissidents; and finally to periodic public assassinations of high officials.

The total impact of this playbook is that the clique is actually the only real source of terrorism in the world.  All the other criminal enterprises across the world are minor league players and follow the clique’s instructions if they want to survive to take their cut.  By the use of its playbook, this concealed power gradually prepared America for recapture and finally got the noose completely around our necks on December 23rd, 1913, when it engineered the passage of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913.  In so doing, and with the help of (i) conspiring Eastern Establishment families, (ii) the biggest heads of American business, and (iii) the highest American government officials, the clique attached its own private bank to the American financial system like a suction cup to rob the American people blind and make unimaginable new profits by siphoning off America’s financial resources.  In other words, the American people were completely sold out by the wealthiest American families in banking, business, and government in 1913.  We lost a good part of our national sovereignty at that moment on December 23rd, 1913 and were pushed much closer to being re-colonized (how does a nation maintain its sovereignty if its financial resources are taken over by a foreign power?).

Now are your surprised that Ben Bernanke, the chairman of the clique’s private bank, the Federal Reserve, could keep the American people in the dark for two years after the 2008 financial crisis and secretly divert $16.3 trillion dollars of American taxpayer money and credit to the clique’s insolvent global banking system?  $16.3 trillion dollars to foreign banks, central banks of foreign countries, and the clique’s transnational corporations, all while not a penny of the $16.3 trillion went to revitalize the real American economy, to attack the employment disaster, or to address the home foreclosure crisis. The amount stolen from the American people was so large that it could have paid off our entire national debt in 2010, which was $14 trillion.  It was looting beyond imagination and the U.S. government participated in the looting because it is 100% owned by, and reports to, the concealed clique.  And, of course, the treasonous media, also working for the clique, went about keeping the American people in the dark.

Now For the Really Bad News

In other words, none of America’s ordeals have happened or are happening by accident.  The “controlled disintegration” is being orchestrated by the clique’s global networks, the visible segments  (see Page 101) which are the Council on Foreign Relations; the Bilderberg Group; the Trilateral Commission; the (British ) Royal Institute of International Affairs, renamed Chatham House (and the parent of the Council on Foreign Relations); Club of Rome; Club of the Isles; Pilgrims Society; Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies; the Group of 30; and dozens of other associated elements of the network.  It is most likely that everyone listed as members of these entities work for the clique and are particularly focused on bringing about the disintegration of the American economy and the economies of the European Union nation-states.  Until proven as such, members of this network will be referred to as “persons of interest.”

But how could this be?  What’s actually going on?  And why do things in the geo-political realm seem to be accelerating to breakneck speed, and perhaps toward World War III?  Well, in the late 1970s, the clique saw the handwriting on the wall.  It was reacting to the projections of major global shifts in growth and wealth distribution.  The highly profitable feudal era status quo was beginning to experience its own version of disintegration.  In a word, there was a looming global rival to the clique.  In a word, it was China, or specifically, an emerging juggernaut of a nation,  The People’s Republic of China.

The Clique’s Worst Nightmare

Every so often the high wall of false reality that surrounds us will spring a leak and something that shouldn’t, pops into public view in 2010.  It was a forecast generated by the clique in the 1970s and by 2010 it had become the clique’s worst nightmare.   James Wolfensohn is the source of this tell.  He spoke at Stanford University in late January of 2010 to a group of graduate students about a global shift that was well underway.  As background, Wolfensohn was appointed the head of the World Bank in 1995 and served in that position for ten years.  A fact about his background is that his father was employed by the Rothschild family through the French branch under James Armand de Rothschild before leaving Europe for Australia in 1928.

Wolfensohn stated to his audience that the world is engaged in a rapid change in the distribution of wealth. Unintentionally, Wolfensohn’s revealed the concealed clique’s deep worry as he described his population and distribution of wealth projections, which looked like this:

Screen Shot 2015-10-10 at 1.51.16 PM

Wolfensohn stated that the distribution of the world’s wealth is shifting faster and power relationships between countries are also beginning to shift quickly.  He mentioned China’s current Gross Domestic Product (GDP) annual growth rate of 8.1% vs. the U.S. GDP annual growth rate of 2.2% (which is actually minus 2%), and that, by 2050, China and India, together, will account for 50% of the world’s GDP.

Screen Shot 2015-10-09 at 4.10.46 PMThis is exactly the kind of anxiety the clique felt in the middle and late 1800s, when industrial growth in Russia, Germany and America were outstripping the production of the British Empire and, consequently, the clique, concealed behind the British monarchy, crafted its concealed schemes to foment two wars in a row—WWI and WWII—to pit British rivals against one another and give Great Britain the time to get America fully under its concealed control in order to preserve the clique’s world dominance.  Wolfensohn was conceding that the clique was facing the same dilemma as it faced in the mid- and late-1800s, but now China was the new rival to be subjected to war.  You will find a film clip of Wolfensohn’s presentation interesting—watch the first 19 minutes to understand the nightmare revealed by Wolfensohn’s commentary:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6a0zhc1y_Ns

Now can you grasp why there is talk about an upcoming World War III?  Can you begin to understand why the clique is trying to foment that war, hoping to pit the U.S. military against Russia and China, using Syria and Iran as pawns?  But it’s not working because the U.S. military is not the pawn it was.

To the clique’s dread, the top leadership of the U.S. military is resisting being drawn into this scheme, especially a war guaranteed to escalate to a vast scale involving nuclear weapons.  But that’s the trademark of the clique: they do away with their rivals by age-old “divide-and-conquer”  machinations, while simultaneously making their greatest profits by funding and supplying arms for the wars that they foment—-all the ones in our memories—-WWI, WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan, and earlier ones many of us never knew.  This is what the concealed clique of foreign dynastic  banking families do—it’s in their nature.  But this time, with nuclear weapons available, the military leadership of American, Russia, and China are talking to each other.  And they’re all irritated with the clique that takes no risk and makes colossal profits, while the risk to each military institution is enormous and, therefor, unacceptable.

Can You Now Sense Why Things Are Speeding Up?

The clique is out of its element for once.  It has no military back-up.  NATO is all bark and no bite, and ISIS was created and funded by the clique to perpetuate upheaval in the Middle East, hoping to force regime change in Syria and Iran.

What the clique is doing is making unwise moves to accelerate the economic and social demise of America and the European Union, and further destabilize its other captive nation-states.  But this is causing disgust throughout the clique’s captive audience and new, powerful resistance to the clique’s one-world order aspirations.

In the meantime, Russia and China are going full speed ahead to finish the construction of their alternative global financial structure to overturn the clique’s insolvent global banking system.

You can feel clique unease in the air by its bloody, but ineffective machinations as it  flails about:  two downed Malaysian airliners, unsuccessful false flag events to achieve gun control, the backfiring Ukrainian coup by incompetent State Department NeoCons such as Victoria Nuland, the unconstitutional executive orders and Trans Pacific Partnership treachery, and Israel’s failing to block the nuclear weapons treaty negotiations with Iran, to name just a few.

None of These Clique Schemes Could Have Survived If There Was an American Free Press

An American free press would have unearthed this long “controlled disintegration” and the global criminality before it got a real start.  But that never came to be because the clique, using its junior partners and many minions in the American government blinded us by taking over the American media as described by House of Representative Oscar Callaway.

The Bankers’ Scheme Revealed by Francis Oscar Callaway, U.S. House Representative of Texas (1911-1917)

In the course of opposing banker-inspired legislation supporting large naval expenditures as part of a Preparedness Movement launched in 1915 (before America reluctantly entered World War I in April of 1917) Congressman Callaway entered into the Congressional Record the following critique of J.P. Morgan’s control of the press:

“Mr. Chairman, under unanimous consent, I insert in the Record at this point a statement showing the newspaper combination, which explains their activity in this war matter, just discussed by the gentleman from Pennsylvania.”

“In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and (gun) powder interests, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and a sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press of the United States.”

“These 12 men worked the problem out by selecting 179 newspapers, and then began by an elimination process, to retain only those necessary for the purpose of controlling the general policy of the daily press throughout the country.  They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers.  The 25 papers were agreed upon; emissaries were sent to purchase the policy, national and international, of these papers; an agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.”

“This contract is in existence at the present time, and it accounts for the news columns of the daily press of the country being filled with all sorts of preparedness arguments and misrepresentations as to the present condition of the United States Army and Navy and the possibility and probability of the United States being attacked by foreign foes.”

“This policy also included the suppression of anything in opposition to the wishes of the interests served.  The effectiveness of this scheme has been conclusively demonstrated by the character of the stuff carried in the daily press throughout the country since March 1915.  They have resorted to anything necessary to commercialize public sentiment and sandbag the National Congress into making extravagant and wasteful appropriations for the Army and Navy under the false pretense that it was necessary.  Their stock argument is that it is ‘patriotism.’  They are playing on every prejudice and passion of the American people.”

Conan O’Brien has shown the public how even the most inconsequential news is tightly controlled from above:

Take the time to internalize this clip.  After hearing the exact same news announcement broadcast across the country over and over again, it dawns on the (viewer, reader, listener) that the “news” comes from one source and is sent to all news stations and repeated verbatim, which reflects the machinery of potentially astounding information censorship.

But worse than this is the complete absence of analysis, investigative journalism, diversity of opinion, and serving the common good with truthful, thought-provoking, and timely content pertaining to important matters to the American public.  In this context, what the media actually did was to prevent the American people from coming to grips with an earthshaking phenomenon, namely, the criminal build-up of un-repayable national debt, pointing to treason all the way to the top of one Administration after another.

The Greatest Federal Reserve Scheme: Hows the Clique-Controlled Media Blinded Americans To the Fed’s Theft of America’s Money and Credit Amounting To $16.3 Trillion Dollars

After two years of refusing to describe its actions after the 2008 financial collapse, on December 1st, 2010, the Federal Reserve was forced by Congress to issue its report, under the requirements of new Congressional disclosure legislation.  The report was a shocker:  the Federal Reserve had secretly issued $16.3 trillion of financial assistance to U.S. banks, foreign banks, central banks of foreign countries, transnational corporations, international hedge funds and wealthy individuals.  And the Federal Reserve took this action, unauthorized by its charter and without conferring with the Administration, U.S. Congress, the U.S. Supreme Court or the American people. The inescapable question arising from this news was: What authority did the Federal Reserve have to create and disburse $16.3 trillion of U.S. taxpayers money and credit in this manner?  Who was the Federal Reserve working for?  It certainly wasn’t the American people.  It was an historic event that required public debate and an American free press to get the truth out to the American public.  But that isn’t what happened.  For example, the New York Times coverage of this incredible announcement never touch those questions, as if they didn’t exist.  Three articles were written by the newspaper on the subject:

  • The main article was titled “Fed Documents Breadth of Emergency Measures,” by Sewell Chan and Jo Craven McGinty, NYT staff reporters.  The article dwelled on the mechanics of the Fed fundings with a truncated quote from Senator Bernie Sanders that skipped his question, that opens the door for exploring the nature of the Federal Reserve, namely, “Has the Federal Reserve of the United States become the central bank of the  world?”
  • The second article was an op-ed piece titled “Too Big To Succeed,” by Thomas Hoenig, President of the Federal Reserve of Kansas City, Kansas.  The article diverted attention off in a safe direction by discussing the need for a stronger political will to overcome banking sector financial clout with politicians that has blocked banking reform.
  • The third article, an extraordinary 17 pages in length, was titled: “Jamie Dimon: America’s Least Hated Banker,” by Roger Lowenstein, who is a director of an investment fund, and mentions that “my mother is friendly with Dimon’s parents.”  The article by Mr. Lowenstein was a transparent “puff piece,” in the parlance of the newspaper trade.

The net impact of these three articles are obvious: they intentionally diverted the public’s attention away from the critically important questions of: (i) what position the Federal Reserve is playing in the context of the sovereignty of our country, (ii) the responsibility of the U.S. Congress, (iii) the responsibility of the Obama Administration, and (iv) the right of Americans to know what is actually going with their taxpayer money and credit.

If the New York Times was interested in exercising its often-touted high journalistic standards, it would have assigned Gretchen Morgenson, its Pulitzer Prize-winning financial columnist to delve into the actual meaning of the Federal Reserve’s previously secret activities.  And, instead of the softball questions and careful crafting of Dimon as a statesmanlike figure by Roger Lowenstein, Ms. Morgenson would have done the job of the American free press and protected the public interest, not the interests of the international banking system.  After all, Bernanke actions were so unimaginable that he could have paid off America’s entire national debt of $14 trillion in 2010 with the $16.3 trillion and have money left over.

More “Controlled Disintegration:”  Submerging America, Mexico, and Canada In the Fraudulent North American Union

Another “controlled disintegration” scheme to get America ready for the clique’s one-world government is to integrate America, Canada, an Mexico into a EU-style “North American Union.”

Wikipedia provides the “official” background of the North American Union as follows:

“A January 2005 diplomatic cable that was released by Wikileaks in 2011 includes discussion by U.S. government officials about the best approach to North American integration based on an assessment of Canadian views. The cable suggested a new “North American Initiative” that would address goals in the areas of “security” and “prosperity” through incremental measures, saying such a proposal would get the most support from Canadian policymakers.”

“It notes many Canadian economists supported “ambitious” goals like a single market, with some supporting a monetary union, but that they believed the incremental approach was more appropriate at the time. Canada’s central bank governor is quoted in the cable as having said that a monetary union is “an issue that should be considered once we have made more progress towards establishing a single market.”[4] The National Post’s Robert Hiltz described the cable in June 2011 as discussing “the obstacles surrounding the merger of the economies of Canada, the United States and Mexico in a fashion similar to the European Union.”

“In 2005, claims emerged from critics of North American integration that a “North American Union” was not only being planned, but was being implemented by the governments of Canada, Mexico, and the United States. These critics cited the formation of the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America and claimed it was an attempt to dramatically alter the economic and political status quo between the countries outside of the scrutiny of the respective national legislatures, a critique heightened by the subsequent publication of the Independent Task Force on North America report which praised the SPP initiative and called for greater economic integration by 2010.”

“While a broad spectrum of observers criticize the secrecy of the SPP and its dominance by business groups, the specific claim that its true aim was to expand NAFTA into a North American Union analogous to the European Union (EU), with open borders and a common currency among other features, was being made by the fall of 2006, when conservative commentators Phyllis Schlafly, Jerome Corsi and Howard Phillips started a website dedicated to quashing what they perceived as the coming North American “Socialist mega-state.” The belief that a North American Union was being planned and implemented in secret became widespread, so much so that the NAU was a topic of debate during the 2008 American presidential campaigns and the subject of various U.S. Congressional resolutions designed to thwart its implementation.”

“Prominent critics such as CNN’s Lou Dobbs and Republican presidential candidate Ron Paul denounced the concept, joined by left-wing nationalist groups in Canada, Internet blogs, and widely viewed videos and films such as “Zeitgeist”.  Corsi’s 2007 book The Late Great USA: The Coming Merger with Mexico and Canada also helped bring the NAU discussion into the mainstream. These beliefs are the latest example of a long line of erroneous conspiracy theories which suggest that the United States sovereignty is being eroded by a cabal of foreign and domestic players.”

 john-kerry-canada-mexico(Left to right):  Canadian Foreign Minister John Baird, U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry, and Mexican Foreign Secretary Jose Antonio Meade.

Screen Shot 2015-10-08 at 9.00.44 PM

The Next Phase of North American Integration. NAFTA to be Swallowed up by the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP)?

In prepa­ra­tion for the upcom­ing North Amer­i­can Lead­ers Sum­mit which (was) held in Toluca, Mex­ico on Feb­ru­ary 19, U.S. Sec­re­tary of State John Kerry … held a meet­ing with his Cana­dian and Mex­i­can coun­ter­parts. Over the last num­ber of years, not as much atten­tion has been given to the tri­lat­eral rela­tion­ship. Instead, the U.S. has essen­tially pur­sued a dual-bilateral approach with both Canada and Mex­ico on key issues includ­ing bor­der and con­ti­nen­tal perime­ter secu­rity, as well as reg­u­la­tory and energy coop­er­a­tion. On the heels of its 20th anniver­sary, there once again appears to be renewed inter­est in broad­en­ing and deep­en­ing the NAFTA part­ner­ship as part of the next phase of North Amer­i­can integration.

On Jan­u­ary 17, U.S. Sec­re­tary of State John Kerry hosted the North Amer­i­can Min­is­te­r­ial with Cana­dian For­eign Min­is­ter John Baird and Mex­i­can For­eign Sec­re­tary Jose Anto­nio Meade. The dis­cus­sions cen­tered around top­ics such as reg­u­la­tory, energy and trade rela­tions, along with bor­der infra­struc­ture and man­age­ment. The meet­ing was used to lay the ground­work for next month’s North Amer­i­can Lead­ers Sum­mit which will include the par­tic­i­pa­tion of U.S. Pres­i­dent Barack Obama, Cana­dian Prime Min­is­ter Stephen Harper and Mex­i­can Pres­i­dent Enrique Pena Nieto.

Dur­ing a press con­fer­ence, a reporter asked about reopen­ing NAFTA in order to update it. Sec­re­tary Kerry answered, “the TPP, is a very crit­i­cal com­po­nent of sort of mov­ing to the next tier, post-NAFTA. So I don’t think you have to open up NAFTA, per se, in order to achieve what we’re try­ing to achieve.” Min­is­ter Baird added, “we believe that NAFTA’s been an unqual­i­fied suc­cess, the Trans-Pacific Part­ner­ship (TPP) trade nego­ti­a­tions, which all three of us are in, offer us the oppor­tu­nity to strengthen the tri­lat­eral part­ner­ship.” Sec­re­tary Meade also chimed in, “We do not think it is nec­es­sary to reopen NAFTA, but we think we have to build on it to con­struct and revi­tal­ize the idea of a dynamic North America.”

In Decem­ber 2013, the Miami Her­ald reported that the Obama admin­is­tra­tion, “is explor­ing a regional trade plan for the Amer­i­cas that would be the most ambi­tious hemi­spheric ini­tia­tive in years.” It went on to say that Sec­re­tary of State John Kerry, “would like to first seek an agree­ment to deepen the exist­ing North Amer­i­can Free Trade Agree­ment (NAFTA) with Mex­ico and Canada, and to expand it after­ward to the rest of Latin Amer­ica.” Accord­ing to some of Kerry’s top aides, “the plan to relaunch NAFTA could come as early as Feb­ru­ary, when Pres­i­dent Barack Obama is sched­uled to meet with his Mex­i­can and Cana­dian coun­ter­parts at a North Amer­i­can Lead­ers’ Sum­mit in Mex­ico.” The recent arti­cle, U.S. lays out goals for NAFTA cau­tioned that, “the shared goal of a NAFTA 2.0 that wins fresh, sus­tain­able gains for Canada, Mex­ico and the U.S., the Amer­i­cans warn, is unlikely to come in a sin­gle, dra­matic and eas­ily digestible sound byte.” It fur­ther noted that, “Instead, the Amer­i­cans are urg­ing a more real­is­tic approach aimed at reviv­ing tri­lat­eral momen­tum, with a dogged diplo­matic effort that aggres­sively fine-tunes, stream­lines and expands the trade pact.”

Last year, busi­ness lead­ers from across North Amer­ica released a set of pol­icy rec­om­men­da­tions designed to increase con­ti­nen­tal eco­nomic inte­gra­tion and com­pet­i­tive­ness. In a let­ter issued to Pres­i­dent Barack Obama, Prime Min­is­ter Stephen Harper and Pres­i­dent Enrique Pena Nieto, the Busi­ness Round­table, the Cana­dian Coun­cil of Chief Exec­u­tives and the Con­sejo Mex­i­cano de Hom­bres de Nego­cios called for greater tri­lat­eral gov­ern­ment action in the areas of intel­li­gent bor­der sys­tems, reg­u­la­tory stan­dards and prac­tices, as well as North Amer­i­can energy secu­rity and sus­tain­abil­ity. The busi­ness orga­ni­za­tions explained that, “More can and should be done to pro­mote reg­u­la­tory coop­er­a­tion between our three coun­tries, to facil­i­tate the legit­i­mate move­ment of peo­ple, goods and ser­vices.” They empha­sized that the time to act was now and that their spe­cific pro­pos­als would, “help deepen our eco­nomic ties, strengthen the inter­na­tional com­pet­i­tive­ness of Cana­dian, Mex­i­can, and U.S. com­pa­nies and their work­ers, and real­ize North Amer­i­can energy self-reliance.” Their goal is to cre­ate a seam­less North Amer­i­can market.

At the third annual North Amer­i­can Com­pet­i­tive­ness and Inno­va­tion Con­fer­ence in Octo­ber 2013, gov­ern­ment offi­cials, trade experts and lead­ers rep­re­sent­ing the pri­vate and aca­d­e­mic sec­tors from all three coun­tries gath­ered to dis­cuss strate­gies aimed at boost­ing NAFTA ties. Among the atten­dees were U.S. Sec­re­tary of Com­merce Penny Pritzker, Cana­dian Min­is­ter of Inter­na­tional Trade Edward Fast, and Mex­i­can Sec­re­tary of Econ­omy Ilde­fonso Gua­jardo. In a joint state­ment, they agreed to strengthen their trade and eco­nomic rela­tion­ship. The min­is­ters, “com­mit­ted to craft­ing a roadmap that both pro­motes pros­per­ity across the NAFTA region for the next 20 years and main­tains our posi­tion as the most com­pet­i­tive region in the world.” They also pledged to enhance, “reg­u­la­tory coop­er­a­tion, and coor­di­nated efforts to facil­i­tate increased trade through many ini­tia­tives, includ­ing the ongo­ing Trans-Pacific Part­ner­ship (TPP) nego­ti­a­tions.” With NAFTA as the foun­da­tion, the U.S., Canada and Mex­ico are work­ing towards tak­ing their tri­lat­eral part­ner­ship to the next level.

In the report North Amer­i­can Com­pet­i­tive­ness: The San Diego Agenda, Laura Daw­son, Christo­pher Sands, and Dun­can Wood exam­ine the evo­lu­tion of the NAFTA and pro­vide a blue­print for deep­en­ing tri­lat­eral inte­gra­tion. This includes a host of rec­om­men­da­tions deal­ing with har­mo­nized regional trade pol­icy, reg­u­la­tory align­ment, bor­der and infra­struc­ture, as well as human cap­i­tal and energy. As far as a reg­u­la­tory strat­egy goes, the paper called for the U.S.-Canada Reg­u­la­tory Coop­er­a­tion Coun­cil and the U.S.-Mexico High-Level Reg­u­la­tory Coop­er­a­tion Coun­cil to be coor­di­nated within a tri­lat­eral frame­work. In the area of bor­der secu­rity and effi­ciency, it also rec­om­mended that Mex­ico be included in the U.S.-Canada Beyond the Bor­der initiative.

The report stated that, “North America’s future demands deeper inte­gra­tion of our economies and stream­lined cross-border processes. Essen­tial ele­ments in ensur­ing long-term com­pet­i­tive­ness include infra­struc­ture spend­ing, energy coop­er­a­tion, invest­ing in human cap­i­tal for­ma­tion, increas­ing labor mobil­ity and labor mar­ket flex­i­bil­ity, reg­u­la­tory coop­er­a­tion and more effi­cient bor­der management.”

When it comes to fur­ther advanc­ing North Amer­i­can inte­gra­tion, the exten­sive pol­icy paper rein­forced the mes­sage that, “Tri­lat­er­al­ism is about the long game. Bilat­er­al­ism may move faster but can­not move as far.” It also stressed now that, “NAFTA has been insti­tu­tion­al­ized, it is sus­tained by working-level incre­men­tal­ism, and its ben­e­fits are erod­ing. It is time for a new leap of faith.”

With respects to a shared North Amer­i­can Vision, Laura Daw­son described how, “A win­dow of oppor­tu­nity for impor­tant pol­icy change is rare and actions involv­ing mul­ti­ple gov­ern­ments, inter­ests and stake­hold­ers are dif­fi­cult. I am con­vinced that it is time for action and that it will be a long while before there is a sim­i­lar con­ver­gence of oppor­tu­nity and inter­est.” The report that Daw­son helped put together con­cluded that, “the biggest imped­i­ment to progress is a lack of polit­i­cal lead­er­ship.” That is why many who are push­ing this agenda are hop­ing that the upcom­ing North Amer­i­can Lead­ers Sum­mit will help revive the NAFTA spirit and be used as launch­ing pad for greater tri­lat­eral collaboration.

After 20 years of NAFTA, there is a grow­ing sense from pro­po­nents of the deal that the time is right to take new steps towards North Amer­i­can eco­nomic inte­gra­tion. Beyond all those who view NAFTA as a suc­cess, there is a dark side and a legacy of bro­ken promises. When NAFTA was intro­duced, it rep­re­sented the archi­tec­ture for a new inter­na­tional sys­tem. It became the tem­plate for future trade agree­ments which have been used to pro­mote even greater cor­po­rate con­trol. The TPP nego­ti­a­tions which are cur­rently under­way would expand the failed NAFTA model to even more coun­tries. Fur­ther­more, with the U.S., Canada and Mex­ico all a part of the mas­sive trade talks, it also pro­vides an oppor­tu­nity to upgrade NAFTA with­out hav­ing to reopen it.

(end of North American Union article)

______________________________________________________

A Closer Look At Two of the Top Banking Families of the Concealed Clique:  The Rothschild Family and the Rockefeller Family

A Profile of the Rothschild Family Reflecting the Influences That Have Shaped Their Perspective and Behaviors

“The Rothschild legend has long ago outrun the facts.  This is the Rothschilds’ own fault.  They are even more reticent and aloof than other merchant bankers when family matters are concerned.  They developed the technique of absolute discretion to perfection.  Their family labyrinths are complex…..Significantly, no Rothschild-approved history of the family has yet appeared.  A whole library of books exists about the Rothschilds.  All were written without their blessing, often against their wishes, mostly without their co-operation, and sometimes they have protested in court against them.”

On rare occasion, the human spirit is sufficiently antagonized and, consequently, energized by grinding adversity that triggers a deep personal resolve to reverse the injustice. The origins of the Rothschild family appear to be the perfect case of this phenomenon.  Frederic Morton, in his The Rothschilds—A Family Portrait (1961), tells it best:

“The patriarch was a tall, gentle person with a scholar’s hunch to his narrow shoulders.  In his smile there hovered a not very businesslike twinkle.  A strange dream must have stirred inside the man; something prompted him to consistently peculiar choices.  The most peculiar of all resulted, on spring day of 1764, in his return to his native Frankfurt on the Main (the Main River).  (Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s) ancestors had long been small merchants in the town ghetto.  But his best prospects lay elsewhere.  As the brightest in a brood of children, he had been sent to a Yeshiva (an Orthodox Jewish seminary) near Nurnberg (Nuremberg, Germany) to become the family pride—a rabbi.  He studied well, but briefly.  Both his parents died, and with them the source of tuition.  Luckily, some relatives secured for young Mayer an apprenticeship in the banking house of Oppenheimer at Hannover.  Another lad in his position would have clung to just that city.  Germany was still a patchwork of principalities, each with laws unto itself.  In contrast to Frankfurt, Hannover tolerated Jews—tolerably.  Mayer did well.  His path was clear: to stay at Oppenheimer’s; to advance; to become chief clerk; and, with God’s help, possibly even to die a partner.  Instead, Mayer went home.  He did the wrong thing and became immortal.  Yet when he re-entered Frankfurt that spring day, not a shred of grandeur greeted him, only petty humiliation.  Crossing the River Main, he had to pay a Jew toll.  From afar he could see, and smell, the quarter where he had been born twenty years earlier.  The ghetto brimmed along a single dark alley, just twelve feet broad.  It stretched, one observer later said, ‘between the city wall and a trench.’”

Frederic Morton continued:

“On his way Mayer could not escape the street urchins whose favorite amusement was to shout, ‘Jew, do your duty!’—whereupon the Jew had to step aside, take off his hat, and bow.  Having thus entertained the local children, Mayer reached the heavy chains with which soldiers manacled the Judengasse (Jew’s Street) every night.  Inside, the ghetto was not very encouraging either.  Shops spilled heaps of secondhand clothes and soiled household goods into the alley; this welter reflected an ordinance that barred Frankfurt Jews from farming, from handicrafts, even from dealing in nobler goods such as weapons, silk or fresh fruit.  And the young Jewish girls Mayer encountered—they, too, were subject to the stern hand of the gentile.  Another city edict limited the Jews to five hundred families and to no more than twelve marriages a year.”

“Even when Mayer reached his own block and an old friend hailed him with ‘Heh, Rothschild!’ that very word could only be a reminder that he really had no family name at all.  It was a privilege of his race did not possess.  To invent some sort of identification, Jews often used the house signs which predated numbered addresses.  Mayer’s ancestors had once lived in a house with a red shield (Rothschild) at the more prosperous end of Jew Street.  The name still stuck, though the family had declined to a danker, humbler place behind the Sign of the Saucepan.  It was at the Saucepan (the house he rented) that Mayer finally turned in.  He walked through a gloomy and littered court to the back-yard quarters where his brothers Moses and Kalmann ran a secondhand shop.  It was here that he reached the end of his journey and the beginning of an epic.”

Niall Ferguson’s The House of Rothschild:  Money Prophets, 1798-1848 (1998), contains two insights of 18th century eyewitnesses who described Jew’s Street in Frankfurt in their time:

1.  Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, 1749-1832, poet, novelist, playwright, and a Frankfurt resident of a Lutheran family, who, therefore, did not live in the Judengasse ghetto , wrote,

“The lack of space, the dirt, the throng of people, the disagreeable accents of the voice—altogether, it made the most unpleasant impression, even upon the passer-by who merely looked through the gate.  It was a long time before I dared to go in there alone, and I did not return there readily when once I escaped from that multitude of people, all of them with something to hawk, all indefatigably buying or selling.”

2.  Ludwig Borne, 1786-1837, journalist, political philosopher, and a Frankfurt resident, who lived in the Judengasse ghetto, remembered, in anger rather than nostalgia,

“…a long dark prison, into which the highly celebrated light of the 18th century has not yet been able to penetrate. Stretching ahead of us lay in immeasurably long street, near us just enough room to reassure us that we could turn around as soon as the wish overcame us. Over us is no longer sky, which the sun needs in order to expand in his breadth; one doesn’t see sky, one sees only sunlight. An evil smell rises everywhere around us, and the cloth that is supposed to shield us from infection serves also to catch the tears of compassion or to hide the smile of malice from the gaze of the watching Jews. We set our feet down skittishly and carefully so that we don’t step on any children. These swim about in the gutter, creep about in the filth innumerable as vermin hatched by the sun from the dung heap. Who would not indulge these little boys in their small desires?  If one were to consider play in childhood as the model for the reality of life, then the cradle of these children must be the grave of every encouragement, every exuberance, every friendship, every joy in life. Are you afraid that these towering houses will collapse over us? Oh fear nothing! They are thoroughly reinforced, the cages of clipped birds, resting on the cornerstone of the eternal ill-will, well walled up by the industrious hands of greed, and mortared with the sweat of tortured slaves. Do not hesitate. They stand firm and will never fall.”

Niall Ferguson wrote,

“Having originally been designated a ghetto at a time when the Jewish population was little more than a hundred, the lane was horribly overcrowded:  by 1711 there were no fewer than 3,024 people living there.  Accommodating them all in such a small area required a high degree of architectural ingenuity: houses were just eight feet wide and had up to four stories, and behind each row an additional row was constructed…..In the 1780s it was estimated that average mortality among Jews was 58% percent higher than among Gentiles. A traveller in 1795 observed, how most of the people among the Frankfurt Jews, even those who are in the blooming years of their life, look like the walking dead.. Their deathly pale appearance sets them apart from all the other inhabitants in the most depressing way.”

It is important to try to internalize (to understand more deeply by putting yourself in the shoes of the other) the profound racism described above.  Here is a summary of restrictions required of Jews living and working in Frankfurt:

  • Paying a Jew toll for crossing a bridge.
  • Paying a Jew toll for overnight travel.
  • Paying double the amount of toll paid by a Gentile when entering the town.
  • Paying a poll (body) tax.
  • Confined in the ghetto every night, Sundays and during Christian festivals, with the ghetto gates locked with heavy chains during these curfew periods.
  • Forbidden to walk more that two abreast in the city of Frankfurt.
  • Barred from entering parks, inns, coffee houses, the promenades around the town’s picturesque walls, or come near the town’s ancient cathedral.
  • Could only enter the town hall by the back entrance.
  • Permitted to visit the town market, but only during set hours, and forbidden to touch the vegetables and fruit there.
  • Forbidden to engage in farming, handicrafts, or from dealing in goods such as weapons, silk or fresh fruit.
  • Clustered in a tiny section of Frankfurt ‘against the city wall and a trench.’
  • Required to step out of the way, remove your hat and bow, if a Gentile of any age commanded you, “Jew, do your duty”.
  • Jewish population control: no more that 500 families, 12 marriages a year, and the age of marriage fixed at 25.

In trying to understand how such incredible inhumanity can be visited upon disenfranchised groups, I could not help thinking of the stories  I had been told about the Penal Laws imposed by the same concealed power on my Irish grandparents, who came to America from Ireland in the early 1900s.  According to Edmund Burke,

“these Laws were a machine of wise and elaborate contrivance, as well fitted for the oppression, impoverishment, and degradation of a people, and the debasement in them of human nature itself, as ever proceeded from the perverted ingenuity of man.”

The Irish Penal Laws

  • Language:  A ban on speaking Gaelic, the Irish native tongue.
  • Religion: All Catholic parishes were left intact, but priests had to be registered.  All other clergy were forced to leave the country on pain of death.  No Catholic church could have a steeple or a bell.   When allowed, new Catholic churches were to be built from wood, not stone, and away from main roads.
  • Marriage:  Ban on intermarriage of Irish Catholics with Protestants.
  • Education: No Catholic could teach school or send their children abroad for education.
  • Social position: All government officials, lawyers, doctors were forced to swear an oath to the falsity of the Catholic religion.
  • Arms, property, franchise:  No Catholic could bear arms, or join the armed forces, or keep a horse worth more than 5 Pounds. If a Protestant saw a Catholic with a valuable horse, he could purchase it for 5 Pounds. Only if he can farm, could the eldest Catholic son inherit his father’s property. No Catholic could purchase land or hold a lease for more than 31 years. Ban on Irish Catholic inheriting Protestant land.  The vote was only allowed to people who would deny the Roman church and take Protestant communion. Later the laws directly disenfranchised all Catholics.
  • Trade and manufacture destroyed: Irish Congress was destroyed so that there would be no trade competition with England. Protestants suffered more than Catholics since the papist majority was hardly involved in commerce.
  • Exports forbidden: Exports to the West Indies were banned as was the export of cattle to England.
  • Wool trade ruined. A duty imposed on all Irish wool and on all manufactured woolen articles effectively ended the wool trade.
  • Smuggling. Wool was smuggled to France and wine, brandy and silk return to the country. All classes of people engaged in the smuggling trade.
  • Ruin of manufacturing:  Beer, malt, hats, cotton, silk, gunpowder, ironware manufacturing were destroyed by legislation.
  • Persecution of Presbyterians in Northern Ireland’s Ulster:  The Ulster settlement in Northern Ireland consisted of Scotts who had fled Scotland to escape religious persecution.  The Penal Laws disenfranchised and discriminated against them.

The result of the Penal Laws was to impoverish the vast majority of Ireland’s population, attempt to ruin its identity and future, and trigger a diaspora of approximately 80 million Irish emigrants (which included their descendants) to the United States, Canada, Australia, Argentina, New Zealand, Mexico, South Africa, Brazil, the Caribbean, and continental Europe, which is 17.7 times the current population of Ireland at 4.5 million.  In addition, 400,000 Irish Presbyterians left for America, taking their well-organized and industrious communities and their prosperous business class with them.  Their bitter feelings for the British led to their active involvement in the American Revolution far out of proportion to their actual numbers.

On reflection, the Irish folklore with which I am acquainted made me believe that this deeply dehumanizing behavior of the British was the root of Irish fatalism and a “gallows” humor that, I believe, is a key part of our ethnic perspective—–and no wonder.  I carry a bit of this perspective within me, in that, over time I have come to believe that the national character of the British aristocracy is stained by ruthless, contemptuous, and predatory behavior (exacerbated by its deeply psychotic Venetian roots) that they have unleashed on the world.  And I attribute this behavior to their exclusive educational system that bred and trained the young of their tiny privileged class to embrace the ideal of “Empire.”  Unfortunately, the Irish could not overthrow the British, but we Americans did just that.

Or did we?

In contrast, the treatment of the Frankfurt Jews and Jews in other European centers, in the 18th century, can be seen differently.  Yes, they were the victims of horrendous  oppression, disenfranchisement, segregation, and all forms of discrimination, but, to their enormous credit, they were, at the same time, recognized as indispensable by, (i) the royal families of Europe, (ii) their governments, (iii) the Gentile merchants, and (iv) the Gentile guilds of tradesmen throughout Europe.  This indispensability had to do with providing lending and investment services that were the vital lubricant enabling operations of all sizes to cover their cash shortfalls. These lending services had a variety of purposes, namely:

  • Maintaining Status:  Royal families who had overspent and were in need of large funds to shore up or advance their status.
  • Territorial Expansion and War: Royal families and the governments unable to increase taxes or borrow additional funds from normal channels, who needed funds to cover the expenses of territorial expansion, overseas colonial expansion, and war.
  • Currency Exchange and Factoring:  Buying and selling coin currency in circulation to facilitate payment of business invoices in local currency; directly buying and selling business invoices for a fee.
  • Organizing Syndicates of Large Investors:  For larger start-up enterprises and their expansions, such as railroads, canals, and manufacturing,  the bringing together of large investors into a group enabled large fundings to be organized.
  • Deposit Banking:  Taking in the coin currency of depositors, safeguarding the deposits, and lending to the community of individuals and businesses in much larger total amounts than the total amount of the deposits held in the bank (referred to as “fractional-reserve banking”), and working with other banks to settle the payments of its depositors to owed parties who are depositors at other banks.
  • Business Interruptions:  Merchants and guilds in need of funds to cover cash shortfalls due to destruction of property and material by fire, flood or storm.
  • Business Continuity: Funding needed that naturally results from the timing of receiving payment for services and the timing of having to pay for their costs of operation.

Niall Ferguson wrote:

“More than most German towns in the 18th century, Frankfurt was a businessman’s town. At the junction of several major trade routes linking the towns of South Germany to the Hanseatic ports of the North, and linking Germany as a whole to the economies of the Atlantic seaboard, the Baltic and the near East, its prosperity was bound up with the two annual fairs in the autumn and the spring which had been held in the town since the Middle Ages. And because of the enormous (variety) of coinage circulating in Europe up until the late 19th century, the town’s commerce necessarily went hand in hand with banking; in particular, money-changing and bill-brokering. In addition–and in some ways more importantly–Frankfurt acted as a financial center for the Princes, Arch Dukes and Electors who governed the numerous petty territories of the region. The revenues from their lands and subjects and the expenditures of their courts made these rulers the biggest customers of the pre-industrial German economy, even if most of them were considerably less well off than their counterparts in the English aristocracy. In particular, the fact that the majority generally spent more than they earned created lucrative, if sometimes risky, opportunities for German bankers.”

“Perhaps the most successful firm in this field prior to 1800 was that of Simon Moritz and Johann Philipp Bethmann, both Gentiles. Yet there is no question that, by the later 18th century, it was Jews who had come to be seen as the most enterprising operators when it came to money-changing and all kinds of lending. After more than a century of scholarly reflection on the subject, it is still hard to say quite why this was. Any advantage Jews enjoyed over Gentile financiers can have been only an indirect result of their system of education: Mayer Amschel Rothschild once recalled that in my youth I was a very active merchant, but I was disorganized, because I had been a student (of the Talmud) and learnt nothing (about business).  Probably membership of a tightly knit outsider group helped when it came to constructing credit networks. And perhaps there was a kind of business ethic derived from Judaism. But these points can be made with equal force about other religious minorities, as they were by Max Weber, who unconvincingly contrasted the Protestant ethic with the Jewish ethos of politically and speculatively oriented pariah capitalism.  The least unsatisfactory answer is that, at a time when most fields of economic activity were closed to them, Jews had little alternative but to concentrate on commerce and finance. At the same time, their Gentile rivals in those fields probably tended to exaggerate the extent of the Jewish threat to their business. The non-Jewish bankers of Frankfurt were complaining as early as 1685 that the Jews had torn the bills trade from their hands–a claim which led to a ban on Jews entering the stock exchange. Twelve years later the Council was trying, not for the last time, to prevent Jews from renting warehouses in the Fahrgasse the town’s main street.”

“By the mid–18th century Frankfort Jews were acting as agents for the Palatinate (a county territory administered by a hereditary ruler subject to a higher ruler), the Electorate of Mainz, the Grand Duchy of Hesse-Darmstadt, the Kingdom of Prussia, the imperial court in Vienna, as well as Hesse-Kassel and Saxe-Weimar.  (For example) Low Beer Isaak was court agent to the Prince of Nassau-Saarbrucken in 1755, while David Mayer Kupl challenged the dominance of the Kann family when he became imperial court agent at around the same time.  Such men formed a rich and privileged elite within the Judengasse.”munities, which denied them access to harbor and trading opportunities. In such situations, the trader, in the absence of maritime or international law, used to go well armed, and if necessary open the door to trade at the point of a gun. Where persuasion to trade is implemented by the actual use or the threat of violence, one might speak of booty capitalism. The term is appropriate: under conditions of forced transactions one can hardly speak of an exchange of commodities by peaceful bargaining. The exchange is, in fact, a polite facade for direct appropriation by violence. Slaves have been one of the most favored commodities appropriated in this fashion. It has been an old tradition of Occidental merchants to establish trading posts and stable places abroad. Thus, the Hanseatic League maintained trading posts on the Volga as well as on the Thames. Trading companies have engaged in overseas trade, and in due course acquired favorable sites, called factories.  Thus the British East India Company established its factories in India. From such a trading post, resident stewards expanded their operations, and in due course, acquired considerable territorial domains. Increased holdings brought in their train increased tensions and dangers, political, military and economic. Accordingly, a military establishment had to secure the colony. Westerners residing in the trading posts and becoming acquainted with the problems of the surrounding territories naturally discovered occasions and opportunities for further expansion by entering the politics of the particular region and exploiting them for their own advantage. In short, booty capitalist adventures have led to colonial capitalism.”

Colonial Capitalism:  “Colonial capitalism has typically established the plantation system, which thrives on an intensive cultivation of tropical and garden produce such as tea, cotton, tobacco, sugar, and in the age of the automobile, rubber. It is a further characteristic of the plantation that it utilizes slave or forced labor. The most significant areas of such plantation systems have been in the North African grain belt, in the Portuguese, French, Dutch, and British domains in India, and in the Southern states before the American Civil War.”

Further Insights:  “The entrepreneurs (participating in) early modern capitalism have struggled against all the odds of jurisdictional handicaps, the closure policies of guilds and politically privileged monopolists, and the mercantilist police state. Their slogan, laissez-faire, was directed against the feudal vestiges of guild policies, as well as against politically privileged monopolists. The autonomy of the pacified market appeared to them as the ideal field of operations, and the establishment of such a market as a fulfillment of freedom. The free market was thus the economic precondition and result of free enterprise; this market became world-wide and based in gold, and free migration of people knit together the system as a whole.”

“19th-century capitalism approximated the goal of an economic order knit together by markets. To be sure, vestiges of previous economic orders existed, especially in the rural economies of continental Europe, and a good many artisan establishments survived. But the dynamics of the economic order did not rest upon these vestiges; it was controlled by market-oriented free entrepreneurs. These agents enrolled a labor force in their expanding capitalist enterprises, which gradually came to permeate all branches of production and distribution. The right of the owner freely to dispose of interchangeable goods came to include such previously immobile items as land, and the initiative of the enterprise fed upon continuously expanding business opportunities.”

“Legally guaranteed monopolies in trade, handicraft, and industry were broken down. Legislation which confined itself to the formal rules of the game replaced municipal statutes and guild rules that restricted those who could play the game. Free mobility became a recognized right of the citizen. Everyone could leave his place of birth and move where he pleased; emigration and immigration were legally facilitated through the free handing out of passports and the relatively free admission of newcomers to all localities. All national currencies had fairly stable relations to gold, and international trade in capital and commodities flourished.”

“States minimized direct political intervention in the economic order. For the implied assumption that ran through the laissez-faire system was that the automatic steering of the whole process of expansion would work out in the interest of all economic agents. A harmony of interests between the individual profiting in the process of expansion and the public good was taken for granted by the advocates of the system. At the dawn of the system, it was possible for theoreticians like Adam Smith, “the fountainhead of the theory of economic liberalism, to think in terms of further increasing the relatively equal distribution of private property. This was the central meaning of equality of opportunity: that every man of initiative and talent could enter the competitive race on equal terms with his competitors. Since at the start of the race, men were assumed to be more or less equally endowed, the different degrees of their success could be ascribed to their personal merit and initiative.”

Where Did the Rothschild Family Fit In This Political/Economic Order?

Now we can determine where Mayer Rothschild’s family was positioned in the political/economic order as described above.  Of course, the family started as merchants of second-hand clothing and other used merchandise.  But, with the good fortune of Mayer’s familiarity with rare coins and his blossoming connection with Prince William at Hanau, the family was propelled into the very top rung of lending to royal families and governments and currency exchange and factoring, as well as buying and selling precious metals such as gold and silver in large quantities.  Accordingly, the family found itself in political capitalism, acknowledging that the family’s early life in Judengasse was one of oppression, segregation, disenfranchisement, and of all forms of discrimination.

But, what about Weber contrasting the Protestant ethic with the Jewish ethos of politically and speculatively oriented pariah capitalism to explain the connection of cultural influences in religions to the shaping of economic systems within Western civilization.  In his studies of religions, Weber began to form his theory around the absence of capitalist economies in the societies corresponding to religions found in China, India, and ancient Judaism.  And, correspondingly, as his theory matured, he focused on the Protestant religion as possibly having the strongest influence in shaping capitalist economies.  In his Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, he noted that the post-Reformation shift of Europe’s economic center away from Catholic countries such as France, Spain and Italy, and toward Protestant countries such as the Netherlands, England, Scotland and Germany.  He also noted that societies having more Protestants were those with a more highly developed capitalist economy.  Similarly, in societies with different religions, most successful businessmen were Protestant.

George Ritzer, in his Contemporary Sociological Theory and Its Classical Roots: The Basics (2009), notes that Weber argued that Roman Catholicism impeded the development of the capitalist economy in the West, as did other religions such as Confucianism and Buddhism elsewhere in the world.  He wrote,

“In particular,” he wrote, “the Protestant ethic (or more specifically, Calvinist ethic) motivated the believers to work hard, be successful in business and reinvest their profits in further development rather than frivolous pleasures…..the believers thus justified pursuit of profit with religion, as, instead of being fueled by morally suspect greed or ambition,  actions that were motivated by a highly moral and respected philosophy.”

Reinhard Bendix, in his Max Weber: An Intellectual Portrait (1977), wrote,

“Weber showed that certain types of Protestantism—notably Calvinism—were supportive of rational pursuit of economic gain and worldly activities dedicated to it, seeing them as endowed with moral and spiritual significance.”

Weber wrote:

‘…in a time in which the beyond meant everything, when the social position of the Christian depended upon his admission to the communion, the clergyman, through his ministry, Church discipline, and preaching, exercised an influence which we modern men are entirely unable to picture.  In such a time the religious forces which express themselves through such channels (were) the decisive influences in the formation of national character.’

In Austria, matters were roughly the same.  Count Buol-Schauenstein, the President of the Austrian Federal Diet (Austria’s highest legislative body) remarking about Jews as a race, wrote:

“This nation (the Jews), which never amalgamates with any other, but always hangs together to pursue its own ends, will soon overshadow Christian firms; and with their terribly rapid increase of population they will soon spread over the whole city (speaking about Vienna) so that a Jewish trading city will gradually arise beside our venerable cathedral.”

The fear of effective business competition appears to have been a primary cause of the discrimination faced by Mayer Amschel Rothschild, his family and the residents of Judengasse. In a perverse way, it seems that the institutionalized oppression orchestrated by Frankfurt’s Gentile banking and business firms galvanized the resolve of this patriarch of the Rothschild family.   Frederic Morton wrote:

“He had begun to develop, with more enthusiasm than profit, a new department in the secondhand store:  he traded in old coins.  The years in the Yeshiva still lived in him.  He was a rabbi manque (failed to have become the rabbi he might have been) and carried on his bent back old racial longings for poetry and lore.  The dinars and thalers (certain rare coins) he now bought up; the obscure mintages from Russia, from the Palatine (an official or feudal lord having local authority) and from Bavaria; those he could analyze, annotate, interpret, explain, describe, relate—but not sell.  Or so it seemed at first.  In Jew Street there was too great a need for current money to bother with the retired kind.  Nor were Christian burghers (merchants) more receptive to such trinkets.  It was necessary to go farther, into the manors and castles around Frankfurt.  Mayer ventured forth.  After all, he had the shadow of a connection; back in Hannover he had run errands for a General von Estorff, now attached to the court for Prince William at Hanau.  In the state and cultural region of Hesse, the site of a 16th century settlement, 25 kilometers east of Frankfurt, of Protestant refugees from France and the Netherlands who brought high class trade, their knowledge of jewelry and production of other luxury items, under the protection of Count Philipp Ludwig II.  Out of this tradition, goldsmiths are still educated in Hanau.”

Hanau is 15 miles to the east of Frankfurt am Main.

Mayer Amschel Rothschild Connects With Prince William Through General von Estorff

Frederic Morton wrote:

“And the General deigned to remember.  Mayer found that the General’s courtier friends showed a nice interest in his quaint coins and heirlooms.  They listened to his surprisingly learned numismatic (knowledge about coins, metals and paper currency) chatter.  They were amused by the ghetto music with which he celebrated his wares.  They fingered the catalogue written with such loving flourishes.  And then they bought!  They bought again from time to time.  Mayer, emboldened, sent his curlicue-embellished catalogues to princes and princelings all around.  One day he was ushered into the presence of (Prince) William himself.  His Highness, legend claims, had just won at chess and therefore regarded the world kindly.  Mayer sold him a handful of his rarest medals and coins.  It was the first transaction of a Rothschild with a chief of state.”

“(Mayer Rothschild) returned to Jew Street, triumphant but not rich.  He had thoughts about marriage, but the upkeep of his family could not depend on random euphoria in high places.  So Mayer instituted in the House of the Saucepan a Wechselstube—a rudimentary bank where the multifarious (many and of various types of) currency of the Germanies (the various German principalities) could be exchanged.  The fairs held in Frankfurt brought all sorts of ducats, florins, carolins and what-nots into town.  From this diversity Mayer now steadily profited.  Mayer bought out some needy coin collectors.  With his newly bolstered line he attracted the Duke Karl August and other spectacular customers paying drab prices.”

“How he hovered over his catalogues.  How carefully he had them printed now, in complicated Gothic letters!  How he kept revising their elaborate title pages, how he worked on their phrasing which, even for those days, seemed a bit odd and archaic….And, indeed, Mayer really began to write.  They were letters of practical import, petitions to various local princes.  Yet their convoluted charm and their painstaking love of formalities sometimes lapsing into ghetto idiom (unique expressions and phrases that come from a particular region)—all that seemed typical Mayer.”

Mayer Amschel Rothschild Gains Recognition As Agent To Prince William—A Step Away From Being a “Court Lender”

Then, the first tiny breakthrough occurred after writing the following letter to Prince William of Hanau:

“It has been my particular high and good fortune to serve your lofty princely Serenity at various times and to your most gracious satisfaction.  I stand ready to exert all my energies and my entire fortune to serve your lofty princely Serenity whenever in future it shall please you to command me.  An especially powerful incentive to this end would be given me if your lofty princely Serenity were to distinguish me with an appointment as one of your Highness’ Court Factors.  I am making bold to beg for this with the more confidence in the assurance that by so doing I am not giving any trouble; while for my part such a distinction would lift up my commercial standing and be of help to me in so many other ways that I feel certain thereby to make my way and fortune here in the city of Frankfurt.”

Frederic Morton continues:

“And sure enough, on day, on September 21, 1769, passers-by in the poor end of Jew Street had something new to look at.  A stooped young man with a black beard was nailing a sign onto the Saucepan house.  It bore the arms of Hesse-Hanau, and underneath proclaimed in gilt characters (author’s font choice):

M.A. Rothschild,
by Appointment
Court Factor to His Serene Highness,
Prince William of Hanau

“Now, a factorship (a business agent relationship or business agency) was a commonplace honor.  The appointment only confirmed publicly that the appointee had done business with the court.  It carried no obligations on the part of the prince, gave no magic fillip (no stimulus or boost) to Mayer’s career.  Yet it created a certain excitement in the neighborhood.  The Saucepan landlord was impressed and agreed to sell a quarter-share of the house to the three (Rothschild brothers)—something Mayer long wanted.  (On the courting front) Gutele Schnapper’s father, hitherto reluctant, let her become the new dignitary’s wife.  The (arrangement with the Prince) also exempted its owner from a few of the disadvantages from which Jews suffered; a kind of passport, it made traveling a little easier.”

“But Mayer Rothschild, through a kind of relentless determination, did find a way through this thick, racist oppression.  One wonders whether he came back to Frankfurt because of its proximity to Hanau, a royal seat of power.  No one seems to know.  In any case, he began to concentrate on the one thing that would give him access to Prince William, namely, developing an expertise in trading (buying and selling) rare coins, then, later, offering a place to exchange various coin money of the German principalities that was in circulation.  Then, he achieved a formal, publicly recognized working relationship with a head of state, Prince William.  And, in his dealings with Prince William’s Court, Mayer learned the protocol (the official procedure or system of rules governing affairs of state of diplomatic occasions) of the Court and especially how to flatter bureaucrats and the aristocracy they serve in a unique manner that disarmed their racist mind-set.”

Frederic Morton continued:

“No trumpets announced the Rothschild accession to world power.  At the end of the 1780s, Mayer Rothschild meant little or nothing to Prince William in his high castle at Wilhelmshohe.  Mayer’s name remained entirely inconspicuous in the Frankfurt ghetto itself.  The premise of the family’s conquest lay in the very unobtrusiveness of their crouch and the silence of their leap.  Their aim was so high; compared with it, their position so low; their first foothold so precarious, their resources so feeble; any alerted rival could have destroyed them with a single stroke.  Yet the three (crucially important) devices by which Mayer’s house was to overwhelm a continent were already doing their work in miniature:

  • The Rothschild clientele consisted, to a calculated degree, not of other bourgeoisie (the middle class of the merchant/business kind), but of some of the noblest personages in Germany—and never mind if their high positions exacted low profits.
  • Rothschild courted the Landgrave (another title of Prince William) with low prices (thus faithfully imitating William’s own tactics with the imperial palace in Vienna).  This earned Mayer the increasingly crucial cooperation of Buderus (Carl Buderus) who, as the prince’s financial lieutenant, exerted influence over the greatest money hoard in Europe.
  • Mayer had sons.  This was, and is, the simplest, most important power instrument of all:  to have sons.  In essence the dream poem in Mayer’s soul was dynastic.  All the connection-making, the storytelling and charming, the bit-by-bit selling he did at local courts was dynastic investment.  Had he not been a father, it would have been vain gesticulation; he would have died unknown, a species of feckless Semitic troubadour.  All his travail turned out to be the perfect seed for his children to grow and pluck; and all their tireless harvesting toil would be but new sowing for their children and their children’s children.”

About the sons, Morton wrote:

“First came Amschel, future treasurer of the German Confederation.  Then Salomon, who in the end achieved exactly the exalted station in imperial Vienna that remained Landgrave William’s perpetual daydream.  Then Nathan, who rose to more power than any other man in England.  Then Kalmann, who would the Italian peninsula around his hand.  Then Jacob, who was to lord it in France during Republic and Empire.  In the beginning, of course, those five, together with their five sisters, were just an eager litter of ghetto apprentices, taking the load off Mayer’s stooped shoulders.  They ran errands, manned counters, added figures.  Success itched in their bones.  Yet their gentler father was needed to release it.  A precedent established itself to pattern the future:  in the House of Rothschild, brilliance may be individual but accomplishment is joint.  Brothers and cousins complement each other, and so do generations.  The harsh, tremendous new energies in the House of the Green Shield might have foundered if not for Mayer Amschel.  He softened them.  He supplied graciousness, the one thing the brothers would always lack.  He put forward a pleasant face at a time when the skill of pleasing was still more useful than the ability to negotiate.  In other self-made success stories the more polished sons build from the spadework done by the father.  Here the father put the subtle touches on the sledgehammer schemes of his boys.”

“When Mayer finished training his five sons in how to navigate effectively at this highest level of royal government and the highest level of the aristocracy, the Rothschild family’s power could not be surpassed anywhere in the world.  All that was missing was the opportunity to build the first level of Rothschild wealth from which to make Rothschild loans to the various, cash-deprived royal governments that could not tax their subjects any further and had already exhausted most all sources from whom they could borrow money.”

Morton wrote:

“Soon the Green Shield team fanned out in all directions.  In every stagecoach a young, round-faced Rothschild sat, portfolio wedged under one arm, eyes avid but impenetrable.  And Mayer himself followed, soothing where there had been too much sharpness, conciliating and smiling as consummately as his sons had argued and promoted……Napoleon was inventing imperial France, Corsican thunder rolled down the shores of Europe.  But in Frankfurt another brand-new power reached beyond national borders.  It marched on tip-toe, and not with hobnailed boots.  Mayer Rothschild executed in total secrecy his first important loan operation involving a foreign state.  Someone once said that the wealth of Rothschild consists of the bankruptcy of nations.  There is more to it than that, of course.  But certainly the family’s initial international coup took place in 1804, when the entire treasury of Denmark consisted of a deficit.  Mayer, kept (informed) by his silent agent, Buderus, knew the fact well.  He knew furthermore that Landgrace William suffered from an almost unbearable surplus (huge profits), much coming from renting his Hessian army units as mercenaries.”

“Mayer Rothschild had already solidified his relationship with Buderus, the Prince’s senior financial advisor, by offering Buderus a silent partnership to participate in Rothschild profits in transactions with the Prince’s court.  This form of bribery led to the kind of inside information that shaped what happen next.”

Morton wrote:

“Highness (the Prince), therefore, was beyond doubt willing to help out Denmark—particularly since a kingdom makes pretty good collateral.  Only, the Danish monarch was Highness’ uncle.  It’s always bad business to show poor relations how rich you are:  loans within the family can easily degenerate into gifts.  The one thing to do was to make the loan incognito.  Not through Bethmann Brothers, of course, or through Rueppell & Harnier, or any of the other big banks identified with his Highness.  Why not use an obscure but efficient outfit; an outfit which would turn the trick for a smaller commission, yet with guaranteed anonymity; an outfit—well, let’s see now…..an outfit, say, like Rothschild’s?”

“Mayer just dropped his intricately wrought hint to Buderus.  Buderus redropped it into Highness’ ear.  Highness smiled.  From Frankfurt to Copenhagen the stagecoaches began to swarm with Mayer’s boys.  Bethmann Brothers and Rueppell & Harnier, the big Frankfurt bankers, did not notice anything at first.  After a while, though, they could not help wondering…..Furthermore, quite some time had passed since the Landgrave had last asked them to arrange foreign loans.  Inquiries directed to his Highness’ treasurer, the Honorable Herr Buderus, receive polite impassive answers.  Questions put to Copenhagen met with a most curious statement:  all Danish loans, replied the finance minister, had been handled by people acting for some nameless but terribly nice millionaire.”

What people?, exclaimed Bethmann Brothers.

“….schild something.  These people moved so fast it was hard to catch their names.”

“….schild?  Rothschild?  Rothschild!”  Bethmann Brothers were in an uproar of investigation.  And the cat was out of the bag.  Those ghetto hawkers!  Daring to undercut the most powerful and long-established bankers in Germany!  Furious appeals went out from Bethmann and Rueppell & Harnier to the Danish government, to the Landgrave, even to Buderus…..broadside after broadside crashed against the Jew Street schemers, who were still, after all, chained in at night (remember the gates at each end of Judengasse were locked nightly by the Frankfurt police under the restrictions).  In the end, the shouting did no more than make the shouters hoarse.  That family was simply too useful to his Highness.  Buderus said so, and the prince knew it for the truth.  Their energy, their funny accents, their ubiquity had become indispensable.  The last quality was decisive.  They were everywhere.  One father and five sons had become a preternatural force that devoured distance, precedents, limits and frontiers.” (the very beginning of the later “debt-dependency” phenomenon for his Highness).

Prince William’s Kingdom Was the  Wealthiest in Europe Due To Deadly Ingenuity

Prince William’s father, Landgrave Ferderick II, hit upon a novel way to build a cash machine.  He rented his army out to any royal government that needed an additional contingent of trained troops.

Federic Morton continues:

“(Prince William) was the first great royal burgher (merchant).  Like his father, William trafficked in valor.  But the son squeezed out of this commodity a good deal more than had papa.  William conscripted (instituted a draft rather than just accept army volunteers) his male subjects and processed them for the auction block.  He refined and perfected his troops; he shined and sharpened them on the parade grounds; he made sure of the officers’ pigtails and the enlisted men’s muskets.  And when a batch was ripe and enticingly packaged, he sold the lot to England, which used ‘the Hessians’ to keep peace in the colonies.”

“William’s merchandising of the peacekeepers brought him enormous wealth.  Every time a Hessian was killed, the prince received extra compensation to soothe him for the victim’s trouble.  The casualties mounted, and therefore his cash.  This he loaned out, with shrewd lack of prejudice, to just the right people—candlestick makers with impeccable credit ratings or kings who paid interest in the form of favors.  Between the influx of royal dispensations and bourgeois thalers, he became the richest ruler in Europe.  Quite probably he amassed the greatest personal fortune between the Fuggers and—the Rothschilds.”

The Fugger family, consisting of international mercantile bankers and venture capitalists, replaced the famed Medici family who influenced all of Europe during the Renaissance (14th to the 17th century.

Mayer Rothschild Is Entrusted With More of the Prince’s Wealth and “Court Lenders” Did the Rothschilds Become

After rigorous financial training and apprenticeship, and using Frankfurt as the base, the Rothschild family opened branches in Naples, Vienna, Paris and London.  The Rothschild organization adhered initially to the traditional royal and aristocratic model of maintaining tight control through arranged marriages, including between first or second cousins, and later, through marrying into the aristocracy or financial dynasties.

G. Edward Griffin picks up the Rothschild family narrative:

“Throughout the first half of the nineteenth century, the brothers conducted important transactions on behalf of governments of England, France, Prussia, Austria, Belgium, Spain, Naples, Portugal, Brazil, various German states, and other small countries.  They were the personal bankers of many of the crowned heads of Europe.  They made large investments, through agents, in markets as distant as the United States, India, Cuba, Australia, and South Africa.”

Derek Wilson, in his Rothschild: The Wealth and Power of a Dynasty (1988), wrote:

“Those who lampooned or vilified the Rothschilds for their sinister influence had a considerable amount of justification for their anger and anxiety.  The banking community had always constituted a fifth estate whose members were able, by their control of royal purse strings, to affect important events.  But the House of Rothschild was immensely more powerful than any financial empire that had ever preceded it.  It commanded vast wealth.  It was international.  It was independent.  Royal governments were nervous of it because they could not control it.  Popular movements hated it because it was not answerable to the people.  Constitutionalists resented it because its influence was exercised behind the scenes—secretly.”

G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“Secrecy, of course, is essential for the success of a cabal, and the Rothschilds perfected the art.  By remaining behind the scenes, they were able to avoid the brunt of public anger which was directed, instead, at the political figures which they largely controlled.  This is a technique which has been practiced by financial manipulators ever since, and it is fully utilized by those who operate the Federal Reserve System today.”

Derek Wilson wrote:

“Clandestinity (tight security) was and remained a feature of Rothschild political activity.  Seldom were they to be seen engaging in open public debate on important issues.  Never did they seek government office.  Even when, in later years, some of them entered parliament, they did not feature prominently in the assembly chambers of London, Paris or Berlin.  Yet all the while they were helping shape the major events of the day: by granting or withholding funds; by providing statesmen with an official diplomatic service; by influencing appointments to high office; and by an almost daily intercourse with the great decision makers.”

Extraordinary Profit-Taking From Large-Scale Smuggling Operations

A great deal of the Rothschild wealth had been accumulated before its expansion to England.  The intricate family connections through Europe had accumulated to such an extent that they were unparalleled by other such networks, either by governments or by financial combinations. The network grew up around the long-established and extensive smuggling operations of the Rothschilds that were the result of privileges granted by many governments that received Rothschild’s extraordinary banking services revolving around trading in gold and silver in bulk, lending in large scale mining and railroad ventures, and government bonds.  Rothschild couriers, shippers and agents moved black market items such as cotton goods, yarn, tobacco, coffee, sugar and indigo that provided profits far in excess of the interest earned by Rothschild government lending operations.

When Nathan Mayer Rothschild opened N.M. Rothschild & Sons in London in 1811, the 1803-1815 Napoleonic Wars between England (and its allies) and France was reaching its climax.  He picked the optimal time to offer his firm’s unique banking and smuggling services to the British government.

G. Edward Griffin continues:

“One of the most fascinating and revealing episodes to be recorded by Rothschild biographers concerns the smuggling of a large shipment of gold to finance (England’s) Duke of Wellington who was attempting to feed and equip an army in Portugal and in the Pyrenees mountains between Spain and France.  It was not at all certain that Wellington would be able to defeat Napoleon in the coming battle, and the Duke was hard pressed to convince bankers and merchants in Portugal and Spain to accept his written promises-to-pay (the Bank of England’s unbacked paper money), even though they were officially guaranteed by the British government.  These notes (the unbacked paper money) were deeply discounted (the bankers and merchants in Portugal and Spain would not accept the face value of the unbacked paper money that was written on the paper, but, instead, discounted the paper money at a much lesser value in purchase transactions and Wellington was desperate for gold coin which the bankers and merchants would accept at the face value inscribed on the coins).”

According to Frederic Morton, Nathan Rothschild was quoted as saying at a dinner party several years after the successful gold delivery to the Duke of Wellington:

“The East India Company had 800,000 Pounds worth of gold to sell.  I went to the sale and bought it all.  I knew the Duke of Wellington must have it.  The government sent for me and said they must have the gold.  I sold the gold to them, but they didn’t know how to get it to the Duke in Portugal.  I undertook all that and sent it through France (using Rothschild’s established smuggling network) .  It was the best business I have ever done.”

That Rothschild transaction was highly profitable, as Nathan Rothschild mentioned, but the next Rothschild transaction, which is still, today, murky in its detail, lay outside the realm of regular expectations, because nothing in the past could convincingly point to its possibility, and second, it carried an extreme impact.  Because the event has been interpreted in different ways by historians and other sources, we will let you decide which explanation, if any, makes the most sense to you:

Frederic Morton wrote:

“To the Rothschilds, (England’s) chief financial agents, Waterloo (the June 18, 1815 final battle of the Napoleanic Wars, commanded by Napoleon Bonaparte for the French, and commanded by the Duke of Wellington for the English) brought a many million Pound scoop.  (Upon hearing of the Duke’s victory over Napoleon Bonaparte’s forces) a Rothschild agent jumped into a boat (to cross the English Channel to England to give Nathan Rothschild the news).  On June 20, 1815, Nathan made his way to London, beating Wellington’s envoy by many hours) to tell the (British) government that Napoleon had been crushed; but his news was not believed because the government had just heard of the (British) defeat at Quatre Bras (a smaller battle on the 16th of June, 1815).  Then he proceeded to the Stock Exchange.  Another man in his position would have sunk his work into (buying English government bonds, already depressed by the bad news about the defeat at Quatre Bras, knowing the bonds would jump in value once the victory at Waterloo was announced).  But this was not Nathan Rothschild.  He leaned against his pillar (where the Rothschild firm positioned itself in the Stock Exchange).  He did not invest.  He sold.  He dumped (English government bonds) and (their) value dropped more.  “Rothschild knows,” the whisper rippled through the Exchange.  “Waterloo is lost.”  Nathan kept on selling….the (government bonds) plummeted—until, a split second before it was too late, Nathan suddenly bought a giant parcel for a song.  Moments afterward the great news broke, to send (government bonds) soaring.  We cannot guess the number of hopes and savings wiped out by this engineered panic.”

Commentary:  From this point forward, watch for the “engineered financial panic” to become a standard part of the Rothschild playbook, particularly in America, where they engineered the financial panics of 1837, 1857, 1873, 1882-85, 1893 and 1907, leading to America’s Great Depression.

Victor Rothschild’s The Shadow of a Great Man (1984) and Niall Ferguson’s The World’s Banker: The History of the House of Rothschild (1998) had this interpretation (first, Victor Rothschild):

“This legend originated in an anti-Semitic French pamphlet in 1846, was embellished by John Reeves in 1887 in The Rothschilds: The Financial Rulers of Nations and then repeated in other later popular accounts, such as that of Morton.  Many of the alleged facts stated are incorrect.  For example, it has been shown that the size of the market in government bonds at the time would not have enabled a scenario producing a profit of anything near 1 million Pounds.  Historian Niall Ferguson states that the Rothschild’s couriers did get to London first and alerted the (Rothschild) family to Napoleon’s defeat; however, since the family had been banking on a protracted military campaign, the losses arising from the disruption to their business more than offset any short-term gains in bonds after Waterloo.  Rothschild capital did soar, but over a much longer period:  Nathan’s breakthrough had been prior to Waterloo, when he negotiated a deal to supply cash (gold coin) to Wellington’s army.  The family made huge profits over a number of years from this governmental financing by adapting a high-risk strategy involving exchange-rate transactions, bond-price speculations, and commissions.”

Then, Niall Ferguson:

“The basis for the Rothschild’s most famously profitable move was made after the news of British victory had been made public.  Nathan Rothschild calculated that the future reduction in government borrowing brought about by the peace would create a bounce in British government bonds after a two-year stabilization, which would finalise the post-war restructuring of the domestic economy.  In what had been described as one of the most audacious moves in financial history, Nathan immediately bought up the government bond market, for what at the time seemed an excessively high price, before waiting two years, then selling the bonds on the crest of a short bounce in the market in 1817 or a 40% gain.  Given the sheer power of leverage the Rothschild family had at its disposal, this profit was an enormous sum.”

Griffin’s account closely follows Morton’s with two additional comments:

“Nathan Rothschild’s engineered panic resulted in (acquiring) the dominant holding of England’s entire debt at but a tiny fraction of its worth.”

“The New York Times, in its April 1, 1915 edition, reported that Baron Nathan Mayer de Rothschild had attempted to secure a court order to suppress a book written by Ignatious Balla titled The Romance of the Rothschilds on the grounds that the Waterloo story about his grandfather was untrue and libelous.  The court ruled that the story was true, dismissed the suit, and ordered Rothschild to pay all court costs.”

In trying to trace that article, we came up with this, which we believe Griffin was speaking of.  Note that the date is different (by three years), and the judge didn’t rule that the story was true, instead, he summarily dismissed the application for an injunction:

The New York Times, November 27, 1912 edition has an article that reads:

Screen Shot 2015-10-10 at 5.13.58 PM

ROTHSCHILDS SUE TO SUPPRESS BOOK

Seek Injunction in England to Prevent Publication of a Romance of Their Family.

WATERLOO TALE IS REVIVED
____________________________

Story of How Nathan Used Advanced
News of Result Declared Libelous,
but Judge Refused Injunction.

___________________________

Special Cable to The New York Times.

LONDON, Nov 27.—Literary London is keenly interested in the efforts which are being made by the London house of Rothschilds to stop the publication of a book dealing with the history of the famous financial family.  The volume is entitled The Romance of the Rothschilds, and the publisher is Everleign Nash, who, it is understood, told his friends that he was determined to go on with the book despite the objections of the Rothschilds.  Arrangements have also been made by Nash for simultaneous publication of the romance in America by the Putnams.  The Rothschilds applied to Justice Bailhache, England’s newest member of the bench, in chambers, for an injunction against Nash.  As reports of such proceedings in camera are prohibited, no mention of the case has been made in any English papers for fear of incurring prosecutions for contempt of court.

Judge Bailhache’s hearing on the application for an injunction occupied twenty minutes, it is stated.  The counsel for the Rothschilds argued that the book contained libelous matter and instanced a story which he alleged it contained of how Nathan Rothschild, founder of the London branch of the firm, made a large amount of money after the Battle of Waterloo.  Nathan was in Paris when he received private word that Napoleon had been defeated on the Belgian battlefield.  He posted to London in hot haste and arrived at the Stock Exchange next morning, worn, weary and travel stained.

The London Stock Exchange was at the time alive with reports that Wellington had been worsted and stocks were tumbling.  Rothschild, who could have stopped the slump with a single word announcing Napoleon’s defeat, said nothing.  His woebegone appearance, due really to the fatigue of his hurried journey, was attributable to his depression over the financial losses he was supposed to have incurred, and some of his friends openly expressed their sympathy with him.

According to the story told in The Romance of the Rothchilds, Nathan not only allowed them to remain under that false impression, but encouraged it.  Meanwhile, his agents were quietly buying up all the (government bonds) they could obtain in preparation for the rise which followed the receipt of news that it was Wellington, not Napoleon, who had gained the day on the field of Waterloo.

As the counsel for the Rothschilds cited this story as ground for injunction, Justice Bailhache interposed the remark, It’s a long time since Waterloo.   Other arguments advanced by the Rothchilds counsel were equally without effect on the Judge, who summarily dismissed the application for an injunction.  Notice of appeal  was given by the Rothschild lawyers, and it is expected that unless the Rothchilds prefer to avoid the publicity of a trial in open court the matter will soon be heard from again.

Mr. Nash, when seen this afternoon, refused to speak of the matter as being a case which was in a sense sub judice (under judicial consideration and prohibited from public discussion).  In another form the story of Nathan Rothschild’s Waterloo coup appears in the Encyclopaedia Britannica.

The sensitiveness of the Rothschild family was recently shown by their action toward the play, The Five Frankfurters, on its production in Germany and later on its being brought out here.  The objections to its production here are reported to have taken the form of representations to the Lord Chamberlain’s office.  The censor, however, saw no reason for not licensing the play.  This was given at the Lyric Theatre with such great success on the opening night that the subsequent short run of the piece was a cause of much astonished comment.  Among the theories suggested to explain the mystery was that the withdrawal of the piece in apparently the full tide of success was not unconnected with financial inducements, which the house of Rothschild was well qualified to make.

The Culture of International Banking Reflected By Rothschild Folklore

Of the six biographies of the Rothschilds that we reviewed—by John Coleman, Count Corti, Niall Ferguson, Herbert Kaplan, Frederic Morton, and Derek Wilson, we found Frederic Morton’s 1961 work to be extraordinary.  He is not an historian, but rather a novelist who approached his task as if drawing a family portrait.  He wrote:

“My basic calling is that of a novelist; instinctively I dig for character, even in nonfiction.  There was much to dig for while interviewing and researching for this book.  Now and then I was lucky to strike a mother lode.  Perhaps that is one reason why this Rothschild biography, preceded by scores of others on the subject, was the first to become an international bestseller.  It led the list in the United States as well as in Britain, and did almost as well in South America and Israel…..Then in 1970, rehearsals began for the Broadway musical The Rothschilds….(followed by a 1990 revival).  In the new version, Off-Broadway  these Rothschild (characters) are much more mine than their (earlier) Broadway incarnation.  Yes, they overcome kings through their mastery of the market.  But it is through strength of principle that they keep their soul.  Off-Broadway the emphasis is on their truer triumph:  they show how a father, a mother and their children can, by their joint resolve, defeat the prejudice that confines them to a mean margin; and how their victory first redeems them, then works for the reclamation of others.  The family as instrument of cohesion.  The family as wellspring of power.  The family as organ of conscience.  Animating this trinity is a spirit that fascinated me throughout the writing of The Rothschilds.  Perhaps I longed for just such a spirit in the terrifying ghetto the Gestapo once made out of a grand staircase.  At any rate it is a spirit I hope to share with the readers of this new edition.”

Frederic Morton provides more Rothschild folklore: the Rothschild sons lack of “breeding” in the eyes of their aristocratic clientele:

“What (the father) could not bequeath to his sons was his personality.  They had no pliant dignity, no easy graciousness, no savoir-vivre (good manners) with which to beguile a prince or flirt in a salon.  Their fortune was the product of elemental vigor and precision-timed craft.  These had served them well during the urgencies of war.  But now older values resumed their accustomed place.  One didn’t smuggle at the Congress of Vienna.  One danced.  The Rothschild boys were not dancers; they would not do as bankers…..In France the situation seemed even worse….The old patrician bankers were back, calling the tune from their drawing rooms…..The new French government prepared a great loan of 350 million francs and entrusted it to Ouvrard, a distinguished French financial name, and to Baring Brothers, fashionable English bankers…..The loan, (without) Rothschild, became a great success.  In 1818 negotiations began for an additional issue of some 270 million francs.  Again Ouvrard and Baring were front runners; the Rothschilds, futile haunters of the finance ministry.  This loan, though, was to liquidate the French war indemnity.  Its ultimate disposition would take place at a conference with the victorious powers at Aix-la-Chapelle.  In terms of family history, the forgotten congress at Aix is a much more important landmark than the still notorious scoop of Waterloo.  Aix marked the first social confrontation between the great world and the newly great Rothschilds.”

“It began as a round of banquets and soirees a la Congress of Vienna, with the Rothschilds fascinated and frozen out like children before a Christmas window.  It climaxed with a furious thunderclap.  And when the roar subsided, the children were in possession of the store.  Nobody foresaw this development during the first week, possibly not even Salomon and Kalmann, who attended as family representatives…..the most expensive tailors had fitted them vests and cravats of the finest material.  Their coaches glittered.  They horses shone.  What if their grammar was a little primitive?  Yet it was all no use.  Whenever the brothers wanted to see Prince Metternich, he was just being feted by the Duke de Richelieu.  Lord and Lady Castlereagh could not be found, since they kept driving about with Prince Hardenberg.  The Rothschilds were left out of all these cordialities.  Baring and Ouvrard, their rivals, seemed included everywhere.  Only secretaries were available, and the secretaries smiled coolly:  Yes, negotiations with Baring and Ouvrard were proceeding toward a conclusion.  Why change partners in mid-waltz?  Hadn’t Baring and Ouvrard succeeded with the 1817 loan?  Weren’t the bonds of the 1817 loan rising on the Paris bourse that very moment?”

“The Rothschilds decided to try once more.  They completed their purchase (bribery) of Friedrich von Gentz, a brilliant publicist, friend to Metternich, and man-about-congress.  They took a big option (payoff) on David Parish, a stylish young banker sporting good connections with Baring.  They bought every buyable social grace in sight…..Everything was in order.  Nothing worked.  In the salons, one was amused by the puzzlement in Kalmann’s face, by the Levantine frowns of Salomon.  Unnoted in the general merriment went another circumstance:  the couriers who entered and left the brothers’ residence with growing frequency.”

Becoming Part of the Rothschild Playbook:  Another “Engineered Financial Panic”

Frederic Morton continued:

“Through October, 1818, Aix bowed, gamboled, promenaded and ignored those Rothschild clods.  On November 5th something strange happened.  The French government bonds, the famous loan of 1817, began to fall after a year’s steady rise.  Day after day they dropped more steeply.  And not only that—other securities wavered.  Tempests came down out of a blue sky.  A crash loomed, not just in Paris, but in bourses (stock markets) all over Europe.  The music stopped at Aix.  The noble gentlemen stood about dazed in the suddenly suspended splendor.  After all, one had made one’s little investments.  It was the princes who frowned now while, curiously, Kalmann and Salomon smiled.  A rumor shivered through the drawing rooms.  Could those Rothschilds have…….”

“Those Rothschilds had.  With their boundless reserves they had bought the rival issued bonds for weeks and weeks, bulling (buying in expectation of selling higher) the paper while secretly cornering it.  And then, in one relentless swoop, the boys had dumped the whole appalling load.  Across the entire Continent the underpinnings of finance groaned.  The great world knew now what it meant to cut a Rothschild.”

“(Prince) Metternich, the Duke de Richelieu, Prince Hardenberg did what must be done.  A stern interview ensued between them and Ouvrard and Baring, in whose (as yet unborn) new loan they had already reserved parcels on their own account.  One talked; one parted; the loan-to-be dissolved into nothing.  Then Salomon and Kalmann were bowed into the presence, and lo! their clothes were now the very eye of fashion, their money the darling of the best borrowers.”

“And as the music began again, and two princesses obediently took the arms of two stout, round-faced men, everyone knew that it had happened at last.  Europe had become richer by a great name.  The boys had become The Rothschilds.”

The boys had become The Rothschilds, and 1818 may very well have been the last time the Rothschild family could have been reined in.  That thunderclap demonstration by the Kalmann and Salomon should have been seen for what it was:  the use of a weapon that only they possessed, due to their unimaginable wealth.  At that moment, they were the tiny viral nucleus of today’s concealed power and, when they came out from behind their concealment to show their unrivaled power, they should have been investigated, and safeguards and severe penalties installed in all bourses to abolish those Rothschild practices, which were the source of their power.  But instead the European royalty was cowed.  It lost its moment and, thereby hastened its demise as the dominant power to a court lender.

There is a saying that the human mind has the capacity to process up to five or six concepts simultaneously.  But to process more concepts all at once, the human mind can only continue to function if the concepts are embedded in a story or parable.  This story by Frederic Morton (the novelist) about how things actually work in the world is just such an example.  Morton could simply have provided a list of lessons learned, but he wrapped all of them up in a compelling narrative that will be remembered and, hopefully, internalized (become a part of one’s permanent learning and kept as a tool for future applications).  An interesting sidenote: Frederic Morton, as a Austrian Jew by birth, knew the brutal and deeply disturbing anti-semitism of Austria and Germany and how incredibly hard it would have been for Mayer Rothschild to succeed in that grossly uneven social and economic environment.  Morton stated in his introduction:

“The Rothschilds entered my life long before I sat down to write their story.  At the age of fourteen I was introduced to this glistening subject under the most glowering circumstances.  The time:  July 1939.  The place: the Jewish Affairs Office of the Gestapo (the infamous secret police of Nazi Germany) in Vienna (see map above).  With the Anschluss (the takeover of Austria by Nazi Germany in 1938) the (Jewish Affairs) Office had taken over the great palace of Baron Louis de Rothschild on the Prinz Euger Strasse (street named after Prince Eugene of Savoy [1663-1736], one of the most successful military commanders in European history); and that’s where we stood in line—my father, my mother, my younger brother and I, applying for the passports we needed to be saved.  All day we inched and trembled our way up a grand staircase white as ermine.  SS men (a special Nazi security force that supported the Gestapo and that manned the concentration camps) shouted ‘Stand straight’ the moment any of us leaned on the exquisitely carved balustrade (the railing of the stairs).  They acted like guards in a museum whose splendor awed and enraged them at the same time.  In my own mind, horror could not keep out wonder: could human beings ever have lived amid such fairytale marble?”

“In the spring of 1960, I was ushered into the sternly paneled executive suite of Baron Guy de Rothschild, in the Paris headquarters of Rothschild Freres (Freres is “brothers” in French) at 21 rue Laffitte.  The Baron, head of the French (Rothschild) bank, seemed a bit aloof, distracted by a busy schedule.  Yet he was observant enough to detect what I was trying to disguise: my nervousness.  He asked for its reason.  I said that this was my second visit in a Rothschild house and that my agitation might relate, in part, to memories of the first.  Well, asked monsieur le baron, ‘what about that first time?’  I told him about the endless hours spent on his cousin’s staircase in Vienna.  Instantly the Baron warmed: ‘You stood in line all day?  As a child?  Didn’t you get hungry?’  I confessed that hunger had not been the predominant emotion.  Just the same, the Baron said it would seem that our family owes you some nourishment.  He picked up the telephone and arranged lunch for my wife and me at the great family estate of Ferrieres.  The meal led to other introductions within the clan.”

The Rothschild Family Perfected A Role That Transcended Banking

The confusion among the general public about the financing of governments lies again in the sometimes intentional misuse of language.  For example, the Rothschild family carried out a transition that is not well understood.  Their patriarch began in buying and selling rare coins and then a service to facilitate the exchange of various coin money of the German principalities that was in circulation.  Then, came the breakthrough:   finding avenues for Prince William of Hanau to invest his vast wealth.  The fees earned from this investment advice was the springboard that enabled the Rothschilds to begin lending their profits to different monarchies throughout Europe.  In this transition, the Rothschilds held no depositor funds, nor did they participate in commercial lending, nor provide other traditional banking services.  Instead, they were Court Lenders.  And then, in their famous service to the British monarchy before the Battle of Waterloo, they wrapped three services into one:  (i) they bought an enormous quantity of gold, (ii) they lent it to the British monarchy, and (iii) they smuggled the gold to Lord Wellington on the Continent, thereby transcending the banking role.  And in so doing, they increasingly became financial partners of monarchies, and, ultimately, concealed rulers of monarchies and other forms of governments of nation-states, especially in the financing of wars prosecuted by all forms of governments.

The historian Richard Lewinshon, in his The Profits of War Through the Ages (1937) wrote:

“Although often called bankers, those who financed wars in the pre-capitalist period were not bankers in the modern sense of the word.  Unlike modern bankers, who operate with money deposited with them by their clients, they generally worked with the fortune which they themselves had amassed or inherited, and which they lent at a high rate of interest.  Thus those who risked the financing of a war were for the most part already very rich, and this was the case down to the seventeenth century.”

“When they agreed to finance a war, these rich lenders did not, however, always attach great importance to the rate of interest.  In this respect they often showed the greatest compliance to their august clients.  But in return they secured for themselves privileges which could be turned into industrial and commercial profit, such as mining concessions, monopolies of sale or importation, etc.  Sometimes they were given the right to appropriate certain taxes as a guarantee of their loans.  So though the loan itself carried a very real risk and often did not bring in much interest, the indirect profits were very considerable, and the lenders leniency well rewarded.”

Benjamin Disraeli, the Prime Minister of England, adds to this operational profile in his book of fiction Coningsby (1844).  The character—Sidonia—was a thinly veiled likeness to Lionel de Rothschild.  Disraeli wrote:

“Europe did require money, and Sidonia (the fictional lender to governments) was ready to lend it to Europe.  France wanted some; Austria more; Prussia a little; Russia a few millions.  Sidonia could furnish them all…..It is not difficult to conceive that, after having pursued the career we have intimated for about ten years, Sidonia had become one of the most considerable personages in Europe.  He had established a brother, or a near relative, in whom he could confide, in most of the principal capitals.  He was lord and master of the money market of the world, and of course virtually lord and master of everything else.  He literally held the revenues of Southern Italy in pawn; and monarchs and ministers of all countries courted his advice and were guided by his suggestions.  He was a man without affections.  It would be harsh to say he had no heart, for he was susceptible of deep emotions, but not for individuals.   The individual never touched him.  Woman was to him a toy, man a machine.”

G. Edward Griffin helps shape this operational profile:

“One of the great puzzles of history is why governments always go into debt and seldom attempt to put themselves on a ‘pay-as-you-go’  basis.  A partial answer is that kings and politicians lack the courage to tax their subjects the enormous sums that would be required under such an arrangement.  There is also the deeper question of why the expenditures are so high in the first place.”

“Given the mentality of the world’s financial lords and masters, as Disraeli described them, it is conceivable that a coldly calculated strategy has been developed over the years to insure this result.  In fact, the historical evidence strongly suggests that just such a plan was developed in eighteenth-century Europe and perfected in twentieth-century America.  For the purposes of hypothetical analysis, let us identify this strategy.”

“Let us imagine a man who is totally pragmatic. He is smarter and more cunning than most men and, in fact, holds them in thinly disguised contempt.  He may respect the talents of a few, but has little concern over the condition of mankind. He has observed that kings and politicians are always fighting over something or other and has concluded that wars are inevitable. He also has learned that wars can be profitable, not only by lending or creating the money to finance them, but from government favoritism in the granting of commercial subsidies or monopolies. He is not capable of such a primitive feeling as patriotism, so he is free to participate in the funding of any side in any conflict, limited only by factors of self-interest. If such a man were to survey the world around him, it is not difficult to imagine that he would come to the following conclusions which would become the prime directives of his career:

1. War is the ultimate discipline to any government. If it can successfully meet the challenge of war, it will survive. If it cannot, it will perish. All else is secondary. The sanctity of its laws, the prosperity of its citizens, and the solvency of its treasury will be quickly sacrificed by any government in its primal act of self-survival.

2. All that is necessary, therefore, to ensure that the government will maintain or expand its debt is to involve it in war or the threat of war. The greater the threat and the more destructive the war, the greater the need for debt.

3. To involve a country in war or the threat of war, it will be necessary for it to have enemies with credible military might. If such enemies already exist, all the better. If they exist but lacked military strength, it will be necessary to revive them with the money to build their war machine. If an enemy does not exist at all, then it will be necessary to create one by financing the rise of a hostile regime (or a menace such as terrorism).

4. The ultimate obstacle is a government which declines to finance its wars through debt. Although this seldom happens, when it does, it will be necessary to encourage internal political opposition, insurrection, or revolution to replace that government with one that is more compliant to (the will of this tiny group).  The assassination of heads of state could play an important role in this process.

5. No nation can be allowed to remain militarily stronger than its adversaries, for that would lead to peace and a reduction of debt. To accomplish this balance of power, it may be necessary to finance both sides of the conflict. Unless one of the combatants is hostile to our interests and, therefore, must be destroyed, neither side should be allowed a decisive victory or defeat. While we must always proclaim the virtues of peace, the unspoken objective is perpetual war.”

“Whether anyone actually put this strategy into words or passed along from generation to generation is not important. In fact, it is doubtful it has ever worked that way. Whether it is the product of conscious planning or merely the consequence of man responding to the profit opportunities inherent in fiat money (paper money unbacked by gold or silver), the world’s financial lords have acted as though they were following such a plan and this has become especially apparent since the creation of the “central bank” phenomenon three centuries ago.”

The Beginning of Where We Are Today:  The Concealed Clique Insinuates Itself as a Lender to American States and American Industries

In The History of Foreign Investment in the United States to 1914 (1989), Mira Wilkins wrote:

“While the US federal government was satisfying its creditors and paying off its obligations, state governments raised their borrowings. It is not known exactly when foreign holdings in state securities exceeded those in federal government bonds probably in the early 1830s. By 1838 state debts outstanding came to $172 million, a larger debt than the federal government had ever owed. As we will see, the foreign investment complement of that debt came to at least $65 million ($1.3 billion in 2011 dollars) a larger foreign obligation than had ever been assumed by the federal government.  States fronted for private banks and canal and railroad companies, substituting the stronger credit of a sovereign (state) entity for the inability to provide sufficient creditworthiness on their own.”

“In 1803 (the British bank), Barings Brothers & Company, had been appointed general agents for the U.S. federal government; over the years the firm enlarged its participation in American business. As noted, the Barings owned securities of the First Bank of the United States. From 1810, (the bank) Prime, Ward & Sands and its successors were the principal Baring correspondents in New York. During the war of 1812, Baring Brothers & Company continued to help maintain the credit of the United States, but the house refused to sell new federal issues in London. After the war, the Barings became associated with the new Second Bank of the United States, a connection that would, over time, become intimate.  Alexander Baring’s brother-in-law, Pierre Labouchere, headed the Amsterdam (bank) of Hope & Company from 1802-1811. Recall that Barings and Hope & Company had in 1803 cooperated in arranging the marketing of $15 million of U.S. federal government securities to pay for the Louisiana Purchase ($219 million in 2011 dollars).  Other transactions included selling bonds of Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, and Louisiana, as well as municipal securities of New York City, Boston and Mobile, Alabama.”

“Meanwhile, by the mid-1820s, Alexander Baring was forced to share with Nathan Rothschild his reputation as the leading spokesman among financiers for conservative investment and marketing policies. The London Rothschild house had been established by Nathan Mayer Rothschild (1777-1836); the firm was called N.M. Rothschild until the founder’s death, and thereafter N.M. Rothschild & Sons. The Paris Rothschild house was led by Nathan Rothschild’s brother James de Rothschild (1792-1868). In 1821 the Rothschilds’ first American agents, Robert and Isaac Phillips in Philadelphia, had been appointed. A dozen years later (in 1833), Robert Phillips introduced the New York firm of J.L. & S. Joseph & Company to the Rothschilds.”

“In 1834 Nathan Rothschild began to buy and to sell American state government securities. That year, the firm R. & I. Phillips, acting for both the British and French Rothschilds, arranged for N.M. Rothschild, London, to become the financial agent for the U.S. federal government (as of January 1, 1835), replacing Baring Brothers. By the fall of 1835, the Rothschild London house had become actively involved in marketing American state government securities.”

“Then, in the panic of 1837, both of its former U.S. agents, failed. Indeed, a young man sent by the Rothschilds, August Belmont, arrived in New York in the midst of the Panic. His first letter to the London Rothschilds told of the bankruptcies of the former agents serving the Rothschilds.  Belmont asked the London and also the Paris Rothschilds for instructions and for full authority, which he received, and he became and remained until his death (in 1890), when his son took over the Rothschild representative in New York. His most recent biographer says his initial salary was $10,000 a year ($190,000 in 2011 dollars).”

“Not all the financial intermediaries for American state securities abroad were European. The Second Bank of United States, the Morris Canal and Banking Company, and George Peabody (an American in London) were among the American concerns and individuals in the 1830s moving state bonds outside the country. It should be noted, however, that there were large European investments in the first two of these firms, and that Peabody although an American had become resident in London. Representative James Garland told Congress in 1838 that of all the state securities outstanding, at least $65 million were held abroad, principally in England. This would represent about 38% of state securities outstanding.”

“As the (Second) Bank of the United States—and its London agent—became overextended, European bankers required collateral in the bank’s own securities and more often in state securities. The London Rothschilds London and Hope & Company, Amsterdam, came to the bank’s rescue after it suspended specie payments in October 1839. In return, the bank pledged with these houses $12.2 million in Pennsylvania and Mississippi state securities.  As states reneged on their obligations, rumors (in America) spread of war with Great Britain unless the federal government funded the debts of the individual states. Congress did nothing, nor did Downing Street, which informed British investors that their loans were their own responsibility.”

In such disrepute was American credit by 1841-42 that even the Barings House turned down issues of the federal government. So did the Rothschilds.  Baron James de Rothschild told an American contact in January 1842:

“You may tell your government that you have seen the man who is at the head of the finances of Europe, and that he has told you that they (the U.S. Treasury) cannot borrow a dollar, not a dollar.”

The Rothschilds had been involved in the futile effort to bail out the First Bank of the United States and, in exchange, had taken as collateral state securities (that lost most of their value).  No distinction was made in England (or on the Continent) between different types of American securities; the United States was branded as a nation of swindlers.  Americans abroad faced mortification and disgrace because of their countrymen’s behavior.  Thus in the 1840s, the flow of foreign capital money to the United States virtually evaporated.

Certain of the Concealed Clique’s Schemes Begin Surfacing as Financial Panics

But, we’re getting ahead of ourselves.  To understand how patient and relentless the concealed power is in its quest to regain control of America’s financial system, we have to watch carefully for when their concealed schemes break the surface and can be analyzed.  These machinations cause great disturbances on the water’s surface when  investors, just like schools of fish, practically jump out of the water and out of their skins  as they try to escape something that cannot be seen below the surface, like a great shark about to devour them.  And that’s when we can get at least a partial look at the great shark.  These great disturbances on the water’s surface are called “Financial Panics.”

The Financial Panic of 1792

You will recall that it was Alexander Hamilton’s ambition to have the First Bank of the United States, which he succeeded in forming on February 25th, 1791, to closely resemble William Paterson’s fraudulent Bank of England in its structure and its workings. Hamilton got his wish, in spite of the unceasing opposition of Thomas Jefferson and James Madison to Hamilton’s Federalist agenda.  Jefferson wrote:

“Although all the nations of Europe have tried and trodden every path of force and folly in a fruitless quest of the same object, yet we still expect to find in juggling tricks and banking dreams, that money can be made out of nothing, and in sufficient quantity to meet the expense of heavy war.”

“The crisis, then of the abuses of banking is arrived.  The banks have pronounced their own sentence of death.  Between two and three hundred millions of dollars of their promissory notes are in the hands of people, for solid produce and property sold, and they (the banks) formally declare that they will not pay them….Paper was received on a belief that it was cash (gold), and such scenes are now to take place as will open the eyes of credulity and of insanity itself to the dangers of a paper medium abandoned to the discretion of avarice and of swindlers.  It is a wise rule never to borrow a dollar without laying a tax at the same instant for paying the interest annually and the principal within a given term…..We shall consider ourselves unauthorized to saddle posterity with our debts, and morally bound to pay them ourselves…..the earth belongs to the living, not the dead….We may consider each generation as a distinct nation with a right to…..bind themselves, but not the succeeding generation……The modern theory of the perpetuation of debt has drenched the earth with blood, and crushed its inhabitants under burdens ever accumulating.”

It took no time at all for Jefferson’s insight to be validated.  The First Bank of the United States was formed on February 25th, 1791.  On July 4th, 1791, it made ownership of the Bank available to investors, which gave rise to six weeks of heated financial speculation at a level and with an intensity unfamiliar to the stock exchanges (New York and Philadelphia) where the offering took place.  Both exchanges experienced a collapse in market activity on or about August 15th, 1791, and Hamilton used funds of the First Bank of the United States to help the Bank of New York and its counterpart in Philadelphia restore orderly market conditions (the earliest bailout)  It was a mess and Hamilton’s actions telegraphed the message that the First Bank of the United States saw itself in the role of a lender of last resort, a perilous message that gave the impression on Wall Street, very early in its history, that it could count on the First Bank of the United States for support if it got in trouble.  In other words, Hamilton’s actions helped significantly to make the culture of Wall Street much less responsible for its actions and its mistakes.

The First Bank of the United States commenced its operations on December 12th, 1791. According to Stanford University economic historian, David J. Cowen, “By the end of its first two weeks of business, the Bank had loaned into the private sector nearly $1 million ($13 million in 2011 dollars).  In his The First Bank of the United States (1910), John Holdsworth stated that the Bank also loaned $2 million to the cash-poor U.S. government.  The consequence of Hamilton’s actions were summarized by Cowen, saying,

“…when the First Bank of the United States open it doors for the first time in December 1791, it flooded the economy with credit.”

He noted that securities speculators in particular were ‘quite pleased at the prospect of easy money.’  And elsewhere he mentioned that,

“the (Bank) had somewhat recklessly over-expanded its credit creation when it first opened.”

In other words, the concealed power that controlled Hamilton and the First Bank of the United States, took no time to begin its fraudulent maneuvers of maximize its profits, carry out a concealed scheme to cause a financial panic to the advantage of the concealed power, and to violate its charter to stabilize the American economy.  The great shark was in the depths, undetected, and moving ominously toward its prey.

Consequently, three months after opening, in March of 1792, the New York Stock Exchange experienced the cost of “irrational exuberance” as stock market prices shot up to new heights in anticipation of the new easy credit posture of the Bank.  And, to make matters worse, there was the simultaneous presence of two manipulators working in concert to try to corner the market in U.S. government bonds as well as the stocks of the First Bank of the United States and Hamilton’s earlier Bank of New York; just the kind of behavior that threatens the fragile trust of all securities markets.

This time the predators were William Duer and Alexander Macomb, who drove the prices of all three securities through the roof, only to see the prices begin a rapid decline before they had accumulated a sufficient number of shares to gain the control they sought.  Instead, they, unwittingly, precipitated a bank run, and securities all across the board  plummeted 25% over a two-week period.  Having already set the stage for this crisis by flooding the economy a huge influx of new lending, Hamilton made matters far worse.  According to David Cowen, new research has made it clear that Hamilton attempted to use the First Bank of the United States’ supervisory role to make the nation’s commercial banks gradually restrict credit.  The brakes were put on too fast, which put the finishing touches on the first Wall Street crash.  Then, in perfect harmony with today’s “central” bank practices, Hamilton, instead of allowing the securities market to sort out its own problems with irrational exuberance and manipulators, came in again with Bank funding to rescue Wall Street, and confirm that its culture of irresponsibility could continue.  But the story of the Panic of 1792 only gets worse from here (and from the beginning, it appears that the concealed power was orchestrating the Panics).

The Financial Panic of 1797

The enormous credit expansion launched by Hamilton’s First Bank of the United States, had far-reaching consequences.  First, it led almost immediately to inflation, which served to decrease the purchasing power of all Americans.  Second, it fostered a sense of irresponsibility among investors in all sectors of the economy, causing, among other things, a real estate bubble to grow out of control and too many investment dollars in manufacturing, far in excess of demand.  The inflation caused American export prices to spike, which, in turn, reversed America’s import/export balance and put pressure on its gold reserves, so vital to maintaining the nation’s balance of payments with its trading partners (if our exports drop below our imports level, American gold has to be shipped to those countries that have not received sufficient American goods to balance the goods the countries have sent to America).  Then, another unhappy factor came into play: reacting to rapid inflation and stock market speculation, Hamilton increased the bank’s interest rates, which diminished demand for loans, which, in turn decreased business activity, which, in turn, further diminished American exports, which, in turn,  caused an accelerated loss of American gold reserves, which, in turn, will further restricted bank lending.

In other words, when Hamilton flooded the economy with easy money, he unleashed another flood—-a flood of unintended consequences.  Curtis Nettels, in his The Emergence of a National Economy (1962), wrote that the First Bank of the United States operations alone pumped as much as $20 million in brand-new money into the economy on top of an existing money supply of $11.5 million prior to the Bank’s existence.  Who was Hamilton working for?  The First Bank of the United States was doing exactly the opposite of its mission statement, which the public had relied on.  What is that called?  That is called fraudulent practices.

It appears that Hamilton’s intent was to maintain a strong government bond market characterized by rising bond prices and low interest rates (which reduce the government’s interest charges on the bond debt).  His intent also appears to have been to stimulate the stock market with easy money to make more investment capital available for American industry and agriculture.  I imagine that like today, Hamilton also wanted to keep the wealthy investors in America and abroad happy with a rising American securities market.

But there was also a concealed intent.  Hamilton insisted that the First Bank of the United States be solely responsible for issuing paper money, not the U.S. government.  He was protecting the mother lode of “central” bank profitability, namely, the ability of the Bank to have the monopoly to print the paper money and, through a grand deception, treat that printed money as if were an interest-bearing loan from the bank to the government.  It is accomplished by having the Bank purchase government bonds with the new money it prints.  By doing so, the Bank holds the government bonds, which pay interest to the Bank, and the principal is referred to as national debt to be paid back to the Bank sometime in the future.

The Panic of 1797, which started with the stock market crash in 1792 was America’s first economic recession.  It was further exacerbated by the ongoing wars between Britain and France, which interrupted trade between America and the French, due to a British blockade of French ports of entry.  And, in February 1797, the Bank of England ran low in gold reserves due to high war costs and suspended redemption of its banknotes in gold.  This inability to provide the expected amount of gold in its trading arrangements constituted a restriction in credit, making it harder for American merchants involved in trans-Atlantic trade to finance their voyages, impairing the market for American exports and likewise American’s ability to import European goods.

More about how gold fits in the picture: when the value a country’s imports exceed its exports, it moves some of its gold to the country it owes.  But if a country’s gold supply gets below a certain point, it will no longer allow its gold to be redeemed (exchanged) for paper money, when so requested by its citizens.    And also, when a country’s gold supply drops too far, lenders get nervous, loans are harder to arrange, and the country’s debt-financed economy starts to falter.

The American Public’s Reaction To the First Bank of the United States’ Track Record?

In a nutshell, when it came time to decide whether to extend or terminate the Bank charter for another 20 years, Congress, in a very close vote, terminated the charter as of January 24th, 1811.  The Bank got good marks for its supervisory role in controlling commercial banks across the nation, but it could not shake its image of being an instrument serving the American Eastern Establishment bankers and industrialists and the shrouded foreign interests that owned the Bank.  It is worth repeating that three authors make mention of foreign ownership of the First Bank of the United States:

Derek Wilson, in his Rothschild: The Wealth and Power of a Dynasty (1988), wrote:

“Over the years since N.M. (Rothschild), the Manchester textile manufacturer, had bought cotton from the Southern states, the Rothschilds had developed heavy American commitments.  Nathan had made loans to various states of the Union, had been, for a time, the official European banker for the U.S. government and was a pledged supporter of the (First) Bank of the United States.”

Gustavus Myers, in his History of the Great American Fortunes (1936), wrote:

“Under the surface, the Rothschilds long had a powerful influence in dictating American financial laws.  The law records show that they were the power in the old (First) Bank of the United States.”

G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“The Rothschilds, therefore, were not merely investors nor just an important power.  They were the power behind the (First) Bank of the United States!”

“As it was, the Bank was the means by which the American people lost forty-two per cent (42%) of the value of all the money they earned or possessed during just  five-year period.  We must not forget either, that this confiscation of property was selective.  It did not work against the wealthy classes which were able to ride the wave of inflation aboard the raft of tangible property which they owned.  And it especially did not work against those elite few, the political and monetary ‘experts’ (the undisclosed owners of the Bank), who were making huge profits from the enterprise (meaning their invention they referred to as a ‘central’ bank).  The Bank had done precisely what Hamilton had advocated: ‘…unite the interest and credit of rich individuals with those of the government.’”

Griffin stated that the development of this plutocracy was well described by Gouverneur Morris (Senator of New York), one who worked among the banking elite, and who warned:

“The rich will strive to establish their dominion and enslave the rest.  They always did.  They always will…That will have the same effect here as elsewhere, if we do not, by such a government, keep them within their spheres. We should remember that the people never act from reason alone.  The rich will take advantage of their passions, and make these the instruments for oppressing them.  The result of the contest will be a violent aristocracy, or a more violent despotism.”

Griffin also stated that an interest group comprising of “wildcat” banks (banks in the western region of the nation running with no supervision), land speculators, and empire-building entrepreneurs, joined the fight to end the charter of the First Bank of the United States due to its supervisory efforts to moderate their activities.

You know by now that the concealed power, along with certain betraying American Eastern Establishment families, operate in accordance with a playbook that evolved from even before the British Empire experience; a set of available options to overcome obstacles in its path, including deep bribery, coercion, violence and assassination.  There was no way that the concealed power was going to accept the non-renewal of the First Bank of the United States charter.  In trying to predict the reaction of the great shark, we must follow history to February 1817, when the concealed power was successful in receiving a new charter from the U.S. Congress for the Second Bank of the United States.

The tells from January 1811 to February 1817 were all we have to try to determine the maneuvers of the great shark that were done in the depths, below the surface of the water.

Tell #1:  The War of 1812 broke out between Britain and the United States on June 8, 1812 that ultimately run up America’s national debt to an unsustainable level.

Tell #2:  Congress encouraged a large expansion of state banks and printing of large amounts of new unbacked paper money to purchase state government war bonds to cover the costs of the war.  Griffin wrote:  The state banks had created enough instant money for the federal government to raise the (national) debt from $45 million to $127 million, a staggering sum for the fledging nation.

Tell #3:  Given the twenty-year exposure to the concealed power’s influence during the life of the First Bank of the United States, the states banking system was thoroughly corrupted.  Accordingly the banks of the day were already known for their fraudulent practices and there was already a sense that bank insolvencies would, in all probability, be covered by bailouts by the federal government.

The Financial Panic of 1819

With its supervisory pressure removed, state banks created large quantities of unbacked paper money—printed out of thin air—that stimulated financial speculation, rising real estate prices, and easy money available to borrow.  It also stimulated inflation because more money entered the banking system with no commensurate increase in goods and services.  In other words, the money supply increased, but America’s economic productivity did not rise with it.  However, the agricultural sector benefited somewhat from the price inflation because crop prices rose, enabling farmers to pay down more of their land mortgages and their debt on equipment and supplies.

On the international front, in 1811, Britain was locked in a series of military conflicts referred to as the Napoleonic Wars, which lasted from 1803 to 1815.  U.S. tensions were high with Britain over U.S. trade with France being blockaded by the British Navy, U.S. ships being boarded and searched for British deserters as a perceived pretext for apprehending American sailors and shifting them to serve on British ships, which were undermanned.  In addition, American expansion in the northwest of the country was being impaired by British support of Indian tribes that resisted that expansion.  In 1812, America declared war on Britain and engaged in sea and land battles with the British that ended with the Treaty of Ghent in December 24th, 1814.

That conflict played a part in the Panic of 1819, because the cost of war destabilized American finances.  Its gold reserves were depleted.  Gold had to be borrowed from foreign investors, and the U.S. government had to rely on the state banks for additional loans, which added a huge new infusion of paper money that propelled inflation even higher. Furthermore, the unsupervised state bank system was expanding exponentially and was increasingly marked by fraudulent activity.

Unfortunately, with the end of the war on December 24th, 1814, these circumstances played into the hands of the foreign and domestic supporters of the former First Bank of the United States, who began a new campaign to regain a charter for the Bank.

G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“By 1814, Thomas Jefferson had retired to Monticello and had bitterly resigned himself to defeat on the issue of money.  In a letter to John Adams he said:

‘I have ever been the enemy of banks; not of those discounting for cash (that is, charging interest on loans of real money, i.e. money backed by gold or silver), but of those foisting their own (unbacked) paper (money) into circulation, and thus banishing our cash (gold).  My zeal against those institutions was so warm and open at the establishment of the bank of the U.S. that I was derided as a Maniac by the tribe of bank-mongers, who were seeking to filch from the public their swindling and barren gains….Shall we build an altar to the old paper money of the revolution, which ruined individuals but saved the republic, and burn all the bank charters present and future, and their notes with them?  For these are to ruin both republic and individuals.  This cannot be done.  The Mania is too strong.  It has seized by its delusions and corruptions all the members of our governments, general, special, and individual.’  Our research indicates that the Mania was induced by heavy bribery and coercion by the concealed power that thoroughly corrupted American lawmakers at all levels of American government.’

Griffin continued:

“Jefferson was right.  Congress had neither the wisdom nor the courage to let the free market clean up the mess that remained after the demise of the First Bank of the United States.   If it had, the fraud soon would have become understood by the public, the dishonest banks would have folded, the losses would have been taken, and the suffering would have been ended, perhaps forever.  Instead, Congress moved to protect the banks, to organize the fraud, and to perpetuate the losses.  All of this was accomplished in 1816 when a twenty-year charter was given to the Second Bank of the United States.”

Does this sound familiar?  Instead of $700 billion from TARP and $16.3 trillion from the Federal Reserve over the period from late 2008 to now, just to extend life support to the insolvent global banking system, which is still insolvent, what if we had let them all fail, take their losses, and replace them with new banking organizations that would operate on the “up and up?”  And, doesn’t this also make a strong case for flushing Congress of its long history of bribery and coercion?

Support for the chartering of the Second Bank of the United States also came from President James Madison (the fourth President of the United States), who, along with Thomas Jefferson, fought hard in 1790 to block the formation of First Bank of the United States.  What had changed from 1790 to 1816 that would explain now-President Madison’s support for the Second Bank of the United States?  It was simply that in the period of the War of 1812 with the British (1812-1814), it was very difficult to borrow sufficient war funds just using the state banking system and modest foreign borrowings.  President Madison realized that the defense of the country was impaired by the absence of a more powerful borrowing capacity positioned at the federal level of the government.  Of course, Madison was also mindful of the tremendous pressure coming from Congress, caused by heavy bribery from the pro-“central” bank supporters, including the previous stockowners of the First Bank of the United States, behind whom, the concealed power lurked.

But, let’s get back to the Panic of 1819.  What can you imagine happen next, once the Second Bank of the United States received its charter in 1816?

Griffin continued:

“In every respect the new bank was a carbon copy of the old, with one minor exception.  Congress unashamedly extracted from the private investors (including the original foreign investors of the First Bank of the United States) what amounted to nothing less than a bribe in the form of $1.5 million ($19 million in 2011 dollars) ‘in consideration of the exclusive privileges and benefits conferred by the Act.’  The (private investors of the Second Bank of the United States) were glad to pay the fee, ….because it was a modest price for such a profitable enterprise.”

“(An) important continuity between the old and the new Bank was the concentration of foreign investment (in its private ownership group).  In fact, the largest single block of stock in the new Bank, about one-third in all, was held by this group.  It is certainly no exaggeration to say that the Second Bank of the United States was rooted as deeply in Britain as it was in America.”

Until 1818, the Second Bank of the United States played along with and magnified the easy money trends, making profitable loans and participating in what were later determined to be fraudulent transactions. And the bubble economy swelled.  Furthermore, in late 1818, $4 million of interest payments were due to a group of foreign investors assembled by two collaborating international banking firms, Britain-based Baring Brothers & Co. and Amsterdam-based Hope & Co.  The interest payments pertained to the April 30th, 1803 Louisiana Purchase during the Jefferson Administration, which encompassed all or part of present-day Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa, Oklahoma, Kansas, Louisiana, Nebraska, Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, New Mexico, Texas, Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado.  The loan arranged by the Barings and Hope banking firms was for $15 million ($216 million in 2011 dollars).  Payment of the $4 million in interest on the loan was to be in gold or silver, not Second Bank of the United States paper money.  Having insufficient gold or silver in its possession, the Second Bank called in many of its loans to the state banks and require such repayment in gold or silver, causing one of its several huge credit contractions, which, in this case, not only ruined a significant number of state banks, but also transferred most of America’s gold and silver to foreign investors.  The state banks affected by these several Second Bank credit contractions, in turn, had to call in the loans of its borrowers, which included Andrew Jackson, who was to acquire a hostile attitude to the entire banking system, but particularly an hostility to the Second Bank for having precipitated the credit crisis.

Murray Rothbard, in his The Mystery of Banking (1983), wrote:

“Starting in July 1818, the government and the BUS (Second Bank of the United States) began to see what dire straits they were in; the enormous inflation of money and credit, aggravated by the massive fraud, had put the BUS in danger of going under and illegally failing to maintain specie (gold) payments.  Over the next year, the BUS began a series of enormous contractions, forced curtailment of loans, contractions of credit in the south and west….The contraction of money and credit swiftly brought to the United States its first widespread economic and financial depression.  The first nationwide ‘boom-bust’ cycle had arrived in the United States……The result of this contraction was a rash of defaults, bankruptcies of business and manufacturers, and a liquidation of unsound investments during the boom.”

In sharp contrast to its actions, the Second Bank charter, like its predecessor, enumerated its purposes as follows:

  • To establish financial order, clarity and precedence in and of the newly formed United States.
  • To establish credit—both in country and overseas—for the new nation.
  • To resolve the issue of the fiat (paper) currency.

Are you beginning to sense what is actually going to happen behind the wall of false reality currently being maintained by the American media and American education?

Are you beginning to recognize a standard pattern of behavior of the concealed power that burrowed into the ownership of the Second Bank of the United States and that applies to our situation today?  The concealed power has a time-tested repertoire: like the great shark in the depths, it orchestrates an increase the money supply (by print more unbacked paper money), and arranges easy credit terms, and then fraudulently puts the word out through its propaganda branches that such actions will stimulate economic growth.  Meanwhile the actual result is the creation of extraordinary profits as stock and bond prices soared and the bubble swells.  Then, the time comes to trigger higher interest rates and a contraction in lending, which pulls the rug out from under overexposed and vulnerable industries and the over-extended farmers—–all in preparation for the great shark to swoop up from the depths to eat its prey, i.e. to buy the most attractive debris for pennies on the dollar, eliminating more domestic businesses to the advantage of its transnational corporations, and getting ready to trigger the next highly profitable boom before crashing it again.  That is the real definition of the financial panics experienced by America since its inception.  There is always a great shark at work in the depths.

That repertoire is repeated over and over: everyone else gets hurt in the financial panic and the subsequent economic collapse, except the concealed power, that only makes extraordinary profits in its cyclical pillages.  And, in the process, income and wealth continues to shift from the victims to the pillagers, building extreme income inequality as an integral and permanent condition of our society.

In the aftermath of the depression caused by the Panic of 1819, the American public developed strong ill-will toward the Second Bank of the United States and the many state banks that engaged in fraudulent activities and continued on to wipe out their depositors.  But, even more problematic, the perception of Americans through the South turned hostile to the northern bankers (the Eastern Establishment at work) who they believed were trying to destroy their livelihoods and culture.  And, they had a point because at every turn, the federal government, seemingly under banker control, maintained financial policies that were clearly against the vital interests of the South’s agricultural economy, and entirely beneficial to the industrial North.  Therein lay the seeds of the Civil War.  U.S. tariffs blocked lower-priced European manufactured imports from reaching the South.  Their debt-financed agricultural base could not survive sudden and deep credit contractions.  Their economy could not function without its existing slave labor arrangement.  And, there was always a suspicion that the northern bankers were intentionally provoking problems in the South, rather than trying to find compromises in the spirit of American unity.  Persistent rumors also suggested that the international bankers were intent on creating the conditions that would split America into two separate nations that the bankers would be more able to penetrate with their “central” banking scheme.

The Concealed Power Is Confronted by President Andrew Jackson

The Second Bank of the United States had eight years remaining on its 20 year charter when President Andrew Jackson (the seventh President of the United States) came to office on March 4, 1829.  Jackson, raised in the Carolinas, and the military hero who defeated the British Army at New Orleans in the War of 1812, appealed to the American public based on his tough and aggressive spirit as well as his opposition to the (Eastern Establishment), typified by the northern bankers.  He fully reflected the revulsion much of the American public felt about the banking system and the depression of 1819-1823, which many believed was caused by the violent credit contractions and fraudulent machinations of the Second Bank of the United States.  Accordingly, President Jackson made it clear to the American public that his intention was to eliminate the Second Bank in 1836, when its charter was to come up for Congressional renewal.  This set of circumstances led to a strong reaction from the head of the Second Bank, Nicholas Biddle.

Biddle was a different cut of cloth from President Jackson.  He came from a wealthy Philadelphia merchant family, graduated from Princeton early, served as a secretary to the U.S. minister to France, worked on the details of the Louisiana Purchase, and, later, became secretary to the U.S. ambassador to Britain, James Monroe.  And, as early as 1811, as a member of the Pennsylvania legislature, he advocated for the renewal of the First Bank of the United States charter.  Apparently, Biddle’s experiences created a sense of self-importance because as the head of the Second Bank during the early Jackson Administration, he irritated the President by his repeated refusal to effectively investigate charges of political interference by some Second Bank branches during the 1928 elections.

G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“Biddle had one powerful advantage over his adversary.  For all practical purposes, Congress was in his pocket.  Or, more accurately, the product of his generosity was in the pocket of Congressmen.  Following the Rothschild Formula, Biddle had been careful to reward compliant politicians with success in the business world.  Few of them were willing to bite the hand that fed them.”

Kenneth Galbraith wrote:

“Biddle was not without resources.  In keeping with his belief that banking was the ultimate source of power, he had regularly advanced funds to members of Congress when delay on appropriations bills had held up their pay.  (Senator) Daniel Webster was, at various times, a director of the Bank and on retainer as its (legal) counsel. Webster wrote,

‘I believe my retainer has not been renewed or refreshed as usual.  If it be wished that my relation to the Bank should be continued, it may be well to send me the usual retainers.’

Numerous other men of distinction had been accommodated, including members of the press.

Our research indicates that Nicholas Biddle was groomed by the Rothschild family to head the Second Bank of the United States.  He certainly acted like he was a minion of the concealed power, as you will see, next.

Griffin continued:

“The year was 1832.  The Bank’s charter was good for another four years.  But Biddle decided not to wait that long for Jackson to build his forces.  He knew that the President was up for reelection (in November of 1832), he reasoned that, as a candidate, (Jackson) would hesitate to be too controversial.  To criticize the Bank is one thing, but to come down squarely for its elimination altogether would surely cost him many votes.  So, Biddle requested Congress to grant an early renewal of the charter as a means of softening Jackson’s campaign against it.  The bill was backed by the Republicans led by Senator Henry Clay (and Senator Daniel Webster) and was passed into law on July 3rd, 1832, just before the election campaigns began in earnest.”

Our research indicates that Senators Henry Clay and Daniel Webster were on Nicholas Biddle’s payroll.  The fact that the concealed power could gain control of Congress at the very top and as far back as 1832 and before, punctures the false reality that surrounds all Americans in a meaningful way.

Jackson immediately vetoed the bill and explained to Congress and the American public the reasons for his decision.  The Second Bank of the United States had the following flaws, he wrote:

  • It concentrated the nation’s financial strength in a single institution.
  • It exposed the government to control by foreign interests.
  • It served mainly to make the rich richer.
  • It exercised too much control over members of Congress.
  • It favored northeastern states over southern and western states.
  • Banks are controlled by a few select families.
  • Banks have a long history of instigating wars between nations, forcing them to borrow funding to pay for them.  And they improve the fortunes of an ‘elite circle’ of commercial and industrial (interests) at the expense of farmers and laborers.

Appropriately, President Jackson drove home his concern about foreign ownership of a bank monopoly that controls America’s financial system, and the necessity of government to provide equal protection to rich and poor.  Herman Kooss, in his Documentary History of Banking Currency in the United States (1983), quotes President Jackson:

“Regarding the danger of our liberty and independence in a bank that in its nature has so little to bind it to our country?…(is there not) cause to tremble for the purity of our elections in peace and for the independence of our country in war?…Or the course which would be pursued by a bank almost wholly owned by the subjects of a foreign power, and managed by those whose interests, if not affections, would run in the same direction there can be no doubt…Controlling our currency, receiving our public monies, and holding thousands of our citizens in dependence, it would be more formidable and dangerous than a naval and military power of the enemy.”

“It is to be regretted that the rich and powerful too often bend the acts of government to their selfish purposes.  Distinctions in society will always exist under every just government.  Equality of talents, or education, or of wealth cannot be produced by human institutions.  In the full enjoyment of the gifts of Heaven and the fruits of superior industry, economy, and virtue, every man is equally entitled to protection by law; but when the laws undertake to add to the natural and just advantages artificial distinctions, to grant titles, gratuities, and exclusive privileges, to make the rich richer and the potent more powerful, the humble members of society—the farmers, mechanics, and laborers—who have neither the time nor the means of securing like favors to themselves, have a right to complain of the injustice of their Government.  There are no necessary evils in government.  Its evils exist only in its abuses.  If it would confine itself to equal protection, and, as Heaven does its rains, shower its favor alike on the high and the low, the rich and the poor, it would be an unqualified blessing.  In the act before me there seems to be a wide and unnecessary departure from these just principles.”

Of Biddle’s machinations, fueled by over $3 million from banking and industrial lobbies ($65 million in 2011 dollars) G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“Congress, the banks, speculators, industrialists, and segments of the press; these were the forces commanded by Biddle.  But Jackson had a secret weapon which had never been used before in American politics.  That weapon was a direct appeal to the electorate.  He took his message on the campaign trail and delivered it in words well chosen to make a lasting impression on the voter.  He spoke out against a moneyed aristocracy which had invaded the halls of Congress, impaired the morals of the people, threatened their liberty, and subverted the electoral process.  The Bank, he said, was a hydra-headed monster eating the flesh of the common man.  He swore to do battle with the monster and slay it or be slain by it.  He bellowed his position to every crowd he could reach:  Bank and no Jackson, or no bank and Jackson!  On the subject of paper money, the President was equally emphatic.  His biographer describes the campaign:

‘On his homeward journey he reportedly paid all his expenses in gold.  No more paper money, you see, fellow citizens.  Gold, hardly the popular medium of exchange, was held up to the people as the safe and sound currency which Jackson and his administration hoped to restore to regular use.  Unlike paper money, gold represented real  value and true worth.  It was the coin of honest men.  Rag money, on the other hand, was the instrument of banks and swindlers to corrupt and cheat an innocent and virtuous public.’”

President Jackson received an overwhelmingly positive public response:  he received 80% of the electoral college vote in his second term, but the Second Bank had four more years before its charter ran out.  It was to be a tumultuous contest of wills between Jackson and Biddle.  In early 1833, knowing that the Second Bank made much of its profits on interest from funds it received and held for the federal government, Jackson ordered Secretary of the Treasury William Duane to begin moving federal funds out of the Second Bank and into various state banks across the country.  However, Secretary Duane refused to do so and promptly received a letter from President Jackson, which read:  Your further services as Secretary of the Treasury are no longer required.  And the transfer of federal funds began.

Are you surprised at how easily the concealed power is able to insert its minions in high places such as the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury?  And that the concealed power has continued this practice all the way up to our current U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Timothy Geithner?  How does the concealed power do it?  The answer is that time-honored offer that cannot be refused, namely pick a number that is beyond your imagination.  On January 15, 2011, a senior newsletter source, Bob Chapman, posted an unconfirmed report about hidden funds in the Vatican Bank, including $1 billion in the name of Chief Justice John Roberts of the U.S. Supreme Court.  Whether or not this is a true fact, the number is an example of the incredible bribery amounts our research indicates that are paid to carry out its concealed schemes.

The Minion of the Concealed Power, Nicholas Biddle, Squares Off With President Jackson

The next maneuver by Nicholas Biddle was right out of the concealed power’s playbook and resonates with its current behavior that has precipitated our current social and economic crisis.  Ignoring the core principle of the Second Bank’s charter to “establish financial order and clarity……….,” Biddle engaged in a typical banking panic scheme marked by rapidly contracting the nation’s money supply and inflict financial hardship on the American public.  He reasoned that Jackson would be blamed and Congress would have sufficient cause to override his veto (given his deep bribery of Congress).

Robert Remini, in his Andrew Jackson and the Course of American Democracy 1833-1845 (1984) and The Life of Andrew Jackson (1988), wrote:

“Biddle counterattacked.  He initiated a general curtailment of loans throughout the entire banking system…It marked the beginning of a bone-crushing struggle between a powerful financier and a determined and equally powerful politician.  Biddle understood what he was about.  He knew that if he brought enough pressure and agony to the money market, only then could he force the President to restore the (federal) deposits.  He almost gloated.”

“Biddle wrote to an associate:

‘This worthy President thinks that because he has scalped Indians and imprisoned Judges, he is to have his way with the Bank.  He is mistaken……The ties of party allegiance can only be broken, he declared, by the actual conviction of existing distress in the community.  Nothing but widespread suffering will produce any effect on Congress….Our only safety is in pursuing a steady course of firm restriction—and I have no doubt that such a course will ultimately lead to restoration of the currency and the recharter of the Bank…..My own course is decided.  All other banks and all the merchants may break, but the Bank of the United States shall not break.’”

For several months, the many bought and paid-for Biddle minions in Congress came forward one after the other to accuse Jackson of arrogant and harmful conduct: for dismissing the Secretary of the Treasury; for provoking the Second Bank by transferring federal funds to the state banking system; for collapsing the American economy, and; for defying the will of Congress.  And the American public watched Jackson stick to his guns.  At one point, facing a banking lobby delegation he boomed:

“You are a den of vipers.  I intend to rout you out and by the Eternal God I will rout you out.”

A corrupt Congress and a corrupt media—taking money from Biddle and his minions—led to a Senate vote to censure President Jackson, passing 26 to 20; the first censure of an President in America’s short history.  About Jackson’s affect on public opinion, Griffin wrote:

“During all this time, imperceptibly at first, but quickly growing, the public had been learning the truth.  Jackson, of course, was doing everything within his power to hasten the process, but other factors also were at work, not the least of which was Biddle himself.  So large was his ego that he could not keep from boasting in public about his plan to deliberately disrupt the economy.  People heard these boasts and they believed him.  The turning point came when Governor George Wolf of Pennsylvania, the Bank’s home state, came out publicly with a strong denunciation of both the Bank and Biddle.  This was like the starting bell at a horse race.  With the Bank’s home state turned against it, there was no one left to defend it and, literally within days, the mood of the country and of Congress changed……The Democrats wasted no time consolidating these unexpected gains….On April 4th, 1834, they called for a vote in the House on a series of resolutions which were aimed at nullifying the censure in the Senate……The first resolution, passed by a vote of 134 to 82, declared that the (Second) Bank of the United States ‘ought not to be rechartered……..The second (resolution), passed by a vote of 118 to 103, agreed that the (federal funds) ‘ought not to be restored (to the Second Bank)…..And the third (resolution), passed by an overwhelming vote of 175 to 42, called for the establishment of a special committee of Congress to investigate whether the Bank had deliberately instigated the current economic crisis…..It was an overwhelming victory for Jackson…..(leading to overturning) the previous (Senate) censure.”

Biddle, and the concealed power he served—in London and in America—were lacking a sense of when to make a strategic retreat and would not cooperate with the Congressional investigation.

Griffin wrote:

“When the investigating committee arrived at the Bank’s doors in Philadelphia armed with a subpoena to examine books, Biddle flatly refused.  Nor would he allow inspection of correspondence with Congressmen related to their personal loans and advances.  And he steadfastly refused to testify before the committee back in Washington.  For lesser mortals, such action would have resulted in citations of contempt of Congress and would have carried stiff fines or imprisonment.  But not for Nicholas Biddle.”

Robert Remini wrote:

“The committeemen demanded a citation for contempt, but many southern Democrats opposed this extreme action, and refused to cooperate.  As Biddle bemusedly observed, it would be ironic if he went to prison ‘by the votes of members of Congress because I would not give up to their enemies their confidential letters.’  Although Biddle escaped a contempt citation, his outrageous defiance of the House only condemned him still further in the eyes of the American public.”

Those House resolutions that reflected strong public opinion against Biddle and the Bank occurred on April 4th, 1834.

President Jackson Paid Off the America’s Entire National Debt

And Jackson had something big in mind, following the victory over the Second Bank.  Previous administrations had made it practice to take possession of a small portion of land in payment from each U.S. territory that was granted state status.  Jackson authorized the sale of that land and, on January 8th, 1835, with the land sale proceeds, he paid off the entire national debt.  When he came to office in March of 1829, the national debt was $58 million ($1.3 billion in 2011 dollars).  January 8th, 1835 was a memorable:  it was the first, and only, time that an American President paid off the entire national debt.  A surplus of $50 million from the land sales was authorized by Jackson to be divided among the states for public works projects.

The Concealed Clique Decides To Play the Assassination Card In Its Playbook

January 30th, 1835 was another date to remember: it was the first attempted assassination of an American President.  Griffin wrote:

“With these accomplishments close on the heels of his victory over the Bank, the President earned the undying hatred of (bankers), both in America and abroad.  It is not surprising, therefore, that on January 30th, 1835, an assassination attempt was made against him.  Miraculously, both pistols of the assailant misfired, and Jackson was spared by a quirk of fate……The would-be assassin was Richard Lawrence who either was truly insane or who pretended to be insane to escape harsh punishment.  At any rate, Lawrence was found not guilty due to insanity.  Later, he boasted to friends that he have been in touch with powerful people in Europe (he was born in England in 1801) who had promised to protect him from punishment should he be caught.”

Commentary: Here, on January 30th, 1835, was an historic moment for the American people—-a foreign power dares to arrange for the assassination of an American president.  Today, Americans have a long retrospective to examine.  There was no meaningful action against the perpetrators taken by President Jackson following this attempted assassination.  With no consequences to face, the concealed power went on to orchestrate a stream of attempted assassinations of American presidents, Senators,  Representatives of the House, and other national leaders.  From beginning to today the list is a disgrace:

1.  President Andrew Jackson, January 30, 1835   (unsuccessful assassination attempt)

2.  President James Garfield, September 19, 1881

3.  President William McKinley, September 14, 1901

4.  President Abraham Lincoln, April 15, 1865

5.  President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, February 15, 1933  (unsuccessful assassinatiion attempt)

6.  Congressman Louis Thomas McFadden, October 3, 1936

7.  President John Fitzgerald Kennedy, November 22, 1963

8.  Reverend Martin Luther King, April 4, 1968

9.  Senator Robert Francis Kennedy, June 6, 1968

10.  Ronald Wilson Reagan, March 30, 1981    (unsuccessful assassination attempt)

11.  Senator Paul David Wellstone, October 25, 2002

The long infiltration of our government and our other key institutions with minions of this clique of dynastic banking families has allowed this shameful condition to continue.  All the members and minions of the clique of families will be rounded up, tried, deported from their home countries, and incarcerated for life in a primitive location, abroad.  And all future, would-be parties that attempt to bring harm to American officials will meet the same fate.

President Jackson Ends America’s Debt Dependency, But the Concealed Clique Stayed Embedded By Massive Bribery, Blackmail, and Other Forms of Coercion

Although the Second Bank of the United States was already being brought to a standstill and the non-renewal of its charter a certainty, the real defeat of the concealed power’s banking scheme in America can be traced to January 30th, 1835, when President Jackson paid off the national debt.  It ended the debt dependency—the major debt owed to the concealed power-controlled Bank of the United States in their fraudulent exchange of unbacked printed money for government IOUs—that constituted the concealed power’s seemingly permanent stranglehold on the American people.

What were the similarities you can see between President Jackson’s ordeal and the dilemma America faces today?

First, Biddle’s supreme arrogance was a reflection of the same mind-set of the members of the concealed power.  He worked for their interests, not the interests of the United States or of the American people, and he did not carry out the Second Bank charter he swore to follow.   Now observe Ben Bernanke, his counterpart at the today’s Federal Reserve.  He has failed to following the charter of the Federal Reserve, he has paid immense sums of U.S. taxpayers’ money and credit to the global banking system and the transnational corporations, but nothing to America’s real economy.  That arrogance is even greater than Biddle’s.  And our research indicates that Bernanke is participating, like Biddle, in a controlled disintegration of the American economy.

Second, because of the members of Congress in Biddle’s employ, the investigation was blunted and he was not held to account for his illegal behavior.  Likewise, Bernanke acts as if he is immune from his actions due to the profound corruption of the U.S. Congress and the Obama Administration, not to mention the profound betrayal of the American media and American education, intentionally maintaining the wall of false reality and trying to prevent the American people from understanding their predicament.

Third, just like the American public of President Jackson’s time, the American people of  the 21st century are imperceptibly at first, but quickly growing, the public had been learning the truth.

The Financial Panic of 1837

The economic, social and political dynamics of Jackson’s Presidency, coupled with ever-present machinations of the concealed power, were a potent brew.  Underlying it all, the country was experiencing an explosive population expansion westward, which triggered intense land speculation and an accompanying expansion of the state banking system to provide loans that fueled the speculation to even greater heights.  Price inflation of land and consumer goods accelerated.  Investor perceptions of the growth potential of the expanding area became increasingly unrealistic.  Larger and larger infrastructure projects—canals, roads, and railroads in their infancy—all attracted investor funding.  Inadvertently, President Jackson’s policies helped destabilized the national economy in four ways:  (i) by moving federal funds out of the Second Bank and into aggressive state banks across the country, Jackson enlarged the active money supply, (ii) by engaging in his massive land sales program to generate funds to pay off the national debt, he multiplied the frenzied land speculation and created new loan demand, (iii) by weakening the Second Bank, he weakened its supervisory role in moderating the aggressive lending policies of the state banks, and (iv) in one of his last official acts, he tried to reduce the pace of inflation and land speculation by requiring that all future land purchases be paid for in gold or silver.  President Jackson underestimated the investor reaction to the new land payment policy.  The was a mad rush by investors to exchange state bank paper money to gold and silver and many banks failed on the spot, contributing to a series of bank runs.

Then, predictably, the concealed power saw the opening.  Henry Clews, in his Fifty Years In Wall Street (2009), wrote:

“The Panic of 1837 was further aggravated by the action of the Bank of England  (controlled, of course, by the concealed clique) which, in one day, threw out all the paper connected with the United States.  The banks on this side (the U.S. banks) refused to discount paper (sell their paper money for a discount), and as a retaliatory measure in self-defense the business men and speculators withdrew their deposits from the banks.  This had a tendency to cripple business still more, and cause utter prostration (collapse).  In their selfish frenzy bankers and merchants completed the ruin of each other, hastening the catastrophe from their inability to take a broad, cool and generous view of the situation.”

“There was a general suspension of the New York banks on May 10th, 1837, and the banks throughout the country followed in their wake within a week afterwards, producing a financial convulsion unparalleled in the history of the Republic.  The country was brought to the verge of bankruptcy from the effects of which a long time was required for recovery.  After two years’ struggle to regain the credit and stability lost through false methods of financing, the banks suffered a relapse, and underwent a severe process of weeding out the weakest, nearly one-third of which happened to be of this description.  Out of 850 banks, 343 closed their doors permanently.”

The actions of the Bank of England that caused tremendous social and damage to the United States were perceive to be punishment for President Jackson’s successful effort to prevent the charter renewal of the Second Bank of the United States, of which the Bank of England had an ownership interest and unprecedented control of America’s financial system through its bribery and coercion of members  the U.S. Congress.

The Financial Panic of 1857

The dynamics of the Panic of 1857 were similiar to the Panic of 1837: an unrealistic surge in land speculation, adjoined with extension of easy money loans by the state banks, overextension of the new railroad companies, combined with the collapse of the Ohio Life Insurance and Trust Company, caused by a crippling embezzlement scheme carried out by the manager of its New York Office.

The concealed clique played a key roll in a new boom by lending heavily, particularly in railroads and cotton production, which turned into a highly speculative economic upswing.  And they were there like vultures after the crash.  Stanley Jackson, in his J.P. Morgan (1983), wrote:

“The clouds lifted dramatically when the Bank of England announced a loan to (George Peabody & Company, a financial agent in New York for the N.M. Rothschild) of 800,000 Pounds, at very reasonable interest, with the promise of further funds up to a million Pounds if and when required.  It was a remarkable vote of confidence as Thomas Hankey (Governor of the Bank of England) had already rejected similar appeals from various American firms who did not measure up to his standards…. Peabody & Company recovered almost overnight and indeed hoisted its (turnaround) above pre-slump levels.”

Griffin continues:

“With an almost unlimited access to cash and credit backed by the Bank of England, Peabody and (J.P. Morgan) were able to wade hip deep through the depreciated stock and bonds that were sold to them at sacrifice prices on Wall Street.  Within only a few years, when sanity had been restored to American markets, the assets of the (merged Peabody/J.P. Morgan) firm had grown to gigantic proportions.”

Abraham Lincoln Confronts the Concealed Clique: 1860-1865

This is a classic example of the concealed power engaging in a massive scheme of long planning and grave consequences to America’s sovereignty as well as the concealed power’s exercise of assassination from its playbook.

The traditional explanations of the causes of the American Civil War have placed a deal of emphasis on the issue of slavery.  Less emphasized was the growing rift between the agricultural South and the industrial North of national economic and trade policies.  The concealed power, with J.P. Morgan leading, along with their industrial corporations, were in control of such policies, which led to the policy of preventing lower-priced manufactured goods from being imported to the U.S. from Britain and Europe through the imposition of high tariffs.  In an ironic way, this policy, as it affected the South, was similar to Britain, in the American colonial period, effectively blocking the importation of all manufactured goods to the colonies, except manufactured goods from Britain and its other possessions.  It created monopolistic conditions that led Americans in the South to believe that the Northern industrialists, with the Northern bankers behind them, were artificially raising prices of their manufactured goods, without fear of competition, to maximize their (profits), while harming the South’s economy by blocking access to considerably cheaper manufactured goods from overseas.  In other words, an antagonism over the belief by Americans in the South, that an economic war was being waged upon them that the South had no way, through democratic processes, to rectify.  Added to this mounting antagonism, the antislavery agitation in the North that threatened the South’s vital labor pool, made the future of the South’s economy looked hopeless.  Did the bankers and industrial magnates intentionally create this antagonism to split America apart and gain control over two weakened governments hostile to one another?

Who Was August Belmont?  the Concealed Clique Plants Its Agent To Head the Democratic Party

The conditions described above split the Democratic Party because southern Democrats became estranged from Democrats in the North.  In 1860, Democratic Party leadership asked an extraordinarily wealthy investment banker and major Democratic funder, August Belmont, to become Chairman of the National Democratic Committee, presiding over the selection of presidential candidates, a position he held for 12 years.  Born in 1813, near Frankfurt am Main, August Belmont’s first job, at the age of 15, was to be an apprentice to the Rothschild banking house, and was groomed to rise to a private secretary, learn English, arithmetic, and writing, and then be passed through the Rothschild’s operations in Naples, Paris and Rome.

In 1837, on a trip to check the Rothschilds’ investments in Cuba, Belmont passed through New York City during the height of the 1837 Panic and the Rothschilds appointed him as their official financial agent in New York City to replace the earlier agents whose businesses had collapsed.  From there, as the manager of the Rothschilds’ American investments, he built an enviable business for himself and became a very powerful figure in American politics, noted for the extraordinarily large scale of his financial generosity.  That largess included helping fund the purchase of the New York World newspaper, which became the reorganized Democratic Party media outlet.  He went on, in 1849, at the age of 36, to marry Caroline Slidell Perry, the niece of Oliver Hazard Perry, the War of 1812 naval hero whose fleet defeated the British on Lake Erie. He became an Episcopalian.  Belmont then connected to U.S. Senator John Slidell, Caroline Perry’s uncle, who immersed him in Democratic Party politics.  He pressed hard to have the United States annex Cuba and make it a state in the Union.

Can you believe that just as the concealed power is orchestrating the Panic of 1837, that it sent its own groomed and trained representative to America to spread vast sums of money around to profoundly deepen the corruption of American public officials, purchase and shape the New York Times to become a propaganda arm of the concealed power, and eventually become installed as the Chairman of America’s Democratic Party?  It is unbelievable to me that Mr. Belmont wasn’t stopped in his tracks, but it was a reflection of how the world actually works.

Belmont wrote a number of letters to President Lincoln, directly and indirectly, during the Civil War.  They reflect an effort by Belmont to speak for prestigious domestic and foreign figures who warned of discussions of armed foreign intervention that might occur if the Union blockage of Southern ports was not lifted and the cotton trade was not allowed to resume with Britain (May 9th, 1862)  (Of course, the concealed power had vast investments in the large southern plantations)  In another letter, he mentioned a consensus among his friends and contacts in favor of negotiations with the Confederacy to settle differences that would retain the Union.  He presented a long list of advantages to the Lincoln administration of taking this course of action (July 20, 1862).  President Lincoln courteously explained the reasons for not taking Belmont advice.

When President Lincoln relieved Major General George McClennan of his command over all Union forces for an inexplicable pattern of not effectively engaging with numerically inferior Confederate forces in every of the many battles from July 26th, 1861 to November 5th, 1861, particularly the inconclusive Battle of Antietam were Lincoln’s patience finally broke, Belmont wrote Lincoln, recommending that, based on the sentiment of many of his prestigious friends and contacts, General McClennan should be restored to his command.

Belmont’s letter stated:

“The people are ready to bring every sacrifice for the restoration of the Union, but right or wrong they have lost confidence in the head of the War Department (Edwin M. Stanton).  They have seen the fearful results of the intermeddling of civilians in military affairs and they want to see an experienced soldier at the helm.”  (September 4, 1862)

Our research leads us to believe that General McClennan, who strongly opposed the end of slavery and whose closest friends were from aristocratic southern families, was under the control of the concealed power.  His unwillingness to engage decisively and aggressively with the Confederate forces was not, in my opinion, due to a flaw in his leadership abilities, but rather the unmistakable sign of betrayal of his responsibilities as the head of the Union Army.  Equally suspicious was his orchestrated selection by August Belmont, after retiring, as the Democratic Party candidate for president in the 1864 elections.  Given the long planning process of the concealed power, I believe it is likely that General McClennan had been selected, groomed, and elevated to General-in-chief of the Union Army in preparation for being inserted as the Democratic candidate for the Presidency, through the corruption of America’s nomination and electoral processes.  Is it not astounding to consider the possibility that the concealed power was so deeply entrenched in its control of America in the 1860s that they reached for and controlled the head of the United States military?

President Lincoln remove General McClennan from his command on November 5th of 1862.

David Black, in his The King of Fifth Avenue: The Fortunes of August Belmont, wrote:

“Consequently, in 1862, Belmont began a campaign to recruit, nominate and elect George McClellan as the Democratic candidate for President in the 1864 elections.  Just before the……Presidential election, Mr. A. Belmont….made a public offer to bet $10,000 ($222,000 in 2011 dollars) that, if President Lincoln should be reelected, the war would outlast his second term.”

“Belmont’s public visibility was rising in a negative manner. He had postponed the Democratic convention until late August (1864) in order to take maximum advantage of whatever political situation the battlefield situation created.  He sought to unite the Democratic Party but ended up nominating a pro-war candidate (McClellan was not in favor of a negotiated settlement with the Confederacy) with an anti-war platform—-making the lives of Democrats very difficult. Belmont backed the Democratic campaign generously—–with donations and with his own wagers.  He was oblivious to the contradictions of his own political position—–hoping for a restoration of the South to (its earlier) status quo in a nation that had irreversibly changed.  But it was not just the Democratic peace plank and Democratic presidential candidate that came under attack.”

Quoting a particularly terse New York Times article, David M. Black wrote:

“Let us look at a few undeniable facts….The notorious undenied leader of the Democratic Party…..was the agent of the Rothschilds.  Yes, the great Democratic Party has fallen so low that it has to seek a leader in the agent of foreign bankers.”

In Diary of the Civil War–1860-1864, (1864), Allan Nevins wrote:

“On Election Day (1864) New York attorney George Templeton Strong stood for two hours in a line to vote:  ‘A little before me was Belmont, whose vote was challenged on the ground that he had betted on the election.  The inspector rejected it…….and Belmont went off in a rage.  Very few men would have been challenged on that ground, but this foreign money-dealer has made himself uncommonly odious, and the bystanders, mostly of the Union persuasion, chucked over his discomfiture…..”

David Black noted that after McClellan’s defeat and retirement from politics, Democratic Party leadership was still in Belmont’s hands, but that he was the target of rumors of complicity in the President’s assassination.  Black wrote:

“Many people believed that he had led the conspiracy, and this belief forever shadowed him and affected how he was viewed in public and private life.  To some he was a hero, the defender of the Republic; to others he was a traitor.”

How Did President Lincoln Cover the Costs of the Civil War?

Lincoln and Salmon Chase, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, knew that neither raising taxes, nor borrowing money from state banks, nor issuing government bonds to the American public (even at an above-average interest rate with principal paid back in gold) were going to come even near the high level of funding needed to prosecute the Civil War.  And the U.S. Constitution did not permit the federal government to issue paper money (referred to as bills of exchange).  This arena they were about to enter was the domain of the international bankers; the Morgans, the Kuhn Loebs, the Bank of England, and, of course, the Rothschilds at the top.

But in the course of a reluctant discussion with the Rothschilds, the proposed cost of the Civil War loans was, reportedly, in the interest rate range of 24% to 36%, (another source mentions 27.5%) which ended the negotiations before they even got started.  It was obvious that the Rothschilds had another strategy that didn’t include the Union emerging victorious.

With nowhere to go, President Lincoln and Secretary Chase had no choice but to improvise.  In 1862, the Congress authorized the U.S. Treasury to print $150 million in unbacked paper money for the federal government to pay war expenses and to add to the money supply for use by the public to pay all their expenses except taxes and government duties.  This new unbacked paper money was “legal tender” in that it was backed, not by gold, but by the “full faith and credit” of the federal government.  Because the paper money was printed in green ink, the public called them “Greenbacks.”  A total of $432 million Greenbacks was issued by the end of the Civil War.

The bad news is that with that much money in circulation, the tremendous price inflation it caused reduced the purchasing power of the Greenbacks by 65% during the period of the war (1861-1865).  The good news about the Greenbacks method of covering Civil War costs was that the concealed power were prevented from having anything to do with America’s financial system at the federal level.

It could not carry out its “debt-money” scheme, namely, setting up a private bank that they owned and attaching it to America’s financial system to print unbacked paper money that was treated as American national debt owed to their private bank with regular interest payments on that fictitious debt payable to their private bank for doing nothing other than printing the paper money.

An Insider Look at the Concealed Power’s Perspective and a Tell about Secretary of the Treasury Salmon Chase

An 1862 official government report of the U.S. Congress under the direction of Congressman Charles A. Lindburgh includes a memo referred to as The Hazard Circular, prepared by an American agent of British financiers stated:

“The great debt (that comes out of the war) must be used as a means to control the volume of money.  To accomplish this the bonds must be used as a banking basis. (in other words, the fraudulent ‘debt/money’ scheme of the concealed power must be restored)  We are now waiting for the Secretary of the Treasury (Salmon Chase) to make this recommendation to Congress.  It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that.  But we can control the bonds (government bonds) and through them the bank issues (the printing  paper money not backed by gold or silver).”

Commentary:  Notice that once again, the concealed clique has sufficient control of the U.S. government to have its minion, Salmon Chase, hold the office of Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.

The Concealed Clique Gets To Congress: The National Banking Act of 1863-64

The tell is the mention in The Hazard Circular above of “waiting for the Secretary of the Treasury (Salmon Chase).”  Another tell is that President Lincoln pushed Salmon Chase out of his cabinet in mid-1864, elevating him to Chief Justice of U.S. Supreme Court.  The third tell is from Irving Katz’s August Belmont: A Political Biography, in which it is noted that August Belmont, in his capacity as Chairman of the National Democratic Committee, was considering Salmon Chase as possible Presidential challenger to President Lincoln in the 1864 elections, which would have required Chase to switch his party allegiance from Republican to Democrat.

Can you now understand why the concealed power today believes it has the American people all sown up and can do what it pleases to ruin our economy and our national solidarity?  Look at its power in the 1860s.  Congress, on its own initiative, passed the National Banking Act on February 25th 1863, a bill that President Lincoln did not want in any way, shape, or form.  This was a repeat performance similar to Congress delivering the unwanted bill to renew the charter of the Second Bank of the United States to President Andrew in 1832.

In other words, the concealed power could simply order its bought and paid-for Congressmen to pass any bill they required and then pass it on to the President for signature.

G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“The structure was similar to the Second Bank of the United States with the exception that, instead of one central bank, with power to influence the activities of the others, there were now to be many national banks with control over all of them coming from Washington….(and) it created a market for government (war) bonds and then transforming those bonds into circulating money.”

Under this arrangement, when the federal government needed more paper money, it would sell government bonds to the U.S. Treasury Department and the bonds would remain in the possession of the Treasury Department.  Then the Treasury Department would issue the national banks new paper money it had just printed.  This paper money could be used as legal tender (backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States) for payment of taxes and government duties, but not other expenses.  This arrangement gave the national banks the ability to earn interest on the bonds being held by the Treasury Department and also earn interest on the paper money they received from the Treasury Department that the national banks then lent out to their customers.

Griffin continued:

” When all the smoke and mirrors were moved away, it was merely a variation on the ancient scheme.  The (concealed power) had simply converted government debt into money, and the bankers were collecting a substantial fee at both ends of their service….The one shortcoming of the system, at least from the point of view of the manipulators was that, even though the (paper money) were widely circulated they were not classified as (legal tender) for all debts, just for taxes and duties.  (Gold and silver) and greenbacks were still the country’s official money.  It was not until the arrival of the Federal Reserve System fifty years later that government debt in the form of bank notes would be mandated as the nation’s official money for all transactions.—under penalty of law.”

“The National Banking Act of 1863 required banks to keep a percentage of their (loans) and customer deposits in the form of (gold and silver) as a reserve (about 12% of the total loans and deposits) to cover the possibility of a (bank) run.  That means a bank with $1 million in loans and (gold and silver) customer deposits could use approximately $880,000 of that ($1 million less 12%) to purchase government bonds, exchange the bonds for (paper money), lend out the paper money, and collect interest on both the bonds and the loans, using the paper money…..Needless to say, the bonds were gobbled up just as fast as they could be (issued), and the problem of funding the war had been solved.”

“Another consequence of the national banking system was to make it impossible from that date forward for the federal government ever to get out of debt.”

This is worth repeating to make sure it has really sunk in:  The “ancient scheme,” as Griffin calls it, of printing money and fictitiously calling it “national debt” is fraudulent to the core.  First, it requires the American taxpayer to pay interest on debt that doesn’t really exist.  Second, the rising national debt is like a boa constrictor that increases its grip and control of its victim (the U.S. government and the U.S. taxpayers).  Third, the unwarranted and huge interest payments to the concealed power drain the financial resources of America, when that money could be put to important uses.  And, fourth, the boa constrictor grip on the American government, makes a mockery of American democracy, self-determination, and the American Revolution.

Griffin continued:

“On June 25th, 1863, exactly four months after the National Bank Act was signed into law (yes, President Lincoln, in the throes of the Civil War, signed it, thinking he could undo it later), a confidential communique was sent from the Rothschild investment house in London to an associate banking firm in New York.  It contained an amazingly frank and boastful summary:

‘The few who understand the system (bank loans earning interest and also serving as money) will either be so interested in its profits or so dependent upon its favors that there will be no opposition from that class while, on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending…..will bear its burdens without complaint.’”

Reference for this confidential communique is from pages 99-100 of Robert L. Owen’s National Economy and Banking System, Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office (1939).

In a letter dated November 21st, 1864, President Lincoln described a particular concern of his to Colonel William F. Elkins.  This quote from the letter is taken from The Lincoln Encyclopedia: The Spoken and Written Words of A. Lincoln (1950), page 40:

“We may congratulate ourselves that this cruel war is nearing its end.  It has cost a vast amount of treasure and blood…..It has indeed been a trying hour for the Republic; but I see in the near future a crisis approaching that unnerves me and causes me to tremble for the safety of my country.  As a result of the war, corporations have been enthroned and an era of corruption in high places will follow, and the money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the prejudices of the people until all wealth is aggregated in a few hands and the Republic is destroyed.  I feel at this moment more anxiety for the safety of my country than ever before, even in the midst of war.  God grant that my suspicions may prove groundless.”

Griffin wrote:

“One of the persistent legends of this period is that John Wilkes Booth was not killed in Garrett’s barn, as generally accepted, but was allowed to escape; that the corpse actually was that of an accomplice…..But, when the voluminous files of the War Department were finally declassified and put into the public domain in the mid-1930s, historians were shocked to discover that there are many facts in those files which lend credence to the legend…….Izola Forrester was the granddaughter of John Wilkes Booth.  In her book, This One Mad Act (1937), she tells of discovering the secret records of the Knights of the Golden Circle…..Forrester recounts the experience:

‘It was five years before I was able to examine the contents of the mysterious old package hidden away in the safe of the room which contained the relics and exhibits used in the Conspiracy Trial…..I would have never have seen them, had I not knelt on the floor of the cell five years ago and seen into the back of the old safe where the package lay.  It is all part of the old mystery about the case by the officials of the war period—the concealment of these documents and articles, and the hiding away of the two flakes of bone with the bullet and pistol.  What mind ever grouped together such apparently incongruous and macabre exhibits?…..Here at last was a link with my grandfather.  I knew that he had been a member of the secret order founded by Bickley (of) the Knights of the Golden Circle.  I have an old photograph of him taken in a group of the brotherhood, in full uniform, one that Harry’s daughter had discovered for me in our grandmother’s Bible.  I knew that the newspapers, directly following the assassination, had denounced the Order as having instigated the killing of Lincoln, and had proclaimed Booth to have been its member and tool.  And I was reminded again of those words I had heard from my grandmother’s lips, that her husband had been the tool of other men.’

Griffin wrote:

“The Order of the Knights of the Golden Circle was a secret organization dedicated to revolution and conquest.  Two of its better known members were Jesse James and John Wilkes Booth.  It was organized by George W.L. Bickley who established its first castle in Cincinnati in 1854, drawing membership primarily from Masonic (Freemasonry) lodges.  It had close ties with a secret society in France called The Seasons, which itself was a branch of the Illuminati.  After the beginning of the (Civil) war, Bickley was made head of the Confederacy’s secret service, and his organization quickly spread throughout the border and Southern states as well.”

Our research indicates that both President Jackson and President Lincoln were simply victims of the concealed power’s playbook calling for assassination when its vital interests are threatened.

The Financial Panic of 1873

The instability began in Europe in the aftermath of the Franco-Prussian War, which led the way to a period of economic expansion, but left France, the loser, with 200 million Pounds of reparations to be paid to a unified Germany.  The United States, in the aftermath of the Civil War, suffered a brief recession (1865-1867) and then gave way to an investment boom focused on railroad expansion, a large population movement and, of course, hoards of investors, many of whom were foreign individuals and international banking houses.  An economic bubble developed on both sides of the Atlantic.

The Panic came on May 8th, 1873, when the Vienna Stock Exchange collapsed.  The Panic arrived in New York on September 18th, 1873, with the collapse of the Jay Cooke and Company and its Northern Pacific Railway.  The New York Stock Exchange was closed for 10 days on September 20th.

Behind the scenes were two principal components:

1.  In mid-to-late 1872, during the Presidential election campaign, the news broke of a giant fraud within the Union Pacific Railroad—–a story that heavily weakened the general public’s confidence in the American financial sector.  At the beginning of construction of this transcontinental railroad, its senior officers secretly created what appeared to be an independent organization, Credit Mobilier of America, that competed for the contract to build the railroad.  Credit Mobilier won the lucrative contract and commenced construction.  The concealed scheme entailed progress payments to Credit Mobilier by check.  Credit Mobilier principals would illegally use the money to purchase stocks and bonds in the Union Pacific at a much lower price than market price, and then would sell the cheap stock and bonds shortly thereafter for enormous profits, and the secret owners of Credit Mobilier (the Union Pacific Railroad’s senior officers) would be, essentially, looting the railroad all during its long construction phase.  The federal government was also the loser because it was a major source of funds for the construction along with private railroad bond investors.

2.  On February 12, 1873, President Ulysses S. Grant, signed the Coinage Act of 1873, which brought to fruition a full effort on the part of the concealed power to create a shift to a deflationary world economy by tying the value of all currencies to the value of gold (returning to the “Gold Standard”).  This vast machination followed the Civil War period when there was a critical need for paper money to cover the enormous war costs, which, in turn, led to an inflationary economy.  Now that the War was over, the concealed power, at all costs, had to create an economy of no inflation, and, if necessary, one of falling prices.  A deflationary economy is the ideal environment for concealed power because its loans would be paid back in dollars (or other currencies) that would increase in value over time.  In other words, a lender’s dream world is one in which loans are made in dollars of lower purchasing power and paid back in dollars with higher purchasing power.  Conversely, lender’s hate to lend money in dollars of higher purchasing power and get repaid in dollars of lower purchasing power.  Therefore, pegging the value of the dollar to the value of gold, eliminates the potential for inflation, and can easily lead to an economy of falling prices (a deflationary economy).  To engineer this shift to the Gold Standard has a major negative impact on any economy and that was the largest underlying cause of the Panic of 1873—the international bankers maneuvered Congress and President Grant into supporting the Coinage Act of 1873.  More fraud.

Other factors came into play, bringing about a four-year depression with painful social and economic consequences for the American public, but the disinformation campaign from the American media and American education, as usual, characterized the crisis as if it were a weather event, unfortunate, but unavoidable.

From Daniel Alef’s, J.P. Morgan: America’s Greatest Banker:

“The Panic of 1873 thrust Pierpont (J.P. Morgan) into the heart of American finance.  Three powerful bankers, Jay Cooke, Seligman and the Rothschilds of Europe (in one syndicate) sought the lucrative business of buying and reselling the U.S. government’s $300 million Civil War refunding bond issue.  They joined battle for the issue with a rival syndicate headed by Drexel, Morgan, J.S. Morgan & Co. successor to George Peabody & Co., and Barings Bank.  The battle ended in a stalemate, each syndicate getting half of the government’s business.”

“Then, the Credit Mobilier scandal of Union Pacific, and Cooke’s excessive spending on the Northern Pacific Railroad, came to light, and the panic was on.  Cooke failed on Black Thursday, September 18, 1873, a day as dark in the Gilded Age as the stock market crash of Black Tuesday, October 29, 1929.  Five thousand commercial firms and fifty-seven Stock Exchange firms went under with Cooke.  Pierpont (J.P. Morgan), however, was in his element.  At the first hint of trouble with Cooke & Co., Pierpont called in all of Drexel, Morgan’s loans and began accumulating cash reserves.  ‘Impossible foresee future consequently important prepared for any emergency,” he cabled his father.  He had more than $1.5 million in cash on hand.  While others drowned, he made a million dollars.  ‘I don’t believe there is another concern in the country that can begin to show such a result,” he bragged to his father.  Other titans also took advantage of the depressed economy.  Andrew Carnegie and John D. Rockefeller, both well-known for running extremely efficient organizations, acquired dozens of concerns in their respective industries for pennies on the dollar.  The depression lasted for a number of years before the national economy recovered and began flexing its muscles.  Between 1873 and 1875 more than 18,000 businesses failed and unemployment reached 14% a year later.  Another predatory sweep.

In the 1870s the British Rothschilds had interests in certain American railways but had not undertaken public issues of these loans in the London market. After Baron Lionel de Rothschild’s death in 1879, the London Rothschilds became more interested in American railroads, the Pennsylvania, the Illinois Central, the New York Central. The Paris Rothschilds in 1882 invested in the Illinois Central. By the 1880s both the British and the French Rothschilds had become important owners of American railroad securities.  At the end of that decade, the Paris Rothschilds were major participants in a major (American) copper mining syndicate. In 1890 the British Rothschilds were involved in the organization of Fraser & Chalmers, London, which acquired an American manufacturing plant. That year Lord Rothschild appeared as a money subscriber to the Cataract Construction Company, which was undertaking power developments at Niagara Falls.

After the many long-term machinations by the leadership of the concealed power and the transnational corporations it owned to gain control of America’s financial system, three events, two of which it orchestrated, around the turn of the 20th century encouraged another even more powerful takeover effort.  The first event was the Civil Service Reform Act of 1883; the second was the Depression of 1893; and the third was the Panic of 1907.

The Civil Service Reform Act of 1883: Concealed Schemes To Solidify the Concealed Power’s Control

The nominating process that leads to elections in democratic governments has always been a target for groups who wish to subvert the public will.  But an impediment blocked the concealed power and the transnational corporations it owned from controlling the nomination process, namely, party conventions organized to control the nomination process, dominated by entrenched party machines that received their funding, not from the bankers and transnational heads, but from (i) voters who received patronage appointments, (ii) medium and small domestic business interests, and (iii) the regular voters.  In the era leading up to the turn of the 20th century, Carroll Quigley wrote:

“…the elected official from 1840 to 1880 found himself under pressure from three directions:  from the popular electorate which provided him with the votes necessary for election, from the party machine which provided him with the nomination to run for office as well as the patronage appointments by which he could reward his followers, and from the wealthy interests which gave him the money for campaign expenses with, perhaps, a certain surplus for his own pocket.  This was a fairly workable system, since the three forces were approximately equal, the advantage, if any, resting with the party machine.  This advantage became so great in the period of 1865-1880 that the forces of finance, commerce, and industry were forced to contribute ever-increasing largesse to the political machines in order to obtain the services from government which they regarded as their due…”

Using their media and educational sources, the concealed power and the transnational corporations it controlled built a front that had nothing to do with its objective to neutralize the party machines across the nation.  The story for public consumption was that the patronage system was corrupt, inefficient and created excessive costs of government.  The Civil Service Reform Act they engineered through Congress was about basing government jobs on merit, using competitive exams, and making it illegal to hire, fire, or demote government employees for political reasons.  Behind the public story, was the objective of substantially weakening the party machines that controlled the nomination process and making them and those running for political office to be much more dependent on the bankers and transnationals for campaign funding.  Essentially, the objective was to use their massive money resources to subvert American democracy by placing American politicians under a deep system of deception, bribery and coercion.  Passage of the Civil Service Reform Act was accomplished on January 16th, 1883.

Quigley wrote:

“When the business interests, led by William C. Whitney, pushed through the first installment of civil service reform in 1883, they expected that they would be able to control both political parties equally.  Indeed, some of them intended to contribute to both and to allow an alternation of the two parties in public office in order to conceal their own influence, inhibit any exhibition of independence by politicians, and allow the electorate to believe that they were exercising their own free choice.  Such an alternation of the parties on the Federal scene occurred in the period 1880-1896, with business influence (or at least J.P. Morgan’s influence) as great in Democratic as in Republican administrations.”

“This period, 1884-1933, was the period of financial capitalism in which investment bankers, moving into commercial banking and insurance on one side and into railroading and heavy industry on the other, were able to mobilize enormous wealth and wield enormous economic, political, and social power.  Popularly known as ‘Society,’ or ‘400,’ they lived a life of dazzling splendor.  Sailing the ocean in great private yachts or traveling on land by private trains, they moved in a ceremonious round between their spectacular estates and town houses in Palm Beach, Long Island, the Berkshires, Newport, and Bar Harbor; assembling from their fortress-like New York (City) residences to attend the Metropolitan Opera………or gather for business meetings of the highest strategic level in the awesome presence of J.P. Morgan himself.”

Commentary:  Doesn’t this era sound familiar: the extreme income inequality, a tiny percentage of the national population holding power over the American government and the American people, a parasitic aristocracy that Americans thought they had defeated in the American Revolution?  And no clue that these series of financial panics were orchestrated by the concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families from the City of London for a purpose, namely, to create sufficient public fear to open the way for a fraudulent “Federal Reserve System” to take over and control America’s banking and finance activities—-essentially taking away America’s control of its own financial resources.  It was incredible—unbelievable—and that’s why the controlled clique’s monumental fraud worked.  We Americans were naive to the extreme and we were surrounded by a majority of our “public officials” who were ripe for committing treason against their own country because they were already deeply bribed and blackmailed by the concealed clique.  

Can you understand now why we must add “teeth” to our Constitution to deport and incarcerate in solitary confinement for life any and all Americans who commit acts of treason?

Now Came the Long-Planned Big Financial Panic:  The Depression of 1893

Depressions are caused principally by the behavior of the concealed power that engineer a gross misallocation of income and wealth to themselves, leaving the vast majority of a nation’s citizens with inadequate income and, therefore, inadequate purchasing power.  With such little purchasing power, consumption of goods and services collapses and the economy falls into a depression.  The build up of this extreme income inequality comes from the concealed power and the transnational corporations it controls doing their machinations on at least two fronts:  (i) they hold down salaries and wages to maximize their profits; and (ii) and to further maximize their profits, they pursue a relentless drive to eliminate competition by building complex monopolies in every economic sector with which they become involved.  Doing so enables them take away the profits of competing firms and also artificially inflate the prices and fees they and their transnational corporations charge, thereby capturing more of the consumers’ already limited income.  In other words, the vast majority of a nation’s citizens are squeezed from two directions by the concealed power and the result is that their purchasing power is greatly impaired.

In the time of the Depression of 1893, this description of economic reality would never have reached the public and, instead, they would receive the false reality through government, media, educational channels, and above all, from economic “experts” that, collectively, would make the depression appear to be like the weather; unpredictable and the result of unfortunate forces beyond anyone’s control.

On of the inventions of the Tavistock Institute’s psychologists who run the concealed power’s psychological warfare operation and build the false reality for American and global consumption is the term headwinds.  You will find that term used in the discourse of all concealed power’s economic experts.  It’s a weather term and is used systematically to convey the false reality that economic happenings are not engineered from behind the scenes, but rather are unpredictable events that just happen with no human interference, just like a weather event happens.  The initial response from all the concealed power’s minions in the aftermath of the 2008 financial collapse was that no one could have predicted it (like a tornado), which was an extreme example of false reality, once the real reasons quickly floated to the surface for the public to see and understand.  What the concealed power’s minions were disguising was the immense level of fraud being used by the concealed power and its minions to maximize their profits and to ruin the American economy and to destroy the solidarity of the American people.

The havoc of the Depression of 1893 was nearly as bad as The Great Depression of the 1930s.  In addition to the principal cause—extreme income inequality—other factors came into play under the following groupings:

The Financial Sector

First, on the global level, the concealed power maintained its strict control over the world monetary system that heavily favored their core business—lending very large sums to governments and heavy industry—because it blocked all avenues leading to even moderate inflation (rising prices).  It bears repeating that lenders become very unhappy in periods of inflation (rising prices) when they receive repayment of their loans in dollars of lower value than the value of the dollars they had lent, and that is exactly what happens in periods of inflation (rising prices)—bankers profits on their loans are squeezed.  Conversely, when a recession or depression brings deflation (falling prices), bankers’ profitability is increased when borrowers repay their loans in dollars that are worth more than the dollars that they had lent.

Second, the concealed power and its minions were speculating in railroad stocks and drove railroad expansion past the actual transportation needs of agriculture, manufacturing, and mining operations, and, consequently, a speculative bubble began to develop.  The next step was to wait for the right moment to prick that bubble at it height and then sweep in like vulture to pick among the debris for pennies-on-the dollar opportunities.

Third, among the concealed power and the bankers, there was a deep culture of fraudulent activity and reckless behavior that weakened the public’s trust in the financial sector.  Breaking that trust has always been a root cause of depressions and recessions, because it sends large numbers of the public rushing to withdraw their money from the banking system in crippling “bank runs.”  Two major disturbances of this kind occurred, leading up to the Depression of 1893.

In November 1890, the most prestigious bank in Britain nearly collapsed due to a reckless investment in Argentina when the bank advanced its own money before it had raised the money from investors.  Unfortunately, in the same time period the Argentine government suffered a coup and the Argentine agricultural sector suffered a failure of the wheat crop.  In a profound misjudgment of its ability to bring investors together for the investment, the bank found itself exposed and nearly insolvent.  This caused a breach of trust and a financial panic in the international financial sector.  In The Collapse of Barings (1997), Stephen Fay wrote:

“There was no getting away from the almost unthinkable consequences if Barings did go down: not only would the failure of the City’s (the City of London’s) leading acceptance house inevitably bring down a host of other firms, including all the discount houses, but (also threatened would be) the preeminence of the City as an international financial center.  Because the stakes were so high, Barings was bailed out in November 1890 by a consortium organised by the governor of the Bank of England, William Lidderdale.  The consortium drew on money from the Bank itself and from the (British) government…….Once the government had committed, Rothschilds joined in, the rest of the City (the big financial firms) followed, and a fund finally amounting to 17,326,000 Pounds Sterling—worth a billion Pounds 100 years later—met Barings commitments.”

Throughout the 1880s and early 1890s, the concealed power arranged extraordinarily large investments in new and expanding American railroad companies.

Daniel  Alef wrote:

“….by 1879 Pierpont (J.P. Morgan) was beginning to emerge from his father’s shadow.  Peirpont was not a gambler.  He was not greedy and did not have a lust for power for the sake of power.  However, he arrogantly believed that he and he alone, knew how to run the nation’s economy.  William Vanderbilt retained Pierpont’s firm to sell 250,000 shares of New York Central (Railroad), at the time the single largest public offering of stock ever made.  Pierpont did it nimbly and secured an unprecedented $3 million commission.  Other sources confirm the J.P. Morgan placed New York Central public offering entirely with British investors.”

“It is interesting to note that J.P. Morgan launched a major capital-raising effort in the railroad industry, leading up to the Depression of 1893. Encyclopedia Britannica states:

‘Because of his links with the Peabody firm, Morgan had intimate and highly useful connections with the London financial world, and during the 1870s he was thereby able to provide the rapidly growing industrial corporations of the United States with much-needed capital from British bankers.  He began reorganizing railroads in 1885, when he arranged an agreement between two of the largest railroads in the country, the New York Central Railroad and the Pennsylvania Railroad, that minimized a potentially destructive rate war and rail-line competition between them.  In 1886, he reorganized two more major railroads with the aim of stabilizing their financial base.  In the course of these corporate restructurings, Morgan became a member of the board of directors of these and other railroads, thereby amassing great influence on them.  Between 1885 and 1888, he extended his influence to lines based in Pennsylvania and Ohio.’”

The first blow to public confidence began on February 20th of 1893 with the announced bankruptcy of the Philadelphia and Reading Railroad, financed by a group of investors led by J.P. Morgan in 1886.

Then, successive bankruptcies were announced:

  • Erie Railroad in July 1893 (J.P. Morgan-arranged financing)
  • Northern Pacific in October of 1893 (J.P. Morgan-arranged financing)
  • Union Pacific in October 1893  (J.P. Morgan-arranged  financing)
  • Atchison, Topeka & Sante Fe in December 1893

By the time the Depression 1893 ran it course, six years later, a total of 74 railroad companies had failed.  It is clear that J.P. Morgan and firms such as Kuhn Loeb & Company were largely responsible for organizing the lion’s share of the financing for U.S. railroad industry expansion leading up to the Depression of 1893.  What is also noteworthy is that J.P. Morgan, in particular, played an opportunistic role in the depth of the Depression to reorganize bankrupt railroads and transfer control to himself.  A long list of railroads were acquired at bargain basement prices, which included, but were not limited to: the Philadelphia and Reading (first railroad to file for bankruptcy in 1893), Erie Railroad, Northern Pacific, Union Pacific, Great Northern, New York Central, Chesapeake and Ohio, Lehigh Valley, Jersey Central, and the Southern Railway.  As he did during the Panic of 1873, J.P. Morgan had minimized his exposure to the Panic of 1893 and the subsequent Great Depression of the 1930s.  And, as in the Panic of 1873, he make extraordinary profits in buying shattered companies, this time in the railroad industry.

If we were to apply forensic accounting methods to draw conclusions about J.P. Morgan’s modus operandi, it would not be a stretch to consider that he intentionally played a large role in helping inflate a railroad stock and bond bubble, reduced his exposure by standing aside of the economic collapse, and then pounced on the extraordinarily profitable opportunities that follow a crash.  In two Panics—1873 and 1893—he made unprecedented profits during the inflation of the railroad industry bubble and then did it all over again as the dust settled after each crash.  In forensic accounting, one looks, first, at the consequences of certain events, and then, ignoring the conventional explanations, one determines who benefitted most from those consequences.  Then, one imagines how those who benefitted the most may have engineered those specific consequences to happen.  I’m saying that stock and market swindles have, historically, followed this same pattern.  The idea that J.P. Morgan, as the undisclosed agent of the Bank of England, controlled by the Rothschilds, intentionally set the stage for American’s 1893 economic collapse is quite possible.  The motive would have been:  (i) to make enormous profits, riding the ups and then buying among the wreckage; and (ii) to destabilize the American economy and the American public as conditioning for the insertion, when the time was ripe, of a Bank of England, Rothschild-controlled “central bank” to replace the Second Bank of the United States that President Jackson had terminated.

Then, in May of 1893, the financial sector in American was rocked by a failed attempt by the ownership of the National Cordage Company to create a monopoly by “cornering the market” in imported hemp, an irresponsible maneuver to purchase enough of a stock, commodity, or asset to be able to manipulate its price to a desired level that is not reflective of actual supply and demand forces in order to achieve an extraordinary profit.  This failed financial machination rocked the financial markets and weakened public trust in the American financial system, resulting in bank runs that closed 500 banks, cost untold numbers of depositors to loose their savings and ruined 15,000 business.  When would this boom/bust fraud ever end?  Never, so long as the concealed power used the American media and American education to maintain the wall of false reality that surrounds the American people, who are viewed as sheep, to be shorn over and over again.

The Agricultural Sector

While agriculture in the United States had become a less dominant component of the national economy near the turn of the 2oth century, it was still significant—it was 19% of gross national product, well below the 30% produced in manufacturing and mining, but agriculture still engaged 40% of the American workforce.  Three forces converged to bring very hard times to the farmers:  (i) as the bankers poured more and more speculative dollars into the expansion of the railroads, the further extension of the railroads also caused an unwise surge in new farms and new production, and (ii) the overall output of the agricultural sector had already skyrocketed in the late 1880s with the acquisition of new farm machinery and planting techniques, just as Egypt, India and other competing agricultural regions of the world increased their own production for the world market; and (iii) the agricultural sector was squeezed by the deflation (falling prices) that was the agenda of the concealed power.  Deflation was a key cause of the depression and farmers were unable to get help from the government to promote even moderately inflationary (rising prices) conditions because of the intransigence of the international bankers and their control of the (President) Cleveland Administration and Congress. The government allowed the deflation to continue, and the economy never recovered until six years later in 1899.  Accordingly, as prices fell, farmers were unable to cover the mortgages on their land and their loans owed to the banks for equipment and supplies to carry on their planting and harvest functions.

American Labor

Accordingly, the deflation (falling prices) that marked the Depression of 1893 amounted to a disaster for the agricultural sector and particularly for farm labor, which was a very significant percentage of the entire American workforce.  Deflation had the same negative impact on America’s non-farm labor as well, because falling prices meant that manufacturing and mining profitability would also fall dramatically and cause massive layoffs of workers that pushed national unemployment into the 12% to 18% level for a six-year period, and causing the most social and economic damage to the American middle class whose income and purchasing power was devastated by waves of home foreclosures.  This pattern, after a long series of financial panics, was unmistakable, but locked in as a permanent fixture of how the world actually works due to massive corruption at all levels.

Consequences of the Depression of 1893

The American public sensed that the Depression was caused, or at least, prolonged by the predatory behavior of the financial sector, and particularly the international bankers The public also perceived the extreme income inequality in the nation and understood that it was orchestrated by the international bankers and big business owners.  As result, the following developments emerged.  A severe wave of strikes in coal mining centers took place in 1894, and led to violence in Pennsylvania, Ohio and Illinois.  The “Pullman Strike” shut down much of the nation’s railway system in mid-1894.  The strike was precipitated when George Pullman, the owner of the Pullman Palace Car Company, which manufactured railroad passenger cars with sleeping accommodations, cut wages as demand for sleeper cars fell off and profits declined.  The employees protested the wage cuts, while still requiring the standard sixteen-hour work day, and the company’s refusal to reduce the rents and price of goods (the company provided rental housing and a company store).  Railway employees across the nation refused to run trains with Pullman sleeper cars and the strike expanded to twenty-nine railroads and involved 125,000 workers.  The railway owners tried to bring in replacement workers, who were blocked by the strikers, and violence escalated.  The strike was finally broken by President Cleveland, who ordered in United States Marshals and 12,000 U.S. Army troops, based on the premise that the strike interfered with deliver of the U.S. mail, violated the Sherman Antitrust Act and represented a threat to public safety.  Thirteen strikers were killed and fifty-seven were wounded and damage to the property of the railroad companies amounted to approximately $340,000 or $8 million in 2011 dollars.

The first “March on Washington” in American history occurred on April 30, 1894, when 6,000 unemployed workers, many of whom had worked for the railroads, arrived in Washington, D.C. from their starting point in Massillon, Ohio.  The core members of the group were referred to as “Coxey’s Army,” named after their leader, Jacob Coxey.  Many of the group blamed railroad companies, President Cleveland’s monetary policies, and excessive freight rates for their plight.  In other words, their focus was on the financial speculation in railroad expansion and the efforts of railway owners to maximize their profits by artificially driving up freight rates.  Their position was that President Cleveland must help create jobs which would involve building roads and other public works improvements (referred to today as “infrastructure” jobs)  It is interesting to note that President Cleveland, referred to as a “Bourbon Democrat,” supported the position most important to the concealed power, namely, deflation (falling prices), rather then take action during the severe Depression to increase the money supply to create price inflation to help the agricultural sector and American labor.  Instead of receiving assistance in the form of public works employment by the government, the leadership of the marchers were arrested and the rest were dispersed.  Accordingly, the U.S. government allowed extreme income inequality to deepen and the 1893 Depression was allowed to continue for a total of six years, causing great personal suffering, and imprinting in the minds of the American public the perception of the criminal nature of America’s financial system.

Getting the Hook Set:  The Financial Panic of 1907

The overall context within which the Panic of 1907 played out was a period in American history referred to as The Gilded Age, which began at the end of the Civil War in early 1865 and ran to the beginning of the 1900s.

The American economy in that period grew over 400%, and was marked by technological advances, major population expansion westward, an explosion of railroads, high immigration, unfettered capitalism practiced by completely out-of-control predators who built huge banking and industrial monopolies, and machinations by the concealed power that continuously plundered the American economy and did considerable damage to America’s democracy and social fabric, and embedded extreme income inequality as a seemingly permanent feature of American life.

The era was marked by low wages, long hours, and few benefits for the American working class, leading to social unrest and the emergence of political movements to correct the evolution of a social arrangement that was clearly not what the Founding Fathers had in mind when they created the American nation.

The term Gilded Age referred to the process of applying a superficial layer of a gold leaf or gold paint on a surface and is meant to make fun of pompous displays of wealth by the very rich, while under the thin, shiny top layer there was the reality of vast inequality that was not consistent with American principles or sensibilities.  A fundamental core of social anger was building under the gleam of extraordinary economic growth and it would periodically break the surface in the form of labor strikes and boycotts, which would be quelled, when necessary, with military force.

It was from this bubbling up of anger on the part of working Americans that the term Robber Barons evolved to describe the more notorious banking and corporate leaders who were identified with fraudulent behavior and reckless speculation that provided spectacular profits and continuously violated the public interest.

In other words, the public anger reflected the belief that such individuals routinely “gamed” the American way of life with their lawless behavior that worked against the public trust, posing as aristocrats in a land that expelled its aristocrats long ago, and using extensive bribery of government officials, law enforcement figures and judges to corrupt American democracy, its media, its educational system, and its justice system.

More than the dollar cost of the economic damage incurred by the nation, the real cost of such unchecked behavior was the insidious decay of American’s belief in the founding principles of its own nation and their fundamental belief in themselves as the masters of their own fate as laid out in the Declaration of Independence and the U.S. Constitution.
Very methodically, the deck became more and more stacked against the American public and their power was being progressively eroded.  Much of the machinations of the concealed power were well-disguised, but there were also a long train of abuses to, and usurpations of, American democracy that broke the surface, although intentionally mischaracterized by a controlled American media and by betraying American educational institutions.

In this unfortunate context, the seeds of the Panic of 1907 , not surprisingly, were found in a decision by the Bank of England to nearly double its loan interest rate (3.5% to 6%) in late 1906 and, consequently, disrupt American/British trade payments to its advantage.  The fraudulent explanation for the rate hike was to respond to the April 18, 1906 San Francisco fire that called for a large outflow of insurance proceeds from London insurers that provided most of the fire insurance coverage in San Francisco.  This action by the Bank caused American firms to have to pay a very substantial increase of interest payments on borrowings from the Bank that, in turn, led to large outflows of gold from America to Britain, thereby weakening our gold reserves and reducing America’s money supply.  From that late 1906 rate hike, the American stock prices began to decline, U.S. business confidence was affected, and industrial production also began a decline.  By the summer of 1907, the stock market had declined 50% from its 1906 peak.  A New York City bond issue failed for the lack of investors.  U.S. Steel Corporation reported declining earnings, as did the railroad companies across the country.  There were concerns about whether financing could be arranged for the American fall harvest of 1907.

Then the panic broke the surface.  On Wednesday, October 16th, an effort to corner the copper market by Augustus and Otto Heinze and Charles W. Morse, partially bankrolled by Charles T. Barney, president of the third largest trust, Knickerbocker Trust Company, came crashing down and produced escalating, multiple bank runs by frightened depositors.  By Thursday, October 24th nine banks collapsed in New York City.  In March of 1907, J.P. Morgan left the United States for a five-month trip, shuttling back and forth between London, Paris, Rome, Florence and playing host on his new yacht, Corsair III, in the Adriatic.  He returned the U.S. in late August.

There is little doubt that Morgan met with officials of the Bank of England, the Rothschilds, and other international bankers with whom he routinely worked.  You can sense the nature of the Panic of 1907, as it broke the surface in October of that year, from a portion of a Life Magazine article, dated April 25th, 1949, written by Frederick Lewis Allen, who produced a glowing narrative about Morgan’s leadership, dispelling accusations that he ( Morgan) had intentionally precipitated the panic:

“In New York City the crisis was mounting. A group of speculators headed by a swashbuckler named F. Augustus Heinze made a disastrous attempt to corner the stock of the United Copper Company and went to the wall. Heinze was also head of the bank, the Mercantile National, and naturally rumors began at once to fly that the bank might have been involved in his speculations. A run on the bank began. Short of money with which to pay depositors, the bank appealed to the Clearing House for aid. (There was at the time no Federal Reserve System, and therefore the Clearing House an association of banks set up for the clearing of checks was the logical agency to turn to if one’s bank was in trouble.) Among Heinze’s associates in his stock market adventures had been two other speculators, Charles W. Morse and E. R. Thomas, who likewise controlled banks, and presently these banks, too, were beset by suspicion. Whereupon the bankers who headed the New York Clearing House, decided that the situation called for prompt and drastic surgery, and demanded the resignation of Heinze, Morse and Thomas from all their banking connections. The Clearing House announced simultaneously that these men’s banks had been examined and found to be in sound condition, but by now the rumors of trouble to come were redoubled.”

“People began especially to question the reliability of trust companies, which were permitted to engage in banking operations almost as if they were national banks, but without being subject to the strict regulations with which national banks were surrounded. Many plungers and stock market operators had got into the managements of some of these trust companies, whose funds could be invested in enterprises more adventurous and more risky then ordinary banks were permitted to engage in.  Investors, speculators and bank depositors began to run for cover selling stock, calling loans, drawing their funds out of suspect trust companies. It was the beginning of a panic.”

“Morgan set up in his library until after midnight Sunday, October 20th, 1907, studying the problem that confronted him talking with partners and friends, with bank presidents, with trust company heads; hearing about the demoralized condition of the stock exchange, the widespread calling of loans, the runs on bank after bank; looking at financial statements; listening to the appeals of men who wanted him to lend cash to this institution or that.”

“The next morning Monday, October 21st he made a first move. He asked (an Morgan assistant) Herbert Satterlee, his son-in-law, to get in touch with some able young bankers who could assemble figures and facts for him and if necessary rapidly examine the condition of a bank which applied for aid. Then he went downtown. Among the banks which appeared to be headed for trouble was a very big trust company, the Knickerbocker, whose fine main office was conspicuously situated at what was then the chief crossroads of the city, the corner of Fifth Avenue and 34th Street. Some of the Knickerbocker’s funds were said to have been dubiously invested and depositors were beginning to draw out their cash. After banking hours a committee of the Knickerbocker’s directors came to see Morgan. They reported that because the name of the popular and amiable president of the Knickerbocker, Charles T. Barney, had been too closely linked in the public mind with Heinz and Morse, they had called for Barney’s resignation. That very afternoon the National Bank of Commerce, which customarily cleared checks for the Knickerbocker, had sent word that it would do so no longer. The committee appealed to Morgan for help for the bank.”

“Morgan would promise nothing. He was a stockholder in the Knickerbocker himself, some of his own firm’s money was on deposit in it, and he had a sentimental attachment for it because it had been founded by an old school friend of his, but he doubted that it could be saved. He advised the committee to assemble at once a meeting of all the directors of the Knickerbocker and to see whether they themselves could devise a plan to prevent its downfall.”

“The Knickerbocker meeting was held that evening at Sherry’s restaurant in a room so lamentably not private that strangers wandered in and out, picking up fragments of the talk, telephoning their friends, spreading the news that the Knickerbocker was in jeopardy. That evening Morgan remained by the fire at Satterlee’s house. He went to bed after midnight with a cold coming on a tired and uncertain man.”

“Tuesday, the 22nd, came and with it the expected run on the Knickerbocker. Benjamin Strong, one of Morgan’s team of examiners, had been making a quick examination of the Knickerbocker’s condition, and his report, while incomplete, was unfavorable. There was nothing to be done. The run continued and at two o’clock in the afternoon the Knickerbocker came to the end of its cash. It suspended payment. It had failed.  The news of the failure of this large and important and widely known bank came like a thunderclap in the midst of a gathering storm. Every banker, and especially every trust company president, knew that he faced the possibility of a run on his own bank the next day. The Secretary of the Treasury, George B. Cortelyou sped to New York to see what use could best be made of such government funds as were available. Again Morgan conferred with anxious financiers half the night. It was at this time, says Cortelyou, that he (Morgan) organized the group or committee of bankers who voluntarily submitted their statements to him and permitted him to allocate to each one the sum of money which he felt was appropriate and necessary to make up the total amount needed to carry the weaker institutions through the panic.  He tried to get the heads of the trust companies, too, to organize for mutual aid, but failed. Not until after three o’clock in the morning did he turn in, still miserable with the heavy cold that had fastened itself upon him.”

“Where would the lightning strike next? As a matter of fact, the direction it was to take was largely determined by something that happened on that very evening of Tuesday, October 22, an episode that was subsequently to become a subject of furious controversy.  Among the bankers who discussed possible plans of action that night was George W Perkins, one of Morgan’s partners. When the session was over the reporters clustered round, and Perkins attempted to brief them on the situation to date. As a result there appeared in the next morning in the New York Times a statement which Perkins later denied that he had made that the sore point was now the Trust Company of America. The statement added that the Trust Company of America had not applied for help, but that provision had been made to supply it with all cash it might need the next morning, and that it was sound and would pull through.”

“That statement, centering as it did the attention of frightened men on a single bank, was so injudicious, to say the least, that the Associated Press refused to send it out. Under the circumstances it was not surprising that, although there were runs on many institutions the next day, by all odds the worst one besieged the Trust Company of America.”

“Did Morgan precipitate the panic?”

“Oakley Thorne, the president of that particular trust company, testified later before a congressional committee that his bank had been subjected to only moderate withdrawals on Tuesday (1 1/2 million, as against 13 million on Wednesday), that he had not applied for help, and that it was the sore point statement alone that had caused the run on his bank. From this testimony, plus the refusal of Morgan to help the Knickerbocker, plus the disciplinary measures taken by the clearinghouse against the Heinz, Morse and Thomas Banks, plus other fragments of supposedly pertinent evidence (even including Bishop Lawrence’s account of Morgan’s cheerful singing in the dining car on Sunday morning), certain chroniclers have arrived at the ingenious conclusion that the Morgan interests took advantage of the unsettled conditions during the autumn of 1907 to precipitate the panic, guiding it truly as it progressed so that it would kill off rival banks and consolidate the preeminence of the banks within the Morgan orbit. To this hypothesis the most obvious answer, given over and over again by bankers, is that no banker in his senses encourages a bank panic. That would be like dropping a match in a powder keg: he would be too likely to go up in the explosion himself.”

However, if those certain chroniclers were right—that the Panic of 1907 was secretly planned in an elaborate machination by the concealed clique, then it succeeded—spectacularly—in setting up the essential conditions for the later creation of the Federal Reserve System in 1913, as noted by Frederick Allen’s concluding commentary:

“The lesson of the Panic of 1907 was clear, though not for some six years it destined to be embodied in legislation: the United States gravely needed a central banking system which could build up reserves to be disposed where they were most needed.”

Please save that thought about “gravely needing a central banking system” and reflect on what the real lessons of the Panic of 1907 should have been.  Try to think of an alternative set of lessons that would start with erecting criminal statutes to finally address the lawlessness of America’s financial system that was allowed to expand to our current social and economic crisis.

This is a good reflection of the character of the concealed power-controlled banking sector.  There was no mention of:  (i) the infestation of hoards of swindlers who roam free to destroy confidence in the investment markets; (ii) the panic-causing and destructive machinations of the concealed power; and, (iii) the deep bribery that the financial sector inflicts on American institutions including all parts of the U.S. government, the media, and American education for the purpose of opening the doors wide to national and international plunder.  Nor is there any mention of the very high level of economic loss and social devastation suffered by the American public from these three conveniently unmentioned influences.

In the same The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, March 1908, S. Wexler, Vice President, Whitney-Central National Bank, New Orleans, Louisiana offered these insights about the roots of the Panic of 1907:

(1) A Wave of Public Irresponsibility:  “Much of our trouble has been caused by the blind worship by the lesser lights of the great commercial and financial luminaries.  Men famed for wealth, however acquired, in charge of the great financial organizations, have allowed their names to serve as the lodestone to draw the small investor into innumerable unsound financial schemes which, had he carefully investigated as he does matters pertaining to his own business, he would have scrupulously avoided.  The (American) people must (also) learn that extravagance is not comfort and that ostentatious display of wealth not only denotes ill-breeding, but promotes anarchy and socialism.  They must learn something of that quality which the Germans call ‘Gemuthlichkeit,’ which means comfort and contentment, the willingness to be satisfied with prosperity without stretching every enterprise to the point of breaking.  They should become imbued with a greater desire for the modest comforts of home life, and in turn instill such ideas into their children, so as to change at least that characteristic of our people, that we term ‘strenuosity,’ into a more modified form of applied energy.”

(2) The Extraordinarily Low Quality and Behavior of Congressmen and Senators: “The individual termed statesman, but more often deserving the (name) of  politician, may well learn a most important lesson in fidelity to his country and appreciation of her needs.  He is most often chosen, not for his peculiar fitness for his duties, but because he is a ‘good fellow,’ a liberal spender and a good stump speaker.  He frequently goes to our legislative halls without even a familiarity with the Constitution of his country or of his native state.  But few know the first principles of the important questions of tariff, finance or revenue.   Most measure a question by how it will look to their constituents and often prefer to vote wrongly than correctly, subject to the necessity of explaining at home.  We learn that we must send better men to make our laws, and that real students, politically disinterested, should be consulted in framing our important measures.  There is no greater evidence of the lack of patriotism or inability of our legislators can be shown, than their attitude on the currency question now pending. This question, involving the very fundamentals of our commercial and financial systems, is at this moment the subject of political bickering and policies that are a disgrace to the nation. Our Senate committee has framed an iniquitous (grossly unfair or immoral) bill which is shamefully in the interest of a few private bankers who hold a large amount of unsold railroad and municipal bonds, and is without a scintilla of the principles of sound finance; but, being a party measure, (a bill that all Congressmen and Senators in a party are required to vote for as ordered by the money sources by which they are controlled) we have still to hear the voice of a single Republican in protest. The House committee in turn has presented a bill which is violently socialistic (opposed to unrestrained capitalism), providing that the strong and safe bank shall guarantee the weaker ones, making the banker who conducts his business safely and conservatively, pay for the deficiencies of those who are reckless and inexperienced. Yet, we hear no violent protests against this bill, which is contrary to every constitutional principle of right. Must we learn from this that our legislators are without the ability to frame a proper and consistent law, or that they are lacking in fidelity to their country and shirking their responsibilities for fear of losing office? Let these gentlemen learn the valuable lessons of the hour and read the clear handwriting on the wall, that unless this Congress passes sound currency legislation and makes proper amendments to the national banking law, we may be called upon to write the lessons of the Panic of 1907; and with the distrust of capital and the suffering of labor incident thereto, the next lesson may entail internal social and political complications the contemplation of which may well cause even the conservatives serious alarm.”

Of the Panic of 1907, Carroll Quigley wrote:

“The influence of (J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller) was so great that the Morgan and Rockefeller groups acting together, or even Morgan acting alone, could have wrecked the economic system of the country merely by throwing securities on the stock market for sale, and, having precipitated a stock-market panic, could then have bought back the securities they had sold but at a lower price.  Naturally, they were not so foolish to do this, although Morgan came very close to it in precipitating the ‘Panic of 1907,’ but they did not hesitate to wreck individual corporations, at the expense of the holders of common stocks, by driving them to bankruptcy.  In this way, to take only two examples, Morgan wrecked the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad before 1914 by selling it, at high prices, the largely valueless securities of myriad New England steamship and trolley lines; and William Rockefeller and his friends wrecked the Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul, and Pacific Railroad before 1925 by selling to it, at excessive prices, plans to electrify to the Pacific…..and a worthless branch railroad (the Gary Line).”

“These are but examples of the discovery by financial capitalists that they made money out of issuing and selling securities rather than out of the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and accordingly led them to the point where they discovered that the exploiting of an operating company by excessive issuance of securities and/or bonds not only was profitable to them but made it possible for them to increase their profits by causing the bankruptcy of the firm (when the concealed power-engineered debt burden toppled the firm), providing (them) fees and commissions of reorganization as well as the opportunity to issue new securities (during the recovery stage).”

The Rothschilds in America up to 1907

The Rothschild name surfaced frequently in the 1890s in a variety of US investments. And N.M. Rothschild & Sons, London, became more heavily interested in US railroads, especially the Louisville and Nashville. In 1895 the Rothschilds, with J.P. Morgan, took part in the February contract with the U.S. Treasury to attempt to stem the U.S. gold drain. The incentive for the transaction was reported to have come from the London Rothschilds. In the 1890s the Paris Rothschilds remained prominent in the international copper trade and held a quarter of the shares of Anaconda, America’s largest copper producer, and marketed its copper in Europe. Many of the Rothschild U.S. mining interests were in gold (an outcome of the Rothschild’s long involvement in buying and selling that monetary metal). In 1897-1901 the British Rothschilds acted as broker for the Guggenheims for huge silver sales in Europe. The Paris Rothschilds in 1912 aided in financing the entry of Royal Dutch Shell in oil production in Oklahoma. The London and Paris Rothschilds rescued their New York representative, August Belmont, in 1907, when he became overextended in his dealings on the New York subway system.

Throughout, both the London and the Paris Rothschilds retained as American agent the private banking house August Belmont & Company, New York, headed by. August Belmont, Sr., who had become the Rothschild representative in America in 1837. Over the years the relationships were sporadically stormy, but they persisted. When Belmont died in 1890, his son August (1853-1924), who on his father’s death dropped the Jr., took charge.  For American businessmen, the name August Belmont was synonymous with Rothschild interests.

The Rothschilds were well informed on what was happening in America. Their correspondence contains detailed information.  Lord Rothschild in 1907, for example, wrote his Paris cousins on a range of American matters:

“American shares are booming.   There is a huge American account here. (January 7, 1907)although Union Pacific has fallen a little, the disclosures (by Harriman) do not seem to have produced the same effect in Wall Street as here (January 8, 1907);  early this morning we could have lent considerable sums of fresh money on American securities at very high rates, but although we went on with all our old money we decline to lend anymore the American market. (January 14, 1907); American railway shares are somewhat under a cloud, but it would be a mistake to be too pessimistic (January 18, 1907).”

The London Rothschilds expressed dismay at Theodore Roosevelt’s hostility to railroad enterprise (March 14, 1907).

On March 15, 1907, Lord Rothschild wrote,

“our telegrams from America do not tell us much more than is in the papers and even the best informed like Sir Edgar Spreyer can only conjecture, in all probability the sales in New York were occasioned by fears of socialistic legislation or actions on the part of Roosevelt and the various states.”

Lord Rothschild thought American railways instead of being over-capitalized, are undercapitalized. (April 3, 1907).

In London the Rothschilds followed the course of the 1907 American panic. In its midst, their correspondence express confidence and noted “all the leading American houses and the great many bargain hunters were considerable buyers of American stock all the morning.

The Rothschilds role in American finance was noteworthy. A recent study by Stanley D. Chapman suggests that in the years 1870-1914 and N.M. Rothschild & Sons measured by capital was the most important merchant bank in London while its American business had its ups and downs, its extent remained impressive; the Rothschilds by no means neglected America.

The Biggest Financial Panic Ever:  The Great Depression of the 1930s Was Engineered As a Major “Controlled Disintegration” of America and To Benefit Britain

In 1919, in the aftermath of World War I, Britain was in trouble.  British exports had become too overpriced to be competitive in world trade, which impinged on the nation’s income.  The British were spending more on imports than they was taking in through their exports, which meant that its gold reserves were being drained as the nation was forced to use its gold to pay other countries to cover the trade imbalance.

G. Edward Griffin wrote:

“The handwriting was on the wall.  If this process continued, the nation soon would be broke.  It was a situation, incidentally, which was amazingly parallel to what has plagued the United States since the end of World War II, and for mostly the same reasons. The British economy was, not only badly anemic, it was experiencing a monetary hangover from the vast inflation of World War I.  In other words, it was undergoing a painful but, in the long run, healthy recovery and a return to reality.”

“Such a condition was intolerable to the (Bank of England and its international banking players) who were determined to find a quick and painless remedy (to allow) the binge to continue…..America had also (experienced an inflationary economy) during (World War I) but not nearly as much (as Britain)…..She also had a gold standard, but the stockpile of gold was very large and still growing…..”

“The therapy chosen for this problem was simple.  Perform a monetary transfusion from the healthy patient to the unhealthy one.  All the London financiers had to do was find a large and robust specimen who, without asking too many question, would be willing to become the donor.  The specimen selected, of course, was Uncle Sam himself…..(the method of transfusion) was ingenious:  to have one nation deliberately inflate its currency at a rate greater than the other nation so that real purchasing power, in terms of international trade, moves from (the nation—America—with less inflation to the one with more inflation—Britain).”

“It was so subtle and so sophisticated that not one in a thousand would even think of it, much less object to it.  It was, therefore, the ideal method chosen in 1925 to benefit (Britain) at the expense of America.”

Murray Rothbard, in his The Federal Reserve as a Cartelization Device, Money in Crisis (1984) wrote:

“In short, the American public was nominated to suffer the burdens of inflation and subsequent collapse (the crash of 1929) in order to maintain the British government and the British trade union movement in the style to which they insisted on becoming accustomed.”

Griffin continued:

“The Bank of England provided (Benjamin Strong, the head of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York) with an office and a private secretary during his visits, and the two men (Strong and Montagu Norman) kept in close contact with each other through the weekly exchange of private cables.  All of these meetings and communiques were kept in strict secrecy.  By 1926, the heads of the central banks of France and Germany were occasionally included in their meetings…..”

“The culmination of these discussions took place at a secret meeting in 1927 at which it was agreed that the financial lifeblood of the American people would be donated for a massive transfusion to (Britain).”

John Kenneth Galbraith, in his Money: Whence It Came, Where It Went (1975), wrote:

“On July 1st, 1927, the Mauretania arrived in New York with two notable passengers, Montagu Norman, Governor of the Bank of England, and Hjalmar Schacht, head of the German Reichsbank…..The secrecy covering the visit was extreme and to a degree ostentatious.  The names of neither of the great bankers appeared on the passenger list.  Neither, on arriving, met with the press….In New York the two men were joined by Charles Rist, the Deputy Governor of the Banque do France, and they went into conferences with Benjamin Strong, the Governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York……”

“The principle, or in any case the ultimately important, subject of discussion was the persistently weak reserve position (the low level of gold holdings) of the Bank of England.  This, the bankers thought, could be helped if the Federal Reserve would ease interest rates, encourage lending (and initiate a new economic boom).  Holders of gold would then seek the higher returns from keeping their metal in London.  And, in time, higher prices in the United States would ease the competitive position of British industry and labor.”

Griffin continued:

“Gilbraith speaks with soft phrases to cushion a harsh reality. What he is saying is that the purpose of the meeting was to finalize a plan whereby the Governor of the Federal Reserve System was to deliberately create inflation in the U.S. so that American prices would rise, making U.S. goods less competitive in world markets and causing American gold to move to the Bank of England. Governor Strong needed little convincing. That is precisely what he and Norman had planned to do all along and, in fact, he had already begun to implement the plan. The purpose of inviting the Germans and the French to the meeting was to enlist their agreement to create inflation in their countries as well. Schacht and Rist would have no part of it and left the meeting early, leaving Strong and Norman to work out the final details between them.”  (Calvin Coolidge was the U.S. President at the time—Herbert Hoover became President in March of 1929 and left office, after one term, in March of 1933, replaced by Franklin D. Roosevelt.)

“The burst of inflation came in the latter half of 1927, immediately following the secret meeting between Strong, Norman, Schacht, and Rist…….As anticipated, people with gold then preferred to send it to London where it could earn a higher yield, and America’s gold supply began to move abroad. Furthermore, as inflation began to eat its way into the purchasing power of the dollar, the prices of American-made goods began to rise in world markets making them less competitive; U.S. exports began to decline; unemployment began to rise; low interest rates and easy credit led to speculation in the securities markets; and the system lunged full speed ahead toward the great crash of 1929.”

When the Great Depression struck, the Federal Reserve drew the attention of critics all over again, but on a much greater scale, due to the severity of economic conditions and the belief of some that the Federal Reserve was a prime cause.

The Federal Reserve: Congressman Louis McFadden Penetrates the High Wall of False Reality

Republican Congressman Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of the U.S. House Committee on Banking and Currency, expressed his views of the purposes and performance of the Federal Reserve Board in a scorching, 25-minute critique that took place on June 10th, 1932, blaming the Fed for causing the national crisis.  Congressman McFadden had a banking background:  In 1892, he entered the employ of the First National Bank in Canton, Pennsylvania.  In 1899, he was elected cashier, and became its president on January 11, 1916, serving until 1925.  He served as treasurer of the Pennsylvania Bankers Association in 1906 and 1907, and as president in 1914 and 1915.  The following is a portion of his commentary. The length of this excerpt is worth the read because of its insights.  Congressman McFadden, in an open session of Congress spoke forcefully:

Mr. Chairman, we have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known.  I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks.  The Federal Reserve Board, a Government board, has cheated the Government of the United States and the people of the United States out of enough money to pay the national debt.  The depredations and iniquities of the Federal Reserve Board has cost this country enough money to pay the national debt several times over.  This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of the United States, has bankrupted itself, and has practically bankrupted our Government.  It has done this through the defects of the law under which it operates, through the maladministrations of that law by the Federal Reserve, and through the corrupt practices of the money vultures who control it.

Some people think the Federal Reserve Board banks are United States Government institutions.  They are not Government institutions.  They are private credit monopolies, which prey upon the people of the United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers; foreign and domestic speculators and swindlers; and rich and predatory money lenders.  In that dark crew of financial pirates there are those who would cut a man’s throat to get a dollar out of his pocket; there are those who send money into States to buy votes to control our legislation; and there are those who maintain international propaganda for the purpose of deceiving us and of wheedling us into the granting of new concessions which will permit them to cover up their past misdeeds and set again in motion their gigantic train of crime.

These twelve private credit monopolies were deceitfully and disloyally foisted upon this country by the bankers who came here from Europe and repaid us for our hospitality by undermining our American institutions.  Those bankers took money out of this country to finance Japan in a way against Russia.  They created a rein of terror in Russia with our money in order to help that war along.  They instigated the separate peace between Germany and Russia and thus drove a wedge between the Allies in the World War.  They financed Trotsky’s disposal in one of their branch banks in Sweden so that through him Russian might be thoroughly broken up and Russian children flung far and wide from their natural protectors.  They have since begun the breaking up of American homes and the dispersal of American children.

It has been said that President Wilson was deceived by the attentions of these bankers and by the philanthropic poses they assumed.  It has been said that when he discovered the manner in which he had been misled by Colonel House, he turned against that busybody, that holy monk of the financial empire, and showed him the door.  He had the grace to do that, and in my opinion he deserves great credit for it.  President Wilson died a victim of deception.  When he came to the Presidency, he had certain qualities of mind and heart which entitled him to ahigh place in the councils of this Nation, but there was one thing he was not and which he never aspired to be; he was not a banker.  He said that he knew very little about banking.  It was, therefore, on the advice of others that the iniquitous Federal Reserve Act, the death warrant of American liberty, became law in his administration.

The passion emanating from Congressman McFadden came, in part, from the popular sentiment at the time that the European central banks had caused enormous economic instability and financial distress in Europe with their capture of each country’s banking system.

It was Republican Senator Nelson W. Aldrich, the key American attendee of the 1910 meeting that brought the Federal Reserve System to life, who presented the bill to Congress that paved the way for adoption of the Fed.  The Democratic Party platform that elected Woodrow Wilson for President opposed the bill.

Congressman McFadden continued:

Senator Aldrich did not write the Aldrich bill.  He was the tool, but not the accomplice, of the European-born bankers who for nearly twenty years had been scheming to set up a central bank in this country and who in 1912 had spent and were continuing to spend vast sums of money to accomplish their purpose.  Thirteen months later, that promise was broken, and the Wilson administration, under the tutelage of those sinister Wall Street figures who stood behind Colonel House, established here in our free country the worm-eaten monarchical institution of the kings bank to control us from the top downward, and to shackle us from the cradle to the grave. The danger that the country was warned against came upon us and is shown in the long train of horrors attendant upon the affairs of the traitorous and dishonest Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks are fully liable.  This is an era of financed crime and in the financing of crime, and the Federal Reserve Board does not play the part of a disinterested spectator.

In the eighteen years that have passed since Senator Lodge wrote his letter of warning (opposing the Aldridge bill) all of his predictions have come true.  The Government is in the banking business with horsethieves and card sharps, bootleggers, speculators, and swindlers in all parts of the world.  Through the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks the riffraff of every country is operating on the public credit of the United States Government.  Meanwhile, and on account of it, we ourselves are in the midst of the greatest depression we have ever known.  Thus the menace to our prosperity, so feared by Senator Lodge, has indeed struck home.

From the Atlantic to the Pacific our country has been ravaged and laid waste by the evil practices of the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks and the interests, which control them.  At no time in our history has the general welfare of the people of the United States been at a lower level or the mind of the people so filled with despair.

The people of the United States are being greatly wronged.  If they are not, then I do not know what wronging the people means.  They have been driven from their employments.  They have been dispossessed of their homes.  They have been evicted from their rented quarters.  They have lost their children.  They have been left to suffer and to die for lack of shelter, food, clothing, and medicine.

The wealth of the United States and the working capital of the United States has been taken away from them and has been locked in the vaults of certain banks and the great corporations.  So far as the people of the United States are concerned, the cupboard is bare.  It is true that the warehouses and coal yards and grain elevators are full, but the warehouses and coal yards and grain elevators are padlocked and the great banks and corporations hold the keys.  The sack of the United States by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks is the greatest crime in history.

Mr. Chairman, a serious situation confronts the House of Representatives to-day.  We are trustees of the people and the rights of the people are being taken away from them.  Through the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks, the people are losing the rights guaranteed to them by the Constitution.  Their property has been taken from them without due process of law.  Mr. Chairman, common decency requires us to examine the public accounts of the Government and see what crimes against the public welfare have and are being committed.

What is needed here is a return to the Constitution of the United States.  We need to have a complete divorce of Bank and State.  The old struggle that was fought out here in Jackson’s day must be fought over again.  The independent United States Treasury should be re-established and the Government should keep its own money under lock and key in the building the people provided for that purpose.  Asset currency, the device of the swindler, should be done away with.  The Government should buy gold and issue United States currency on it.

The business of the independent bankers should be restored to them.  The State banking systems should be freed from coercion.  The Federal Reserve districts should be abolished and the State whose people own them, and this reserve money of the people should be protected so that the international bankers and acceptance bankers and discount dealers can not draw it away from them.  The exchanges should be closed while we are putting our financial affairs in order. The Federal Reserve Act should be repealed and the Federal Reserve banks, having violated their charters, should be liquidated immediately.  Faithless government officers who have violated their oaths of office should be impeached and brought to trial.  Unless this is done by us, I predict that the American people, outraged, robbed, pillaged, insulted, and betrayed as they are in their own land, will rise in their wrath and send a President here who will sweep the money changers out of the temple.”

There were three efforts to assassinate Congressman McFadden.  The third was successful, by poison.  Based on my research, I conclude that the concealed power reverted to its standard playbook to order up an assassination when their concealed schemes were exposed to the public light by Congressman McFadden.
Pull up: http://dandelionsalad.wordpress.com/2008/07/21/louis-t-mcfadden-1876-1936-an-american-hero-by-richard-c-cook/

In Schlesinger’s third volume on the Roosevelt era, The Politics of Upheaval (1960), the actions of the Federal Reserve System drew considerable attention.  The issue emerged after President Franklin Roosevelt appointed Marriner S. Eccles to become Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board in 1934.   Schlesinger wrote:

“As a result, Eccles felt, the System tended to serve the interests of the bankers (and especially of New York bankers) rather than the general interests of the country.  Once this was (changed), the Board and the System could make an effective contribution to recovery.  Henry Morgenthau, Jr., head of the U.S. Treasury agreed.”

The move to integrate Eccles changes in the Banking Bill of 1935 collided with the strenuous contrary efforts of Carter Glass, the former Secretary of the U.S. Treasury under President Wilson and former Chairman of the House Committee of Banking and Currency in 1913 that oversaw Congressional approval of the original Federal Reserve Act.  My research indicates that Senator Glass worked for the concealed clique.

The false reality that surrounds us explains away the Great Depression as if it were an unpredictable weather event.  In fact, the Federal Reserve carried out a concealed scheme that simultaneously boosted Britain’s faltering economy and intentionally damaged America’s economic strength, as well as the well-being of the American people.

Commentary:  It is true that our forefathers won the American Revolutionary War when the American Congress ratified the Treaty of Paris on January 14, 1783.  But the British were by no means interesting in honoring that agreement.  When it became clear that America was not going to allow the British to install a dominant bank in America, the concealed clique orchestrated the War of 1812 that was designed to exhaust America’s meager financial resources and the planned “controlled disintegration” of America was instituted as a permanent policy of the British government.

Meanwhile, America Had Its Own Concealed Clique of Treasonous Domestic Enemies:  The Betraying Eastern Establishment Headed by the Rockefeller Banking Family

The Rockefeller family reflects the same basic characteristics of the Eastern Establishment:  (i) living in an alternative universe, (ii) pretensions of entitlement and privilege, (iii) a fundamental contempt for American principles as expressed in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, (iv) an allegiance to the British old-wealth families, (v) complicity in destroying America’s economic strength and national solidarity, and lastly, (v) extensive funding of plans and actions to bring about global depopulation.

The Rockefeller family was and continues to be at the center of Eastern Establishment power and has the longest history for participating in machinations to weaken American society and bring about a concealed power-controlled one-world government.  The Rockefeller family is synonymous with global oil production and global banking operations, which are second in profitability only to the concealed power’s carefully disguised global narcotics trade monopoly.

The most effective way to gain an understanding of the profile of the Rockefeller family is to become familiar with David Rockefeller, the family legacy of fraud going back to his great-grandfather, William Avery Rockefeller, and then review the many schemes orchestrated by the concealed power and carried out by the Rockefeller family.  David Rockefeller, age 97, was the great-grandson of William Avery Rockefeller, believed to be related to immigrating French Huguenots (Protestants, severely persecuted by the Catholics) who fled to Germany in the 1700s and later moved to America.  William Rockefeller, born in 1810 in Granger, New York, resided in Richford, New York, near Ithaca and, according to Ron Chernow, in his Titan: The Life of John D. Rockefeller, Sr. (1998),

The locals referred to the mysterious but fun-loving man as Big Bill, and Devil Bill.  Throughout his life, (he) gained a reputation for shady schemes rather than productive work.  Eliza (his wife), a homemaker and devout Baptist, struggled to maintain a semblance of stability at home, as William was frequently gone for extended periods.  She also put up with his philandering and his double life, which included bigamy.  Purportedly, William was a traveling salesman of bottled oil that seeped up from salt wells owned by Samuel L. Kier at Tarentum, Pennsylvania.  The elixir was first referred to as Kier’s Magic Oil, which William Rockefeller went on to market as, among other cures, a cancer therapy.

According to Grant Segall, in his John D. Rockefeller: Anointed With Oil (2001), William Rockefeller’s son, John D. Rockefeller, learned cheating on his father’s knee:

“He followed his father’s advice to “trade dishes for platters,” and always get the better part of any deal.  Big Bill once bragged, “I cheat my boys every chance I get.  I want to make ’em sharp.”

The Rockefeller family devoted considerable time and money to develop the field of eugenics, a race superiority movement spawned in the early 1900s based on pseudo-scientific genetic inheritance theories.  Yet, here we have a family that is, on the one hand, presenting itself as genetically superior, while its progenitor, William Rockefeller, is, if anything, an inferior human specimen—an anti-social being, disloyal to his wife, a purveyor of fraudulent goods, and a father who intentionally teaches his children to take advantage of others by means of cheating.  In other words, the Rockefeller family, from its inception, has been all about fraudulent behavior taken to its extremes, beginning with its pretensions of racial superiority.

John Davison Rockefeller, William Avery Rockefeller’s son, was born in 1839 in Richford, New York.  The family moved to Cleveland, Ohio, where he completed high school and attended Folsom’s Commercial College, where he studied bookkeeping.  Starting as an assistant bookkeeper in a produce firm, he eventually accumulated sufficient savings to join in a produce enterprise and then partner in the development of a small oil refinery in Cleveland’s industrial sector.  His brother Frank fought in the Civil War, but John D. Rockefeller, hired substitute soldiers to take his place and continued to work in the oil business, eventually bought out his partners, and was well-positioned in the post-Civil War period to take advantage of the country’s industrial growth westward expansion.  He gained the attention of Jacob Schiff of the Kuhn Loeb investment firm who coached him in business tactics and arranged for funding of Rockefeller’s activities through the Rothschild-controlled National Bank of Cleveland (Schiff’s family and the Rothschild family lived together in the same home in Frankfurt, Germany when Jacob was growing up).  In June of 1870, John Rockefeller formed Standard Oil of Ohio, which became one of the largest refiners and shippers of oil and kerosene in the U.S.  Its success had a great deal to do with a combination of business tactics designed to eliminate all of Standard Oil’s competition.

One of the most noteworthy schemes designed by Rockefeller and Schiff (who had orchestrated a massive amount of Rothschild family investment into the burgeoning American railroad industry), was the formation of the South Improvement Company, controlled by Standard Oil.  A secret rebate agreement was arranged with the three railroads that carried freight between Cleveland and New York, the Pennsylvania Railroad, the Erie, and the New York Central, with the following terms:

  • The railroads planned to double their freights (rates), including a new rate of $2.56 per barrel of oil for all refiners shipping from Cleveland to New York.
  • But, South Improvement Company would secretly receive a rebate of $1.06 per barrel on the Standard Oil shipments.
  • The railroads would also secretly pay South Improvement Company $1.06 per barrel on all other non-Standard Oil refiners’ shipments.
  • The railroads would also give secret reports of the shipping destinations, costs, and dates of all of Standard Oil’s competitors.
  • Fraud appeared to be a Rockefeller family trademark from the beginning.  The definition for fraudulent activity is:  activities intended to wrongfully or criminally deceive others to achieve financial or personal gain.

Grant Segall wrote:

“This touched off a firestorm of protest from independent oil well owners, including boycotts and vandalism, which eventually led to the discovery of Standard Oil’s part in the deal.  A major New York refiner, Charles Pratt and Company, headed by Charles Pratt and Henry H. Rogers, led the opposition to this plan, and railroads soon backed off.  Pennsylvania revoked the cartel’s charter and equal rates were restored for the time being.  Undeterred, though vilified for the first time in the press, Rockefeller continued with his self-reinforcing cycle, coached by monopoly-encouraging Jacob Schiff, of buying competing refiners, improving the efficiency of his operations, pressing for discounts on oil shipments, undercutting his competition, making secret deals, raising investment pools, and buying rivals out.  In less than four months in 1872, in what was later known as ˜The Cleveland Conquest,” or ˜The Cleveland Massacre,” Standard Oil had absorbed 22 of its 26 Cleveland competitors (fueled by funding by the Rothschild family).  Eventually, even his former antagonists, Pratt and Rogers, saw the futility of continuing to compete against Standard Oil:  in 1874, they made a secret agreement with their old nemesis to be acquired.  Pratt and Rogers became Rockefeller’s partners.  For many of his competitors, Rockefeller had merely to show them his books so they could see what they were up against, then make them a decent offer.  If they refused his offer, he told them he would run them into bankruptcy, then cheaply buy their assets at auction. By the end of the 1870s, Standard was refining over 90% of the oil in the U.S. (and) Rockefeller had already become a millionaire (in 1870 dollars).”

In order to expand its burgeoning banking combine, it was John D. Rockefeller, Jr, who, in 1930, orchestrated the merger of Chase National Bank in New York with the Rockefeller family’s Equitable Trust Company of New York.  In 1955, the Chase National Bank and the Manhattan Company (another New York City bank) merged to create Chase Manhattan Bank and, in 2000, J.P. Morgan & Co. acquired Chase Manhattan Bank to become today’s largest global bank, J.P. Morgan Chase.

With its worldwide influence in both the petroleum and the banking industries, the Rockefeller family thereby maximized its political and economic influence across the world.  With that extraordinary combined power of money and political influence, it did not lead America and the world to a future better condition.  Instead, it intentionally undertook a course to subvert American principles as described in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, and to undermine the economic and social strength of America.  The irony being that the Rockefeller family could never have built its family fortune except in America under the American principles which it holds in such contempt.  To benefit so spectacularly by taking advantage of America’s protection of individual rights and freedoms, and then to so systematically try to destroy those same rights and freedoms for the American population and its next generations is nothing less than a profound betrayal.  The Rockefeller family’s actual track record would have made their progenitor, William Avery Rockefeller, proud:

1.  Aligning With the Foreign Dynastic Banking Families:  The Rockefeller family, along with the other Eastern Establishment families, (i) aligned itself with the clique of foreign dynastic banking families to facilitate the British objective of recapturing America as a colony, and (ii) attempted to impose on America a one-world government under the dominance of the concealed power. The Rockefeller family pursued its business and one-world government objectives by the use of widespread bribery and coercion of American government at both the federal and state levels.

2.  Sabotaging American Education:  The family formed its Rockefeller Foundation on May 14, 1913 and joined forces with the Carnegie Endowment to subvert American education for the purpose shifting the perspective of our next generations away from an understanding of American principles described clearly in the Declaration of Independence and the U.S. Constitution.  By the use of bribery, massive grant fundings, coercion, and their intermediate network of Rockefeller-funded associations, they were successful in supplying altered textbooks, altered teaching methods, biased research, and a fraudulent revision of American History.  To further accomplish its subversion, the Rockefeller Foundation and the Carnegie Endowment used a network of educational associations to dumb down the next American generations to create a docile, uninformed, and muddled future American populations.  The Rockefellers helped fund the indoctrination of hand-picked American graduate students by sending them to London to Oxford, the London School of Economics, and other British institutions and then systematically placing them, upon return to the U.S., on important career tracks in America to support the objectives of the concealed clique.  (see The Tax-Exempt Foundations (1980) by William H. McIlhany, II and read Chapter One of A Grandfather’s Encouragement To Our Next Generation (2013).

3.  Taking Over America’s Financial System:  In 1910, under the strictest veil of secrecy, seven men met at Jekyll Island, Georgia to create a private bank (deceptively named, the Federal Reserve to suggest that it was part of the U.S. Government) designed to take over America’s financial system to benefit its private owners and gain overwhelming control of the American government.  The clandestine meeting was orchestrated by the Rockefeller and Rothschild families and included the following individuals:

Treasonous Americans Controlled by the Rockefellers:

1.  Nelson W. Aldrich, Senate Chairman of the National Monetary Commission, whose daughter, Abby, married John D. Rockerfeller, Jr.

2.  Abraham Piatt Andrew, Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Treasury,  Lawrenceville School, Princeton University, Harvard Graduate School, faculty member in the Economics Department.

3.  Frank A. Vanderlop, President of National City Bank of New York, a
Rockefeller-controlled international banking institution.

Treasonous Americans Controlled by the Rothschilds:

1.  Paul Warburg, Warburg banking family of Hamburg and Amsterdam; and partner in Kuhn, Loeb & Company, which also represented Rothschild interests in America.  Warburg acquired an American citizenship.

2.  Henry Davison, Senior Partner of J.P. Morgan & Co., representing Rothschild interests in America.

3. Charles D. Norton, President of 1st National Bank of New York, controlled by J.P. Morgan & Co, representing the Rothschild interests in America.

4.  Benjamin Strong, President of Bankers Trust Company, controlled by J.P. Morgan & Co., which represented the Rothschild interests in America.

The private ownership of the Federal Reserve was secretly held by the concealed clique through its agents in America.

It bears repeating that Rockefeller-controlled Frank Vanderlip, one of the seven members of the Jekyll Island meeting, later admitted his complicity on behalf of the Rockefeller family in the scheme to bring about the enactment of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913:

“Despite my views about the value to society of greater publicity for the affairs of corporations, there was an occasion, near the close of 1910, when I was as secretive—indeed, as furtive as any conspirator.  I do not feel it is any exaggeration to speak of our secret expedition to Jekyll Island as the occasion of the actual conception of what eventually became the Federal Reserve System. We were told to leave our last names behind us.  We were told, further, that we should avoid dining together on the night of our departure.  We were instructed to come one at a time and as unobtrusively as possible to the railroad terminal on the New Jersey littoral of the Hudson, where Senator Aldrich’s private car would be in readiness, attached to the rear end of a train for the South.  Once aboard the private car we began to observe the taboo that had been fixed on last names.  We addressed one another as “Ben,” “Paul,””Nelson,””Abe,”—it is Abraham Piatt Andrew.  Davison and I adopted even deeper disguises, abandoning our first names.  On the theory that we were always right, he became Wilbur and I became Orville, after those two aviation pioneers, the Wright brothers.  The servants and train crew may havd known the identities of one or two of us, but they did not know all, and it was the names of all printed together that would have made our mysterious journey significant in Washington, in Wall Street, even in London.  Discovery, we knew, simply must not happen, or else all our time and effort would be wasted.  If it were to be exposed publicly that our particular group had got together and written a banking bill, that bill would have no chance whatever of passage by Congress.”

This profound destruction of American sovereignty and betrayal of the best interest of the American people was guided through Congress by Rockefeller-controlled Senator Nelson Aldrich, who, using stealth, brought the bill to a vote on December 23, 1913, when many opponents to the bill, caught unawares, had already left for home during the Christmas holiday (see The Creature from Jekyll Island–A Second Look at the Federal Reserve (2004), G. Edward Griffin and read Chapter Two of A Grandfather’s Encouragement To Our Next Generation (2013).

This narrative by Frank Vanderlip is an excellent example of the kind of colossal fraud that is the trademark of the concealed clique.  The fact that a completelyfraudulent private bank controlled by the concealed clique could be foisted upon the American people through a secret meeting on a small island offshore Georgia by a cabal of   high American officials and conspiring foreign and domestic bankers is PREPOSTEROUS; it is UNTHINKABLE on its face.  But it did actually happen.  And, thus, the success in carrying out this fraud from its inception on December 23, 1913 to today must have resulted from the concealed clique wielding full power of  its imperial playbook, including, but not limited to: massive bribery, maximum surveillance, deep blackmail, mortal threats, deadly violence, and assassinations of American public figures.

I use the term PREPOSTEROUS and UNTHINKABLE because the vast majority of Americans cannot conceive of any such thing happening in America.  And that is why most Americans—who are unaware of the long psychological warfare and propaganda waged on them by the concealed clique, which is yet another PREPOSTEROUS and UNTHINKABLE notion—are highly resistant to alternative explanations of “how the world actually works,” particularly explanations that they have never heard of before and that are so seemingly bizarre and potentially disorienting that they reject them out of hand, frequently with considerable anger and ridicule directed at the messenger of the explanation.

Earlier, I mentioned that when everything else fails, the use of Irish gallows humor might help penetrate the high wall of false reality that surrounds most Americans.  Here is a relevant example of such humor that may be of help:

4.  Subverting the American Medical Profession:  Using bribery, grant fundings, coercion, and a myriad of Rockefeller-funded associations, as they did in American education, they gained control over the policy-making processes of the American medical profession, and in particular, American medical education, for the purpose of maximizing their pharmaceutical profits, instead of a balanced use of treatments that would also include use of nutrition/vitamin and natural substances (homeopathy).  Accordingly, the American medical field is overwhelmingly dominated by drug and surgery treatments.  Behind this successful scheme is a global pharmaceutical cartel that began when the Rockefeller family formed the I.G. Farben and Standard Oil Company cartel—a global monopoly in the pharmaceutical field.  G. Edward Griffin provides an important insight about the purposes behind the objective of one-world government:

It follows, also that if big government is good for cartels, then bigger government is better, and total government is best.  It is for these reason that, throughout their entire history, cartels have been found to be the behind-the-scenes promoters of every conceivable form of totalitarianism.  They supported the Nazis in Germany; they embraced the Fascists in Italy; they financed the Bolsheviks in Russia the “super rich” so often are found in support of socialism or socialist measures there is no competition and there is no free enterprise government becomes the tool of the very forces that, supposedly, it is regulating.  The regulations, upon close examination, almost always turn out to be what the cartels have agreed upon beforehand, except that now they have the police power of the state to enforce them.

The extreme example of cartel power is in cancer research and treatment.  Griffin wrote:

“Laetrile got in the way.  First, the nutritional concept upon which it rests is anathema to the drug industry.  Second, the fact that it is a product of free-enterprise was an affront to the bureaucracy of big government.  Third, the final solution to the cancer problem surely will terminate the gigantic cancer-research industry, most of the radio-therapy industry, and much of the surgery now being performed.  Loss of revenue in these fields would be catastrophic to thousands of professional fund-raisers, researchers, and technicians.  And fourth, the elimination of cancer from the national medical bill would reduce the dose of medical care each year so drastically that much of the current political pressure for socialized medicine would evaporate.  (Laetrile, a chemical found in the pits of peaches, nectarines, plums, apricots, and almonds, thought by some to be a cancer cure, was banned as a cancer treatment by the Federal Drug Agency in 1971.)”  (see World Without Cancer—The Story of Vitamin B-17 (1997), by G. Edward Griffin).

5.  Fomented War:  The Rockefeller family provided major funding to support the Bolshevik Revolution against Czarist Russia that created the USSR, and also provided major funding to support the rise of Nazi Germany, which led directly to World War II.  Moreover, Rockefeller’s Standard Oil Company continued to provide petroleum to Nazi Germany throughout its war with the U.S.

6.  Major Funding for the Foreign Dynastic Banking Families’ Council on Foreign Relations in New York:

In yet another fraudulent action, the Rockefeller family provided major funding that helped maintain a highly influential, concealed clique’s planning and oversight organization in New York City—the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)—for the purpose of subverting American principles, diminishing U.S. sovereignty, weakening the American economy and spreading disinformation to promote one-world government.  Since its inception, the Council on Foreign Relations  membership has included an elite list of American politicians, U.S. government officials, senior faculty of U.S. universities, heads of U.S. foundations, and top executives of the concealed power’s transnational corporations, all of whom are under the influence, to one degree or another, of the concealed clique for their careers.

Although the CFR was originally funded and dominated by J.P. Morgan interests since its inception in 1921, control shifted to the Rockefeller family.  As you read on, it will become clear that the Rockefellers are an integral part of the concealed power.  While the British hold the dominant power, the Rockefeller family appears in the lead with regard to concealed power-controlled schemes that are focused on America.

To connect the dots from the concealed clique and its target of colonial control, America, one has only to read the salient part of Cecil Rhodes’s will and Rhodes’ intent, written in 1877:

“To and for the establishment, promotion, and development of a secret society, the true aim and object whereof shall be for the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of the system of emigration from the United Kingdom, and of colonization by British subjects of all lands where the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire continent of Africa, the Holy Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the Islands of Cyprus and (Crete), the whole of South America, the islands of the Pacific not here to for possessed by great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the inauguration of a system of colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire and, finally, the foundation of so great a power as to render wars impossible, and promote the best interests of humanity.”

And from David Rockefeller’s autobiography, Memoirs (2003), he wrote:

For more that a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions.  Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as internationalists and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure; one world, if you will.  If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.

If only the U.S. Constitution had teeth, David Rockefeller would have been deported and incarcerated in solitary confinement for life for treason against the United States of America.  This might be the best example you will find of the fact that the Eastern Establishment families live in an alternative universe.  They made their money in America because America threw off the feudal shackles of the British monarchy and organized a government that supported individual rights and freedoms.  But now that the Rockefellers have secured their fortunes they want to further maximize their profit-making by removing those individual rights and freedoms, eliminating America’s nation-state status and forcing it into a one-world government under their control.  That is why deportation and incarceration must be the consequence of such treasonous behavior.

7.  Involvement With the Foreign Dynastic Banking Families in the Global Narcotics Trade Monopoly

One of the most insightful sources of information about the global narcotics trade comes from the Executive Intelligence Review, which published revelatory books:  Dope, Inc.—The Book That Drove Henry Kissinger Crazy (1992) and an updated version, Dope, Inc—Britain’s Opium War Against the World (2010).  EIR began this book series with the first edition of Dope, Inc. in the late 1970s.  Lyndon LaRouche, EIR’s founder, stated that it was in 1977 that he recognized a flood of new narcotics trafficking throughout America that, if left unchecked, would become the highest threat to our national security.  The Executive Intelligence Review was established by LaRouche as a privately-supported intelligence network to be of service to the American and world public.  He also formed the U.S. Labor Party and ran for U.S. President in presidential campaigns from 1976 to 2004.  The work of EIR and his political activism provoked retaliation in the form of a 15-year prison sentence for alleged conspiracy to commit mail fraud and tax code violations, but he continued his campaign to draw attention to the burgeoning global narcotics monopoly orchestrated by the concealed power that was savaging populations in countries across the world.  He was finally paroled in 1994 and continues his efforts.  (see: http://www.larouchepub.com/)

EIR wrote:

In the years of 1919 and 1920, two events of critical strategic importance for Britain’s opium war against the United States occurred.  First, the Royal Institute of International Affairs was founded.  The purpose of this institution had been set forth over forty years before in the last will and testament of empire-builder Cecil Rhodes.  Rhodes had called for the formation of a secret society that would oversee the reestablishment of a British empire that would incorporate most of the developing world and recapture the United States.  Toward this objective, Rhodes’s circle, including Rudyard Kipling, Lord Milner, and a group of Oxford College graduates known as Milner’s Kindergarten, constituted the Round Table at the turn of the twentieth century.  In 1919, the same grouping founded the Royal Institute of International Affairs as the central planning and recruitment agency for a British one-world empire.

The second event occurred on January 6, of the next year.  Britain declared its opium war against the United States.  Americans knew it as Prohibition.  Prohibition brought the narcotics traffic, the narcotics traffickers, and large-scale organized crime into the United States.  Illegal alcohol and illegal narcotics made up two different product lines of the same multinational firm.  The (British East India) Company networks, through their distilleries in Scotland and Canada, and from their opium refineries in Shanghai and Hong Kong, were the suppliers.  The British, through their banks in Canada and the Caribbean, were the financiers.  Through their political conduits in the United States, the British created the set of political conditions under which the United States might finally be won back.  Two tracks led to the drug epidemic in the United States, one in the Far East, and the other in the United States and Canada.  Against the outcry of the League of Nations and nearly the entire civilized world, the British stubbornly fought to maintain opium production in the Far East, expanding the illegal supply of heroin, just as the drug went out of legal circulation in American in 1924.  In North American, Canada—which had had its own period of Prohibition—went wet one month before the United States went dry.

In interviews with the authors (EIR staff), Drug Enforcement Administration officials have emphasized the similarity of the alcohol and narcotics modus operandi.  When the agents of Arnold Rothstein and Meyer Lansky made their first trips to the Far East in the 1920s, they purchased heroin from the British with full legality.  What the American gangsters did with the drug was their own business; the British opium merchants were merely engaging in free enterprise.  When British leading distilling companies sold bulk quantities of liquor to Arnold Rothstein and Joseph Kennedy—for delivery either to the Bahamas or to the three-mile territorial limit of the United States coastal waters—they had no responsibility for what happened to the liquor once it reached American shores.  (The identical explanation was offered by an official of the British Bank of the Middle East, which now services the Far East drug traffic through a smugglers market in gold bullion in Dubai, on the Persian Gulf.  “We only sell the gold, old boy,” the banker said.  “What those fellows do with it once they get it is up to them.”

Which of the American syndicates obtained this month’s franchise for drug or liquor was immaterial to the British traffickers.  The greater the extent of inter-gang bloodshed, the less obvious their role would be.  In fact, the British distillers could provoke such events at will by withholding needed inventory of bootleg alcohol.

The “Noble Experiment,” (as Prohibition was called) was aimed at degrading the American people through popular violation of the law and association with the crime syndicate controlled by (big Wall Street banks, which were) an extension of the London Rothschild banking network and British Secret Intelligence into the United States.

With this lower Manhattan-Canada centered grouping acting as the political control, the Prohibition project was launched during the early 1910s under the shadow of the United States entry into World War I.  It is a fraud of the highest order that Prohibition represented only a mass social protest against the evils of alcohol.  The Women’s Christian Temperance Union (WCTU) and its Anti-Saloon League offshoots enjoyed the financial backing of the Astors, the Vanderbilts, the Warburgs, and the Rockefellers.

Then as now, the funding conduits were principally the tax-exempt foundations—especially the Russell Sage Foundation and the Rockefeller Foundation.  John D. Rockefeller was hoodwinked by Lord Beaverbrook and former Canadian Prime Minister Mackenzie King into not only bankrolling the WCTU, but providing it with the services of the foundation’s entire staff of private investigators.  One strand of the Temperance Movement was run by Jane Addams, who studied the Fabian Society’s London settlement house Toynbee Hall experiment, and came to the United States to launch a parallel project which later produced the University of Chicago.

These three British-spawned cults agitated nationally for Prohibition.  The amendment was fully ratified by 1917; however, the Volstead Act that defined the federal enforcement procedures was not scheduled for implementation until January 6, 1920.  In Canada, a brief Prohibition period (1915-1919) was enacted by order of His Majesty’s Privy Council principally to create the financial reserves and bootlegging circuit for the U.S. Prohibition.  In this period, Canada’s Bronfman family established the local mob contacts in the United States and consolidated contractual agreements with the Royal Liquor Commission in London.  In New York, primarily out of Brooklyn, teams of field agents of the Russell Sage Foundation conducted a reorganization and recruitment drive among local hoodlum networks—already loosely organized through Tammany Hall’s New York City Democratic Party machine. “Legitimate” business fronts were established, replacing neighborhood nickel-and-dime loan sharking operations, and specially selected individuals—largely drawn from the Mazzini Mafia transplanted to the United States during the late 1800s Italian migrations—were sent out of Brooklyn into such major Midwest cities as Chicago, Detroit, and St. Louis in the twelve months leading up to the Volstead enforcement.  One such Brooklyn recruit was Al Capone.

The British oligarchy did much more than supply the gutter elements of the crime syndicates with their stock in trade.  To a surprising extent, the Anglophile portion of America’s upper crust joined in the fun.  The case of Joseph Kennedy—who owed his British contracts for liquor wholesaling to the Duke of Devonshire, and later married his daughter into the family—is notorious.  In some respects more revealing is the strange case of Robert Maynard Hutchins, the President of the Rockefeller-founded and supported University of Chicago from 1929 to 1950.  Hutchins had American citizenship, but was so close to the British aristocracy that he became a Knight Commander of Her Majesty’s Venerable Order of St. John of Jerusalem, swearing an oath of chivalric fealty to the head of the order, the British monarch.  Under the guise of social studies research, several well-known University of Chicago postgraduate students received their apprenticeships in the service of the Capone gang, as late as the 1960s, retired University of Chicago President Hutchins himself was under investigation for his involvement with drug-trafficking and other black market enterprises.  Through the late 1960s his Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions was financed principally through Bernie Cornfeld’s Investments Overseas Service (IOS)—an international pyramid swindle and drug money-laundering enterprise.  Furthermore, Hutchins was simultaneously the president of a little-known Nevada foundation called the Albert Parvin Foundation, which several congressional committees investigating organized crime cited as a front for Las Vegas gambling receipts.

Chase Manhattan Bank chief David Rockefeller’s bid for “mafia money” started in the mid-1960s, at the same time that Citibank cranked up its “international personal banking” group to manage illegal capital movements, and Bank of America bankrolled the Banco Ambrosiano in Italy (which later collapsed due to irregularities).  But not until David Rockefeller bought himself a U.S. administration in 1976 (installing Jimmy Carter as President in 1977-81), as the ancient European (families) installed themselves in Wall Street, did narcotics traffic start to become serious business for the world’s biggest banks.  Salomon Brothers was the last of the big Wall Street firms and most important, to go, merging in 1981 with the trading arm of the Oppenheimer family, Philbro.  In the process, the Oppenheimers acquired effective policy control of the largest American commercial bank, Citibank.  What is new and ominous is that the men who perform the dirty work of the British families have moved out of shadows of Caribbean offshore banking and Hong Kong smuggling, and into the board rooms of the most powerful American financial institutions, and close to the councils of the United States government itself.

Our research indicates that this penetration of Wall Street, beginning with the  latter part of the Carter Administration, and in full bloom during the Reagan Administration, by these criminal narcotics operatives was the beginning of the over-the-top fraudulent practices that the American public can now see clearly in the operations of the top banks of the financial industry.  Reagan’s Presidency was marked by CIA-inspired and supported drug trafficking to provide financial support for the Contras, who were paid to oppose the  Sandinista-controlled Nicaraguan government.

Almost at the moment the Jimmy Carter administration took office, the Ibero-American dope traffic exploded into the big time, producing havoc in the distribution of cash throughout the Federal Reserve System by the end of 1978.  After a mere two years of Jimmy Carter’s White House, an extra $3.3 billion per year in cold cash was piling up in the Florida offices of the Federal Reserve, the $13 billion dope traffic had become Florida’s largest industry, and American narcotics consumption had jumped to $100 billion per year by EIR’s estimates, perhaps triple the level of the earlier 1970s.  Through G. William Miller’s Treasury and Paul Volcker’s Federal Reserve, the United States backed the International Monetary Fund’s campaign to force Ibero-America (Mexico, Central America and South America) to produce dope to pay its debts (to the big banks).  Volcker had been Rockefeller’s vice president for strategic planning (at Chase Manhattan Bank) at the time the (1966) “mafia money” memoranda ( circulated within the Bank, encouraging new deposits from that source), and Chase went begging to the likes of Y.K. Pao and the HongShang Bank for a cut in the Hong Kong dirty money pool.  Now the Trilateral Commission, the Rockefeller front organization which had nominated its mascot Jimmy Carter for the presidency, hit Ibero-America from all sides.  Chase’s international advisory board  Chairman Henry Kissinger, also the Trilateral Commission’s chairman, set in motion the Caribbean policy which culminated in the 1980 marijuana coup in Jamaica, with the backing of Trilateral Commission member Cyrus Vance’s Department of State.  Above all, the International Monetary Fund turned the financial screws on the Ibero-American debtors, with special emphasis on Jamaica, Columbia, Bolivia, and Peru—the major suppliers of marijuana and cocaine to the U.S. market.

8.  Massive Subversion and Looting of Caribbean, Central and South American Countries

Our research indicates that the Rockefeller family perceived Caribbean, Central and South American countries (Ibero-America) as their special turf, a fertile ground for any and all colonial-style excesses and machination to achieve unimaginable profits which were not going to be challenged, but rather strongly supported by the concealed power-controlled U.S. State Department and the U.S. military.  The Rockefeller formula for success was to orchestrate the combined impact of:

  • American-based transnational corporations that sought monopoly positions in resource-rich countries with weak governments;
  • Wall Street banks seeking to lend large amounts to such countries to create debt-dependency that led to control over such governments;
  • The U.S. State Department running interference with the governments of such countries to insure the banks and transnational corporations would achieve their goals;
  • The U.S. Marine Corps to intervene militarily to support the State Department’s control over the Ibero-American governments.

Using just one example, the Marine Corps was called into Cuba in 1906, 1912, 1917, and 1920.  By the 1950s, the U.S. corporations owned 80% of Cuban utilities, 90% of Cuban mines, close to 100% of the country’s oil refineries, 90% of its cattle ranches, and 40% of its sugar industry.  Cuba was also an extraordinarily profitable haven for U.S. organized crime’s casinos, bordellos, hotels, and other resort facilities.  And the U.S. State Department insured the stability of this country-wide looting operation by installing a strong and violent dictatorship under Fulgencio Batista, who was finally overthrown in the Cuban Revolution of 1959 by Fidel Castro.

It is interesting to note that this formula evolved into the now-thoroughly debunked Washington Consensus, which simply added the supra-national agencies—the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, and the World Trade Association—to make the subversion of the vulnerable governments all across the world ever more efficient, and the looting of their populations all the more profitable for the banks and their transnational corporate partners.  In other words, the Washington Consensus was just an amped up version of the earlier Rockefeller formula used for the Ibero-American countries from the early 1900s on, to be applied on a global level.  It has been a form of thinly disguised financial colonialism that is now recognized in these oppressed countries for its thoroughly fraudulent and enormously destructive character.  But the onslaught suffered by the Ibero-American countries was not over, because beginning in the late 1970s, a immensely larger transnational corporation—–the concealed power-controlled global narcotics monopoly—–hit the Ibero-American countries with unprecedented force, as described by EIR:

……..food production in Ibero-America has collapsed.  At the same time, drug mafias have sequestered fertile lands and enslaved campesino (peasant farmer) populations—to grow coca,  amapola (poppies), and marijuana.  The suppliers have created internal markets.  Drug consumption inside the Ibero-American nations themselves has increased radically, and the human wreckage caused by addiction now rivals in size the percentages of addiction in the populations of the advanced sector nations…….The proper name for what is happening in Ibero-America today is recolonization.  The inheritors of the old British East India Company—the same British monarchy and some of the same banking houses—–have launched the new Opium War just as they did the first; to loot nations, destroy them, and exalt the power of the Empire.  Today the International Monetary Fund (IMF) has replaced the British East India Company.

The cultural optimism that accompanied the partially successful development of the 70s in Ibero-America was the product of a religious and cultural heritage that reflected a deep-seated belief in progress (but) the lack of development enforced by the current economic collapse has produced a state of undeclared war on the continent.  With the debt crisis of the 1980s, came the hopelessness of mass unemployment, chronic malnutrition, and economic marginalization of ever-larger sections of the Ibero-American population.  This imposed a climate of cultural pessimism appropriate for the spread of drug addiction, terrorism, and social chaos.

Does this sound like the violent turmoil that the Mexican people are suffering currently?

It is not widely known that President Nixon was a casualty in the war against Britain’s drug invasion of the United States.  Had Nixon not taken up the most basic interest of the nation in launching a wholesale effort to shut down the drug-trafficking—from the top down—it is likely that he would not have been unceremoniously forced out of office by Henry Kissinger, Edward Kennedy, and their British masters.  Documents are available in the public domain from the Drug Enforcement Administration and other executive agencies showing that Nixon’s ‘War on Drugs’ was directed at the top—at the banking institutions, the transportation grids, and only then at the distribution channels delivering the volumes of drugs onto the streets of the country.  At the same time that Nixon generically understood the top-down nature of the problem, he and his assistants scarcely understood that by going after the drug infrastructure they were taking on the British oligarchy and the entire underpinnings of the Eurodollar market, the Soviet KGB, recently reorganized under Yuri Andropov, and the People’s Republic of China.  Had Nixon understood the drug problem as a London-Moscow-Beijing problem, he would have perhaps been better prepared to deal with the ‘inside-outside’ attack against his presidency.

“Let us backtrack, for a moment, to the point of origin of the London-Beijing joint drug-running venture in the Far East, the wartime deal between the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) and Zhou Enlai.  Detailed records of the relevant years have recently been made available.  In August 1978, the U.S. State Department released 3,100 pages of documents to the public dealing with American diplomacy in China at the time of the Maoist takeover.  From the British side, the RIIA in 1977 released its own records of its wartime and postwar operations group in the region, the Far East Committee—the real British Foreign Office.  Both sets of documents yield the same interpretation:  the creation of the Peoples Republic of China included an alliance between the British dope-runners and the Chinese dope-runners.  This was negotiated from the British side by Sir John Henry Keswick and from the Chinese side by Zhou Enlai.  From both the British and the Chinese side, the alliance was explicitly against the United States.  The credit for the re-creation of the alliance between Britain and the (Chinese Communists) must go to Sir John Henry Keswick, the Royal Institute’s man-on-the-spot at the British Embassy in Chungking during  World War II.  Keswick, of the hereditary drug-trading family that founded and still controls Jardine Matheson, also represented the Royal Institute and its sub-branch, the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR), to the United States.  (It was) the IPR that produced the pro-Maoist group in the State Department centered around John S. Service and John Carter Vincent (who were later subjects of the McCarthy Investigations looking into the ‘loss of China’ to the Chinese Communists, the U.S. State Department’s bias in their favor, and potential subversion by the American branch of the IPR).  Although the IPR included American citizens and was funded through the Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations, it functioned as a branch of the RIIA and British policy-making.  The dead giveaway on the IPR’s British character is the organization’s move to Canada subsequent to the 1950 McCarran Committee investigation, which mistook pro-British treason for pro-Communist treason.  With hearty British cheers, the disgraced Institute for Pacific Relations moved to Canada.

9.  Subversive and Un-Constitutional Control of American Foreign Policy

David Rockefeller’s other motivation in creating the Trilateral Commission was the declining effectiveness of the Council on Foreign Relations, much of it caused by an incendiary public debate over the Vietnam War (a horrendous modern war that Rockefeller supported).  Although the Eastern Establishment’s position had shifted to calling for an immediate withdrawal—now that the war had been deemed too financially costly to continue—the Council on Foreign Relations itself remained divided between supporters and opponents of the war.  These divisions came to a head in 1970 when David Rockefeller, as the new CFR chairman attempted to appoint William Bundy, one of the architects of the Vietnam War, as editor of (the influential CFR publication) Foreign Affairs.  The appointment provoked outrage among those new CFR members, mostly academics, who opposed the war on moral grounds, some of them publicly branding Bundy a war criminal.  This upset Rockefeller, who considered Bundy to be a man of quality and culture, but it was also clear to him that the war had poisoned the atmosphere at the Council.  The impact on Rockefeller of the battle over Bundy’s appointment was profound.  According to journalist John B. Judis, David Rockefeller lost confidence that high-level policy discussions (does this mean ‘treasonous high-level discussions?) could be carried on at the Council on Foreign Relations, and to remedy this he began to cast about for a new organization.   EIR wrote:

Underlying this Trilateral agenda was an antipathy towards democracy.  This was best expressed by its controversial report, The Crisis of Democracy (1975), (co-written by Harvard historian Samuel Huntington, a Rockefeller minion) which found fault with the pursuit of the ‘democratic virtues of equality and individualism’ as it had led to the ‘de-legitimation of authority’ generally and a loss of trust in leadership, not to mention an unacceptable rise in ‘nationalistic parochialism.’  To stem this excess of democracy, which had surged since the 1960s to challenge existing systems of authority, public and private, there needed to be, argued the report’s American co-author, Samuel Huntington, a greater degree of moderation in democracy.  People no longer felt a compulsion to obey those whose authority was based on hierarchy, expertise and wealth; and there had been a decline in the measure of apathy and non-involvement the democratic system required to function.  Richard Gardner, personally close to Chase Manhattan chief, Rockefeller, drafted all the major financial documents of The Trilateral Commission, including the 1976 plan to replace national governments control of economic policy with a truly global world bank.  (This is exactly why the U.S. Constitution must have teeth in order to indict and try those who decide to subvert its principles)

David Rockefeller has also had a long association with the secretive Bilderberg group.  In 1954, Rockefeller attended the first meeting of the Bilderberg group as a member of the 20-strong American contingent.  He had been one of 40 prominent Americans identified and subsequently contacted by John Coleman, chair of the Committee for a National Trade Policy and of the American committee of what was known quite simply as the Group, to see if he would be willing to attend the planned conference.  Rockefeller, naturally accepted and went to become one of the Group’s most regular participants.  The Bilderbergers have long been controversial, with many researchers attributing to the annual secret gathering a role in establishing the European Union and facilitating the planning of a world government.

The Cold War, which began immediately after the end of World War II ended with the collapse of the Soviet Union in the late 1980s.  During its break-up, David Rockefeller used his Trilateral Commission to get out in front of the U.S. State Department’s diplomatic contact with President Gorbachev in order to shape events more to fit the Rockefeller perspective(again, this is exactly why the U.S. Constitution must have teeth in order to indict and try those who decide to subvert its principles).

After leading business delegations to meet with Gorbachev, Rockefeller visited the USSR again in early 1989 at the head of a high-powered Trilateral Commission delegation which included Henry Kissinger, former French President Giscard d’Estaing, former Japanese Prime Minister Yasuhiro Nakasone, and William Hyland, editor of the Council on Foreign Relations journal Foreign Affairs.  In their meeting with Gorbachev, the Trilateral delegation sought an explanation of how the USSR would integrate into the world economy.  “In phases.” Gorbachev replied.  The delegation also suggested that the USSR was too large to be outside of international economic organizations such as the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the World Bank.  Gorbachev, despite indicating that the Soviet leadership was close to making a decision on whether to join those bodies, said the Soviet Union wanted reciprocal steps from the West as they could not ‘accept the rules of participation’ for those organizations.

In their report to the Trilateral Commission released later that year, Kissinger, d’Estaing and Nakasone, reflected the delegation’s collective impatience with Gorbachev’s responses.  Among their recommendations was the admonition that no global financing should be offered to the USSR as it would only perpetuate ‘an unbalanced economy’ without delivering the ‘necessary fundamental reforms’ in prices, freer enterprises and convertibility of the ruble.  They also recommended against giving the USSR full membership in the IMF and GATT until it is clear that the Soviet Union is ready to accept the obligations of being a member, and that its economic system has been sufficiently altered to assure reciprocal benefits to its economic partners.  Instead the Soviet Union should only be offered observer status in those bodies so the USSR could learn to adapt its own rules to normal international practice.

In Memoirs, Rockefeller notes that the main problem with Gorbachev was that he remained strongly committed to the essential of a centralized Communist economy.  Obviously what was needed was a new leader, one who was prepared to make the hard decisions that Gorbachev could not and would not make; someone who would deliver the desired radical transformation of the Soviet system.  That new leader soon emerged in the person of Boris Yeltsin, a flamboyant Communist Party member who had resigned from the Politburo amid much controversy in October 1987 for criticizing the slow pace of reform.  Despite being cast out, Yeltsin had staged a comeback, establishing himself as one of the USSR’s highest profile and more radical reformers, who supported private property rights, cuts in defense spending, and an end to special privileges for the Communist Party hierarchy.  Inevitably he came to Rockefeller’s attention.  The extent of this interest became apparent when in September 1989, Yeltsin came to the US on a week-long private speaking tour organized by the Esalen Institute, another of the multitudes of little-known groups formed and funded by David Rockefeller and several other wealthy Americans.  The first speech of Yeltsin’s tour was at the Council on Foreign Relations headquarters in New York.  Rockefeller introduced Yeltsin, though his comments, noted the Washington Post, could not be reported under the CFR’s off-the-record rules.  It cannot be confirmed how crucial Rockefeller’s public praise was, but the fact Yeltsin was actually in the country seemed to prompt a last-minute invitation from the otherwise Gorbachev-friendly White House.  Yeltsin went on to have his first ever meeting with President H.W. Bush; he also met with National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft and Secretary of State James Baker.  The Bush Administration never quite embraced Yeltsin, but in line with the Trilateral Commission’s recommendations, the Bush Administration refused to provide financial aid to the USSR.

Commentary:  Isn’t this narrative actually about the “controlled disintegration” of the Soviet Union?

Stop for a second and give this some thought. If we believed that the national sovereignty of America was intact, wouldn’t we be outraged and demanding to know who authorized David Rockefeller—this unelected, un-appointed busybody—to have any influence over the sensitive U.S. relations with the Soviet Union?  We would lament about how screwed up we have allowed things to become.  Here we have a multi-billionaire oil and banking tycoon bribing and coercing everyone in his way and speaking for the United States government with no authorization to do so, and threatening to block access to the IMF and the World Bank.

But that is not the way the world actually works. The false reality of a sovereign American government in charge of its foreign policy is exposed and what we see is that the American government has lost its sovereignty and takes its orders from the concealed clique, which uses its junior partner,  the Rockefeller family, to oversee and control America’s foreign policy.  

David Rockefeller did not re-emerge in the picture until sometime after the dissolution of the Soviet Union at the end of 1991.  In February 1992, Rockefeller attended a dinner held in Yeltsin’s honor at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.  According to a New York Times report, the dinner brought Yeltsin together with about 50 prominent people now or recently in government, finance and business (later as Yeltsin cooperated with a high speed privatization of the Soviet economy demanded by the Federal Reserve, he stated: “We are already taking a lot of unpopular measures in order to speed up the advance to a market-based system.”)

As related by dissident former World Bank economist Joseph Stiglitz, the (speeded-up conversion to a market economy Yeltsin spoke of was the ‘most egregious example of bad privatization in Russia (in this case, ‘privatization’ means colossal theft of Russian state assets).  When the Russian Government took out a series of loans from private (Russian) banks, it put up shares in many of its (industrial) enterprises as collateral.  Then the (Russian) government defaulted on its loans; the private banks took over the companies in what might be viewed as a sham sale; and a few (Russian) oligarchs (who owned the private banks) became instant billionaires.

Far worse conclusions can be drawn concerning the period of IMF-directed ‘shock therapy’—supported by the Federal Reserve and Rockefeller—which plunged most of the Russian population into poverty and hardship.  It was estimated in 1996, for example, that nearly 45 million Russians had fallen into poverty since 1991.  Infant mortality had also risen during the period of shock therapy, while life expectancy in men and women, after five years of reforms, had dropped by approximately four years (forcing Yeltsin) to rule by decree in 1993 to neutralize Communist opposition to the reform program.

In other words, David Rockefeller got ahead of the U.S. government, marginalized the President of the United States, Ronald Reagan, the President of the Soviet Union, Mikhail Gorbachev, groomed a naive Boris Yeltsin as his replacement, and then stampeded Yeltsin into backing a concealed power-controlled fraud of whirlwind privatizations with Russian oligarchs and bankers, who in fact, were minions of the concealed power.  Can you see that the entire Rockefeller involvement in the break-up of the USSR was yet another enormous fraudulent scheme; this time led by an American Eastern Establishment family —-under direction of the concealed clique—-with profits to go all around from the massive theft of Russian industrial properties, and the substantially weakening of the Russian population to prepare it for subjugation by a one-world government?   And can you see that Rockefeller had no problem in launching the machination, which supported Yeltsin, without coordination with the U.S. government?  Who works for whom?  Our research indicates that the Bush Administration and Congress worked for David Rockefeller, the visible part of the concealed clique and that the objective was predictable:  to further maximize the concealed clique’s profit-taking by looting a nation-state’s economy of the size of the USSR and leaving the Russian population in ruins.

But with the U.S. Administration and Congress in his pocket, David Rockefeller, time and again, has been in the forefront of flurries of trade agreements that continue to undercut the American economy and weaken the American population, blocking the Kennedy Administration’s sound Alliance for Progress plan for U.S./Central and South American economies.  Instead, he saddled America with more concealed power schemes like NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement) that left economic destruction in its wake, including impossible-to-be-repaid loans that heavily burdened the participating countries.  And today, Rockefeller’s latest brainchild, a new trade zone—the North American Union—consisting of the United States, Mexico and Canada is well into its planning stage, designed along the lines of a European Union and with potential for an exponential expansion.  A South American diplomat summed it up:

“If the free trade agreement among Canada, Mexico, and the U.S. goes through, all of South American will quickly climb on board, creating an even more vast trading zone.”

And, as we are watching the long European Union machination breaking down the nation-state status and sovereignty of its member countries in preparation for joining a regional one-world government, Rockefeller is steering American into his North American Union, characterized by (i) privatization of government services including water, sewer systems, roads, and other municipal services; (ii) the creation of a ‘charter of rights’ that would protect corporations from national governments; (iii) the deregulation of national banking institutions, and (iv) the dollarization of the western hemisphere, all under the control of the concealed power.  All this planning found its way into a Council on Foreign Relations report released in mid-2005—-‘Creating a North American Community’—which was subsequently amplified by the author, Robert Pastor’s testimony before Congress.  His report called for a government above the national levels of the United States, Canada and Mexico, using terms such as ‘North American Commission,’ ‘North American Parliamentary Group,’  ‘Permanent Court on Trade and Investment, ‘  ‘North American Customs and Immigration Force,’and a ‘North American passport.’ Pastor insisted that (nation-state) sovereignty is not a fixed concept and was critical of all three governments (American, Mexico, and Canada) for being ‘zealous defenders of an outdated conception of sovereignty.’

10. Subversive and Un-Constitutional Control Over the Nomination and Electoral Process of U.S. Presidents and Other American Officials

I mentioned that the trademark of the Rockefeller family is fraudulent activity, beginning with the great-grandfather, William Avery Rockefeller, selling a petroleum substance as a cancer cure and teaching his children to also engage in fraudulent behavior.  Now we come to evidence of Rockefeller tampering with America’s nomination and electoral processes in contempt of our Constitution.  Accordingly, it should be no surprise that evidence is accumulating that not only was Barack Obama selected and groomed like Woodrow Wilson and later Presidents within sham nomination processes by the Rockefellers and others, but could it be that they are so audacious to have forged documents and brought about the election of a non-U.S. citizen?

Just like the 9/11 investigations that continue to tear down the high wall of false reality that misrepresents the causes of the attack on the Twin Towers in New York in 2001, the same accumulation of investigations into the true identity of Barack Obama is occurring.  The concealed clique’s control of the American media and American education has been successful in orchestration the re-election of President Obama, but the facts that represent the truth keep accumulating and the American public is awakening.

There are five investigations concerning Barack Obama’s identity that bear attention:

The first investigation:  We have selected the early March 2012 report of the six-month investigation into President Obama’s qualifications by the Sheriff’s Office of Maricopa County, Arizona.  This investigation provides evidence that Obama’s birth certificate and his Selective Service Registration Card are both forgeries and that fraud has been committed concerning Barack Obama’s identity.

The forged long-form birth certificate and Selective Service Registration Card are the tip of the iceberg in uncovering what our research suggests is one of the most wide-ranging acts of fraud in American history.  The alternative story about Obama is that he is a former CIA operative born in Kenya, working for the U.S. in Afghanistan and Pakistan with the Taliban to fight the Russian intervention in the early 1980s.  His name was Barry Soetoro, with several other aliases.  His mother, Stanley Ann Dunham, applied for a U.S. passport on April 27, 1981, indicating that she was in Indonesia working on a two-year contract as a Program Officer for the Ford Foundation from January 1981 through December 1982.  At the time, Dunham was working on a microfinance program for the Ford Foundation, which was overseen by Peter Geithner, the father of Timothy Geithner, the current U.S. Secretary of the Treasury.

A second investigation by Reverend James Manning culminated in a symbolic trial with results described in the following trial transcripts.  Pull up: http://atlah.org/the-cia-columbia-obama-sedition-and-treason-trial-transcripts/  One conclusion of the Reverend Manning’s investigation and trial was that Barry Soetoro did not attend Columbia University and was given a fraudulent diploma from that learning institution.  In addition, please pull up:  http://atlah.org/2010/05/20/guilty-verdict-press-conference/

A third investigation by the Northeast Intelligence Network, Douglas J. Hagmann, Director, suggests the possibility of a long grooming period that Obama experienced:

“In our investigation, we found that the scrubbing and altering of records pertaining to Obama began well before he became an Illinois state senator in the 1996 election cycle.  The scrubbing or alteration of records did not begin or end with Obama, but also extended to his mother and other associates as well.  In fact, a very large and extremely relevant part of the investigation of Barry Soetoro, or Barack Hussein Obama II, as he is known, revolves around his parents, step-father, and grandparents and extends from the U.S. mainland to Hawaii and other points across the globe.  To understand how a virtually unknown politician from Illinois could rise to occupy the most powerful position in the free world in less than a decade after he became state senator, one must take a few steps backward to understand the complete picture, and that Obama was selected long before he was elected to become president.”

Pull up:  http://www.canadafreepress.com/index.php/article/35298 

A fourth investigation culminated in a book, Where’s the Birth Certificate?: The Case that Barack is not Eligible to be President (2011), by Jerome R. Corsi.

And a fifth investigation culminated in a book, Obama: the Postmodern Coup (2008), by Webster Griffin Tarpley, who made a surprisingly good prediction of Obama’s record would be as president after taking office in early 2009.  It was Tarpley’s contention that Obama was long ago selected, groomed, and funded by the Rockefeller family to become the public face of Zbigniew Brzezinski, the concealed power’s advisor.

It was David Rockefeller who also selected, groomed and funded the nomination and election of Jimmy Carter, whose presidential term ran from 1977 to 1981, and conformed to the concealed power’s agenda to inflict as much damage to the American economy as possible in order to continue their long and concealed scheme of “controlled disintegration”  of America.  It became clear later that Obama was heavily funded by Wall Street bankers, much more so than his rival, John McCain, and against his campaign pledges, he appointed all of Wall Street’s choices in key economic positions including, Timothy Geithner, Larry Summers, Paul Volcker and Austan Goolsbee, thereby insuring that the disintegration of America is kept on track.

Is it possible that the early success of their 9/11 scheme in bringing about a modern police state in America encouraged them to to plant what may be a completely fictitious person in the Oval Office.  In any case, the holes in the official story of Obama/Soetoro are multiplying and what is emerging is the public realization that Obama’s behavior, his appointments of public officials, and especially his unconstitutional executive orders have made a mockery of the American Constitution and the Separation of Powers.  (See Judicial Watch investigation of Obama’s executive orders: http://www.judicialwatch.org/obama-overreach/i/POTUS-Will-Wait-Special-Report-PDF.pdf

11.  Co-Architects of the Global Depopulation Scheme

Our research indicates that David Rockefeller and the Rockefeller family are the chief architects of the concealed clique’s global depopulation scheme, which has many programs already underway.  I believe that this is the area where maximum investigatory focus must be directed in order to strike the Achilles heel of the concealed clique to bring about public focus, and in order to halt all depopulation activities that are impacting the world’s populations.

12.  Rockefeller Funding the Tavistock Institute: the Concealed Power’s Psychological Warfare Apparatus With Its American Media, American Education, and American Entertainment Branches

In his The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political, and Economic Decline of the United States of America, Dr. John Coleman wrote:

To recap on some of the information already provided:  Tavistock Institute was established in Sussex, England, in 1921 by command of the British monarchy, for the purposes of mind control and public opinion-making, and to establish on a carefully-examined scientific basis, at what point the human mind would break down under subjection to prolonged bouts psychological distress.  Elsewhere I have shown that it was first founded in pre-WWI times by the 11th Duke of Bedford, the Marquise of Tavistock.  In the early 1930s, the Rockefeller Brothers Foundation Fund contributed heavily to Tavistock.  The fact that so many of the chief practitioners of mind control and behavioral modifications were, and are, closely associated with the secret societies that embrace cults of many different ideas and beliefs, notably Isis-Orsiris, Kabala, Sufi, Cathjari, Bogomil and Bahai (Manichean) mysticism should be noted.  The association with Illuminism is obvious.  For the uninitiated the very idea that prestigious institutions and their scientists would be involved in cults and even with Satanism and Illuminists would be a very difficult thing to believe, if it were not for the prominent personalities involved.  The connection is very real.  We can see just why Tavistock was so interested in these subjects.  Random school shootings by young people subjected to prolonged bouts of stress, and under the influence of habit-forming drugs, are remarkable in that in a large number of these tragic episodes happenings, the perpetrators nearly always claim that they were directed by voices to do their deadly work.

13.  David Rockefeller, Living In an Alternative Universe

Social commentator Ferdinand Lunberg identified Rockefeller as a “finpol” or “financial politician,” living in that social strata comprising the big stockholders and managers of the corporations, whose daily activity is identical with the work of government leaders, except that they have at their fingertips vast financial resources for which they are not held strictly accountable, and they rarely hold elected office, though they are as powerful as typical politicians.  Many other commentators have shared this assessment.  David Rockefeller is the single most powerful private citizen in American today, claimed Florida State University academic Thomas R. Dye in his 1976 book, Who’s Running America?

The journalist Bill Moyers, in his 1980 TV special, The World of David Rockefeller, described the plutocrat respectively as “the unelected if indisputable chairman of the American Establishment and one of the most powerful and richest men in America, who “sits at the hub of a vast network of financiers, industrialists and politicians whose reach encircles the globe.  “David is the undisputed, unelected and self-appointed head of the international corporate and financial community, claimed Robert Eringer in his book The Global Manipulator (1980).

Commentary:  How many times do we have to watch people who accumulate great wealth in a particular field, decide to use that money to influence events where they have no business doing so?  Like David Rockefeller, like the Koch Brothers, like Michael Bloomberg, like Bill Gates, and like George Soros?  Do you think that the public good is served well by these individuals?  Should they be allowed to orchestrate programs that interfere with the public interest?

David Rockefeller downplayed the idea that he had any such power, saying:

“I have no power in the sense that I can call anybody in the government and tell them what to do.  Because of my position I’m more apt to get through on the telephone than somebody else, but what happens to what I suggest depends on whether they feel this makes sense in terms of that they are already doing.”

Dye disputes this, claiming that the real reason for David Rockefeller’s elaborate denial is simple when it is already well known that he exercised great power, the plutocrat has no reason to try to impress anyone by admitting it.  In fact, Dye states, Rockefeller’s position and behavior are similar to that of the Medici banking family, who unofficially ruled 15th-century Florence by subverting the elaborate electoral system through a combination of deception, corruption, and violence.  The Medicis were effectively the shadow government of Florence—a fact acknowledged in the Florentine expression, “the secret things of our town.” That was because, as Tim Parks notes in the New York Times Review of Books, the Medici family leadership understood that to hold power for any length of time, one must appear not to hold it.  Although not known for emulating their more controversial practices, David Rockefeller is like the Medicis, his shadowy, yet powerful political role one of the “secret things” of Washington, DC.

Dye wrote:

“Rockefeller’s preference for this behind-the-scenes political role stems from his profound distaste for normal democratic politics.  Although clearly interested in power, David Rockefeller, after working for Mayor La Guardia, apparently found the idea of having to depend on the whims of the voting public unattractive.  ‘The danger in that field,’ he later commented, ‘is that you spend all of your time running for office.’  Unstated, of course, is the plutocrat’s probable discomfort at the prospect of being publicly accountable in any way for his actions—something that would be an affront to the enormous power this Rockefeller saw as his due.  And thus David Rockefeller’s real agenda becomes clear:  the rich must govern, limiting the role of elected officials; but the multitude must be placated least they clamor for the return of real democracy, threatening the reign of the plutocrats.”

“….more troubling has been Rockefeller’s advocacy of legislation to legally entrench the right of the corporate sector to assume a governing role.  Addressing an American Bar Association conference in 1973—he was its keynote speaker—David Rockefeller appealed to the nation’s lawyers and judicial system for their assistance in developing ‘new legislation that would give the corporate sector the necessary statutory power to respond more effectively to its public responsibilities.’  Rockefeller was particularly keen on ‘new statutes that would encourage substantive public involvement of corporations.’  Despite presenting his proposals as a benevolent action which would ensure that corporations would serve public needs, Rockefeller’s actual objective was to weaken government power over corporate activities, while ensuring corporations assumed more government powers.”

To round out the profile of the Rockefeller family, and understand the family’s mind-set, it is helpful to focus attention on David Rockefeller’s upbringing.  Now age 100, his biography states he was born in 1915 and he,

“grew up in a nine-story mansion at 10 West 54th Street, the then-largest private residence in New York City, and is now part of the complex that is the Museum of Modern Arts.  He spent much time as a child at the vast family estate of Pocantico.  Summer vacations were spent at the Eyrie, a vast 100-room mansion in Seal Harbor” (on a small island offshore Maine).

He attended the experimental Lincoln School of Teachers College at Columbia University, funded by grants from the Rockefeller Foundation.  David Rockefeller graduated from Harvard University and the London School of Economics, and received a Ph.D. at the University of Chicago, which received its initial funding from the Rockefeller Foundation.

In other words, David Rockefeller’s formative schooling was at Teachers College, Columbia University, the center of the subversion of American education that consisted of altering American History, shifting education away from American principles of individual rights and government by the consent of the governed, and systematically “dumbing down” future America’s next generations to prepare them for the concealed power’s one world government.

His early work experience consisted of being placed in positions such as (i) an intern working for New York Mayor Fiorello La Guardia, where he developed a dislike for the disorder associated with activities at the grassroots level of democracy, (ii) an military intelligence officer during World War II, and (iii) an assistant military attache for the American Embassy in Paris.

In 1946, he joined the staff of the Rockefeller-owned Chase National Bank, which was ultimately merged with the current J.P. Morgan Chase Bank.  The chairman of the bank at the time David Rockefeller joined it was Winthrop Aldrich, the son of U.S. Senator Nelson W. Aldrich, who orchestrated the passage of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, which attached a private bank owned by the concealed power to America’s financial system.  Fourteen years later, in 1960, David Rockefeller was appointed President of the  Chase National Bank.

He formed a life-long association with the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), where he became a director, in 1949.  He served as Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations from 1970 to 1985.  It should be noted that David Rockefeller became dissatisfied with the Council on Foreign Relations as the primary network to facilitate the machinations he and the other families contemplated.  One of David Rockefeller’s more infamous and enduring achievements in service of his one-world government scheme is his creation of the Trilateral Commission.  What is particularly striking about his one-world government vision is that, despite his sometimes flowery rhetoric about democracy, he has never engaged the voting public about his agenda, which is already having a profoundly negative impact on their lives.  Instead, he has used his power and influence to convince, cajole, and even coerce political leaders and government officials into supporting policies that ordinary voters are never make privy to.  The top of the political pyramid remains David Rockefeller’s focus.  His public utterances are infrequent, most of his lectures are before exclusive audiences, and the true extent of his dealings with the upper echelons remains shielded from the public and thus cloaked in mystery.  In a working democracy, the exercise of such unelected power is both un-American and unconstitutional.  But he has gone along this way, almost entirely unchallenged.  His modus operandi is to create a large bow wave of new interlocking organizations which he fills with minions who act like an un-constitutional shadow government and who attempt to shape social and economic policy in accordance with his global rule agenda,   The Rockefeller family believes it can operate above the law and above American principles of government by the consent of the governed.  For example, the key goals the Rockefeller-inspired and funded Trilateral Commission include: (i) establishing a new elite policy-planning organizations to supplement, if not replace, the Council on Foreign Relations, which Rockefeller considered too fractured by the Vietnam War to be effective; (ii) reining in the Nixon Administration, which had taken advantage of Establishment divisions to reject Rockefeller’s personal recommendations; and (iii) encouraging unity among the industrialized powers as a temporary alternative to a United Nations increasingly dominated by radicalized Third World states.  The role of the Trilateral Commission was also to “assist and perhaps even accelerate the further development of international financial institutions such as the World Bank, with a scheme leading to the implementation of a global taxation system, perhaps starting with one of the concealed power’s larger machinations, namely, a global warming narrative to justify a global carbon tax.

So Much For the Long History of Perpetrating Horrendous Crimes Against Humanity:  Does a Leopard Change Its Spots?

Well, thanks to the commentary of former General Wesley Clark, the Supreme Allied Commander Europe of NATO during the war in Kosovo (1997-2000), we get a ringside seat to just such a conspiracy involving the planned invasion of “seven countries in five years” coming down to the White House and the Pentagon from the “powers-that-be” above, as explained in the videos, below

The clique’s total ownership of the media, education, and entertainment (the only sources of information to which the America people have access) provides the psychological means by which wars and conflicts can be engineered.  Accordingly, all the wars and conflicts listed below were orchestrated by the clique to achieve three purposes:

  • To enable the clique to generate massive profits from loans to the opposing sides.
  • To enable the clique to generate massive profits from the sale of war equipment and weapons manufactured by their transnational corporations.
  • To enable the clique to cripple nation-states that were gaining power beyond the approved level.

These concealed manipulations, intrigues, and massive fraud, as well as the psychological warfare operations directed at the public to confuse, disorient and disempower them, all combine to bring about a steady flow of extraordinarily profitable wars and conflicts that cause incalculable death, destruction, and human suffering, while keeping all nation-states in the dark and in a permanent state of uncertainty, thanks to the clique’s use of the media, education, and entertainment as a psychological weapon in constant operation to maintain the high wall of false reality that surrounds the global public.

Accordingly, the clique has successfully engineered the wars and conflicts listed below in spite of the American people’s intuition that they are living in a perpetual state of deadly turmoil.  And, in this constant fray, the treasonous media lays down a daily barrage of endless lies, deceptions and distractions, which includes steady attacks on critical thinking and dissenting opinion among the America people by way of ridicule and overwhelming the public with “expert” judgments from treasonous shills like the countless “Ph.D economists” who held all dissent in check while America suffered years of what is now recognized as “controlled disintegration” of our country by a concealed enemy, commonly referred to as “the globalists” that controls our government and its key institutions.

The concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families who are located in the City of London, have been responsible for fomenting all the following wars and conflicts.  These families are criminal psychopaths who, in the course of  their engineered, genocidal madness, have become a deadly global pestilence that must be surrounded, quarantined, and permanently eradicated.  The product of their global criminality and depravity include, but are not limited to, the destruction, death, and suffer associated with the following wars and conflicts it fomented, as well as the chaos planned for Somalia, Lebanon, and Sudan, as described by General Clark:

  • The War of 1812
  • The American Civil War
  • The Spanish American War
  • World War I
  • World War II
  • The Cold War
  • The Korean War
  • The Vietnam War
  • The Gulf War
  • The Iraq War
  • The War in Afghanistan
  • The Regime Changes of Egypt, Libya, Georgia, and Ukraine
  • The Current Attempted Regime Changes in Syria and Iran, which are certainly not going their way as of October 2015
  • Countless U.S. Military Interventions in the Dominican Republic, Central America, Mexico, South America, Africa, Cambodia, and Laos

 Conclusion

It has been noted elsewhere in this website that the concealed clique began to get anxious in the early 1970s at the geopolitical tea leaves, particularly the growth path of China and its sphere of influence.  The talk delivered by James Wolfensohn at Stanford University in January 2010 was a rare slip-up and revealed exactly the strategic concerns of the concealed clique to which he belongs.  One can trace the clique’s decision to vastly accelerate the “controlled disintegration” of America, for example, by studying the preposterous increases of our national debt under Ronald Reagan, who strangely (at the time) vastly increased America’s military expenditures and simultaneously instituted a huge tax cut for the rich, while utilizing the psychological warfare/propaganda cannon of the Tavistock Institute to explain it all away as “trickle-down” economics and who even George H.W. Bush referred to as “voodoo economics.”  There had to be an economic rationale, no matter how questionable, and thus appeared the “Laffer Curve” offered up by the then trendy economist Arthur Laffer, educated at Yale and Stanford.  On this, Wikipedia states:

“Although he does not claim to have invented the Laffer curve concept (Laffer, 2004), it was popularized with policy-makers following an afternoon meeting with Nixon/Ford Administration officials Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld in 1974 in which he reportedly sketched the curve on a napkin to illustrate his argument. The term “Laffer curve” was coined by Jude Wanniski, who was also present. The basic concept was not new; Laffer himself says he learned it from Ibn Khaldun and John Maynard Keynes.  A simplified view of the theory is that tax revenues would be zero if tax rates were either 0% or 100%, and somewhere in between 0% and 100% is a tax rate which maximizes total revenue. Laffer’s postulate was that the tax rate that maximizes revenue was at a much lower level than previously believed: so low that current tax rates were above the level where revenue is maximized.”

With hindsight, behind it all was the anxious concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families that needed to significantly accelerate the “controlled disintegration” of America to bring the American people under the fold of its one world government before China’s economic production overtook the West and began to threaten the clique’s global dominance.  As we know now from watching the same fraudulent language games (quantitative easing, sequestration, austerity, bank illiquidity vs. insolvency, “mark-to-model,” and stiff headwinds) from battalions of treasonous, bought and paid-for present-day “economists,” none of the explanations offered to the American public were anything but a giant deception to carry out the destruction of America’s industrial sector and the ruination of its extraordinary middle class, which the clique would not tolerate.  Serfs and .01% elites were more to the clique’s liking and there, on January 20th, 1981, with the inauguration of Ronald Reagan as President, the dye was cast and extreme income inequality was launched. 

 

Important Clarifications:

First, the American National Service website is offered as an educational and reference source for the benefit of our next generations and other interested parties.  The perspective contained herein is not presented as the final and conclusive word on the subject of “How the World Actually Works and Who Is Pulling The Strings At the Top” because this material is subject to verification in the course of full criminal investigations.  The perspective is just one reference point the readers can use to help develop their own personal perspectives of the social and economic dilemma that surrounds them and what to do about it.

Second, the perspective presented in this website presents the notion that there is a concealed clique of foreign, dynastic banking families located in the City of London that is the root source of America’s dilemma and the dilemma of the global population.  This notion includes the view that the clique has junior partners, namely, American families of great wealth who are the core of the betraying American Eastern Establishment.  Moreover, the notion includes the existence of many Israeli Trojan Horse minions who have embedded themselves in key institutions of targeted nation-states—including America—for the purpose of carrying out the clique’s concealed deadly schemes across the world.  While considerable research supports this notion, verification by future criminal investigations is necessary.  Accordingly, all individuals under scrutiny, as mentioned in this perspective, are to be considered solely as “persons of interest” at this time and in those upcoming investigations.

Third, when subjected to public scrutiny, some of the clique members, their junior partners, and their minions have, historically, tried to hide behind authentic Judaism and deceptively claim antisemitism and hate crimes at work.  These individuals who pretend to be Jews are impostors and are not members of authentic Judaism in any way.  The colossal destruction and enormous loss of life to Gentiles and Jews alike in the wake of the clique’s deadly and depraved schemes have proven irrefutably that they do not have a religious or humanitarian bone in their bodies. This concealed clique of foreign banking families is nothing less than a deadly global pestilence, a lower order sub-species, in no way identified with, or following the norms of, humankind.  Its modus operandi is based on massive fraud, mass murder, global genocide, and unspeakable depravity; the last dregs of a dying feudal order of 10th Century Venetian origin.

Fourth, no statements or information in this perspective are to be construed as recommendations or plans to violate the U.S. Constitution. Accordingly, the key purpose of this perspective is to help the American people reverse America’s dire condition by non-violent means and rebuild America and its economy from the ground up within the bounds of the U.S. Constitution.